EMC Power Quality Web14

2011/12
EMC and Power Quality

Solutions for Industrial Power Systems
RI Series RD Series RD Series RD Series RN Series
EV/EH Series
RWK 305 (p. 86) RWK 212 (p. 91)
FN 3420 (p. 105)
FN 3430 (p. 105)
FN 258 (p. 21)
FN 351 (p. 24)
FN 3025 (p. 27)
FN 3026 (p. 27)
FN 3100 (p. 30)
FN 3120 (p. 33)
FN 3258 (p. 36)
FN 3268 (p. 39)
FN 3270 (p. 42)
FN 3359 (p. 45)
FN 354 (p. 51)
FN 355 (p. 54)
FN 356 (p. 56)
FN 3256 (p. 59)
FN 3280 (p. 62)
FN 510 (p. 67) FN 3410 (p. 97)
FN 3410HV (p. 101)
FN 3411 (p. 97)
FN 3411HV (p. 101)
FN 3412 (p. 97)
FN 3413 (p. 97)
FN 530 (p. 70)
FN 5020 (p. 73)
FN 5030 (p. 76)
FN 5040 (p. 79)
FN 5045 (p. 79)
FN 751X
FN 756X
FN 761X
FN 766X
FN 9222
FN 9222E
FN 9226
FN 9233
FN 9233E
FN 9244
FN 9244E
FN 9246
FN 9260
FN 9263
FN 280
FN 370
FN 380
FN 390
FN 1390
FN 352Z
FN 700Z
FN 685
FN 2060
FN 2070
FN 2090
FN 343
FN 2080
FN 2360
FN 350 (p. 7)
FN 2410 (p. 10)
FN 2412 (p. 10)
FN 2415 (p. 13)
FN 2010
FN 2020
FN 332
FN 2030
FN 2450
FN 9675
FN 402
FN 405
FN 406
FN 409
FN 410
FN 2200 (p. 15)
Product Selection Chart
EMC & output flters
EMC and Power Quality Solutions for Industrial Power Systems
EMC/EMI Components Solutions for Commercial Power Systems (see separate catalog)
1-phase 3-phase
Input Output
No Yes Load
Passive Active
Line
10A 64A
30A
13A
100A 16A 36A
300A 2500A 25A 600A
Feedthrough
components
PCB flters DC flters
IEC inlet flters
/ Power entry
modules
Chassis
mounting
flters
Input or
output flter
Capacitors Filters IEC inlet flters PEM with
fuses or
switch
PEM with
fuses and
switch or
volt. selector
1-stage
flters
3-stage
flters
2-stage
flters
3-phase
flters
3-phase +
neutral flters
Output
flters
Sinusoidal
output flters
Chokes
Saturating
chokes
3-phase +
neutral
1-phase 3-phase
3-phase
reactors
Harmonic
flters
4% 0.8%
Number of
phases
Common -
mode
Location at
motor drive
Technology?
DC
10A 250A 20A 200A 10A
Typical applications Transportation
Rail vehicles
Locomotives
Electric car propulsion
Diesel-electric ship
propulsion
EDP & offce
PCs
Printers
PC periphery
Fax machines
Copy machines
Monitors
Plotters
Mainframe computers
Drives & controls
AC & DC motor drives
SCR drives
Servo drives
Regenerative drives
Rectifers (AC-DC)
Converters (AC-AC,
DC-DC)
Inverters (DC-AC)
Battery chargers
Process automation
Robotics
Conveyors
Assembly lines
Control units
Mining industry
Chemical industry
Oil production
Metal processing
Elevators & cranes
Elevators for people
and goods
Escalators
Cranes
Lifts
Hoists
Dumbwaiters
Convenience
Amplifers, audio,
video, TV, screens
Receivers, decoders
Laundry machines
Tumblers
Cooking equipment
Induction heaters
Exercise machines
Vending and gaming-
machine
Medical
X-ray equipment
CAT scanners
Deflibrators
Laboratory equipment
Analyzers
Measurement devices
MRI, MSI, EEG, ECG
Test equipment
Hospitals
Military
Security systems
Surveillance equipm.
Communication
equipment
Aircraft, ships, tanks,
submarines
Radar systems
Navigation systems
Building automation
HVAC
Security systems
Control units
Pumps
Self-ballasted lighting
equipment
Autom. window shades
Water treatment
Offce buildings
Power & energy
SMPS, UPS
DC/DC converters
Gen-sets
Wind turbines
Fuel cells
Gas turbines
UPS
PV systems
Telecom & datacom
Base stations for GSM,
UMTS, GPRS
Power line
communications
Network technology
Servers
Telephone installations
Broadcast installations
Data centers
Machinery
Machine tools
Printing machines
Packaging machines
Extruders
Wood working mach.
Milling/drilling mach.
Laser cutting machines
Welding machines
Grinding machines
Single-phase flters and
DC flters
Custom designs for
hybrid and electric cars
FN 350 (page 7)
FN 2410/12 (page 10)
FN 2200 (page 15)
FN 350 (page 7)
FN 2410/12 (page 10)
FN 2415 (page 13)
FN 241X (page 10 ff) FN 350 (page 7) FN 2200 (page 15) FN 350 (page 7)
FN 2410/12 (page 10)
FN 2415 (page 13)
Three-phase flters FN 3025/26 (page 27)
FN 3258 (page 36)
FN 3268 (page 39)
FN 258 (page 21)
FN 3025/26 (page 27)
FN 3100 (page 30)
FN 3258 (page 36)
FN 3268 (page 39)
FN 3270 (page 42)
FN 3359 (page 45)
FN 258 (page 21)
FN 3025/26 (page 27)
FN 31xx (Page 30/33)
FN 3258 (page 36)
FN 3268 (page 39)
FN 3270 (page 42)
FN 3359 (page 45)
FN 258 (page 21)
FN 3100 (page 30)
FN 3258 (page 36)
FN 3268 (page 39)
FN 3025/26 (page 27)
FN 3258 (page 36)
FN 3268 (page 39)
FN 258P (page 21)
FN 258L (page 21)
FN 3025/26 (page 27)
FN 258 (page 21)
FN 3258 (page 36)
FN 3268 (page 39)
FN 3359 (page 45)
FN 258 (page 21)
FN 351 (page 24)
FN 3025/26 (page 27)
FN 3258 (page 36)
FN 3268 (page 39)
FN 258 (page 21)
FN 3025/26 (page 27)
FN 3100 (page 30)
FN 3120 (page 33)
FN 3258 (page 36)
FN 3268 (page 39)
FN 3359 (page 45)
Customized three-phase
telecom flters
FN 258 (page 21)
FN 3100 (page 30)
FN 3120 (page 33)
FN 3258 (page 36)
FN 3268 (page 39)
FN 3270 (page 42)
FN 3359 (page 45)
Three-phase and
neutral line flters
FN 354 (page 51)
FN 355 (page 54)
FN 3256 (page 59)
FN 356 (page 56)
FN 3256 (page 59)
FN 3280 (page 62)
FN 356 (page 56)
FN 3256 (page 59)
FN 3280 (page 62)
FN 354 (page 51)
FN 355 (page 54)
FN 354 (page 51)
FN 355 (page 54)
FN 354 (page 51) FN 3256 (page 59) FN 356 (page 56)
FN 3256 (page 59)
FN 3280 (page 62)
FN 354 (page 51) FN 356 (page 56)
FN 3256 (page 59)
FN 3280 (page 62)
Output flters and
load reactors
Customized magnetics
for rail vehicles and ship
propulsion
FN 510 (page 67)
FN 50XX (page
73/76/79)
FN 530 (page 70)
RWK 305 (page 86)
FN 510 (page 67)
FN 50XX (page
73/76/79)
RWK 305 (page 86)
FN 510 (page 67)
FN 50XX (page
73/76/79)
RWK 305 (page 86)
FN 510 (page 67)
FN 530 (page 70)
FN 50XX (page
73/76/79)
RWK 305 (page 86)
FN 510 (page 67)
FN 50XX (page
73/76/79)
RWK 305 (page 86)
Customized reactor
and flter solutions for
(renewable) energy
production and feeding
power into the network
FN 510 (page 67)
FN 50XX (page
73/76/79)
RWK 305 (page 86)
Line reactors and
harmonic flters
propulsion
FN 3430 (page 105) FN 3410/11 (page 97)
FN 3412/13 (page 97)
FN 3420 (page 105)
RWK 212 (page 91)
FN 3410/11 (page 97)
FN 3412/13 (page 97)
FN 3420 (page 105)
RWK 212 (page 91)
FN 3410/11 (page 97)
FN 3412/13 (page 97)
FN 3420 (page 105)
RWK 212 (page 91)
FN 3430 (page 105) FN 3410/11 (page 97)
FN 3412/13 (page 97)
FN 3420 (page 105)
FN 3430 (page 105)
FN 3420 (page 105)
Customized reactor
(renewable) energy
FN 3420 (page 105)
FN 3430 (page 105)
FN 3410/11 (page 97)
FN 3412/13 (page 97)
FN 3420 (page 105)
RWK 212 (page 91)
Feedthrough components Customized feed-
through solutions for
automotive applications
FN 756X
FN 766X
FN 751X
FN 761X
FN 751X
FN 756X
FN 761X
FN 766X
FN 751X
FN 756X
FN 761X
FN 766X
FN 751X
FN 756X
FN 761X
FN 766X
FN 751X
FN 756X
FN 761X
FN 766X
FN 751X
FN 761X
PCB flters Customized PCB flters
for automotive
applications
FN 402
FN 405
FN 406
FN 410
FN 409
IEC inlet flters and
Power entry modules
FN 280
FN 390
FN 922X
FN 9233(E)
FN 9244(E)
FN 9260
FN 9263
FN 280
FN 3X0
FN 9222(E)
FN 9233(E)
FN 9246
FN 9260
FN 9263
FN 280B
FN 2450
FN 9222(E)B
FN 9233(E)B
FN 9244(E)B
FN 9246B
FN 9260B
Customized flter
solutions with military
connectors
FN 9246 FN 280
FN 3X0
FN 922X
FN 9233(E)
FN 9244(E)
FN 9260
FN 9263
FN 9246
Single-phase flters Custom designs for
FN 343
FN 20X0
FN 2360
FN 2070
FN 2080
FN 2090
FN 2070
FN 2080
FN 2090
FN 685
FN 2070
FN 2080
FN 332
FN 20X0
FN 2360
FN 332
FN 20X0B
FN 2360
FN 2450
FN 700Z
FN 352Z
FN 700Z
FN 2060
FN 2070
FN 2090
FN 2030
FN 2060
FN 2070
FN 2090
FN 700Z
Customized single-phase
telecom flters
FN 2070
FN 2080
EMC/EMI chokes EV/EH Series
RD Series
RN Series
RD Series
RN Series
RD Series RD Series EV/EH Series
RD Series
RN Series
EV/EH Series
RD Series
RN Series
RD Series
RN Series
EV/EH Series
RD Series
RI Series
RN Series
EV/EH Series
RD Series
RN Series
EV/EH Series
RN Series
RD Series
Pulse transformers IT Series IT Series IT Series IT Series IT Series IT Series IT Series
This illustration only contains a few typical products and applications. Schaffner is also active in numerous other industry segments.
Most standard components can be customized to meet special requirements.
E
M
C
a
n
d
P
o
w
e
r
Q
u
a
lit
y

S
o
lu
t
io
n
s
f
o
r
In
d
u
s
t
r
ia
l P
o
w
e
r
S
y
s
t
e
m
s
E
M
C
/
E
M
I C
o
m
p
o
n
e
n
t
s

S
o
lu
t
io
n
s
f
o
r
C
o
m
m
e
r
c
ia
l P
o
w
e
r
S
y
s
t
e
m
s
(s
e
e
s
e
p
a
r
a
t
e
c
a
t
a
lo
g
)
Power Quality
Line reactors
dv/dt reactors and filters
Sine wave filters
Harmonic filters
Regen reactors and filters
Transformers
Customized solutions
A global one-stop shop
EMC/EMI filters
PCB filters
IEC inlet filters / Power entry modules
Single-phase filters
Three-phase filters
Three-phase + neutral line filters
Open frame filters
EMC/EMI chokes
Feedthrough filters and capacitors
Automotive components
Customized solutions
Schaffner Group
Schaffner is the international leader in the fields of electromagnetic compatibility and power quality, supplying
components that support the efficient and reliable use of electric energy. Customers benefit from the techno-
logical know-how of the Schaffner Group in the development, manufacturing and marketing of high-performance
products that offer optimized and fault-free operation and compliance with all major quality and performance
standards. With its products and services, the Schaffner Group plays a key role in promoting technologies that
support renewable energies, ensures the reliable functioning of electronic equipment and systems and meets
the requirements for greater energy efficiency.
Wi th the EMC and power qual i ty components i t devel ops and i ts gl obal servi ces
for OEM customers, equi pment manufacturers and systems i ntegrators, the
Schaffner Group pl ays a key rol e i n the promoti on of technol ogi es and the
generati on of renewabl e energi es and enabl es the devel opment of systems
that meet the requi rements of energy effi ci ency.
The Schaffner Group offers i ts experti se and servi ces worl dwi de i n the fi el ds
of devel opment consul tancy, EMC testi ng, appl i cati on support and producti on.
Through i ts worl dwi de network of sal es, appl i cati on and producti on centers,
as wel l as research and devel opment teams and effi ci ent l ogi sti cs management,
Schaffner provi des l ocal support to regi onal and gl obal customers.
3 EMC and Power Quality
Contents
Single-phase Filters and DC Filters 5
Three-phase Filters 19
Three-phase and Neutral Line Filters 49
Output Filters and Load Reactors 65
Line Reactors 89
Active and Passive Harmonic Filters 95
Ordering information 165
I Introduction 111
II Annotations to filter specifications 142
III Typical applications 152
IV Abbreviations 160
V Index 161
Product overview
Basics in EMC and Power Quality 108
Product index 163
Important safety note
Thi s publ i cati on contai ns statements about the sui tabi l i ty of Schaffner products
for certai n areas of appl i cati on.
These are based upon typi cal known system requi rements. However, such
statements cannot be regarded as bi ndi ng statements about the sui tabi l i ty of a
Schaffner product for a parti cul ar customer appl i cati on.
I t i s al ways i ncumbent on the customer to check and deci de whether a
Schaffner product i s sui tabl e for use i n a parti cul ar customer appl i cati on.
Overl oadi ng of EMC/EMI fi l ters, such as wi th ci rcui ts abl e to cause resonanc-
es, i mpermi ssi bl e vol tages at hi gh frequenci es etc can l ead to system rel i abi l -
i ty i ssues, materi al damage, or bodi l y i njury.
Such overl oadi ng can be avoi ded by proper power systems engi neeri ng.
Schaffner appl i cati on engi neers are gl obal l y avai l abl e to support customers
wi th system engi neeri ng questi ons, proper Schaffner product sel ecti on and
product desi gn-i n.
FN 350 7
FN 2410 / FN 2412 10
FN 2415 13
FN 2200 15
Single-phase Filters and DC Filters
5
8 55
25 2300
8 100
8 45
6 16
Single-phase Filters and DC Filters. SInIe-hnse IIers Ior chnssIs or D!N-rnII moun-
ti ng featured i n thi s catal og are the key for EMC compl i ance of hi gh power commerci al equi pment, el ectri cal cabi nets and
Iov Io medIum over IndusIrInI nIIcnIIons. TheIr unIque IenIures nIIov n secIc choIce nnd deIoymenI Io overcome
counIIess !M! chnIIenes. A more exIensIve rnne oI Iov over sInIe-hnse IIers vIIh n brond seIecIIon oI eIecIrIcnI nnd
mechani cal features can be found i n the separate catal og (EMC/EMI Products Sol uti ons for Commerci al Power Systems).
DC IIers nre secIcnIIy oIImIzed Ior nIIcnIIons vIIh DC suIy IIke e.. P\ InverIers.
Attenuation performance
Rated current [A]
standard high very high
* Products evaluated by one or more of the above certication agencies. For details please consult the detailed data sheet.
Approvals * Features Typical applications
1
-
s
t
a
g
e

l
t
e
r

c
i
r
c
u
i
t
2
-
s
t
a
g
e

l
t
e
r

c
i
r
c
u
i
t
L
o
w

f
r
e
q
u
e
n
c
y

a
t
t
e
n
u
a
t
i
o
n
H
i
g
h

f
r
e
q
u
e
n
c
y

a
t
t
e
n
u
a
t
i
o
n
D
I
N
-
r
a
i
l

m
o
u
n
t
i
n
g
F
o
r

D
C

a
p
p
l
i
c
a
t
i
o
n
s
P
o
w
e
r

s
u
p
p
l
i
e
s
,

S
M
P
S
1
-
p
h
a
s
e

m
o
t
o
r

d
r
i
v
e
s
C
o
n
t
r
o
l

u
n
i
t

i
n

m
a
c
h
i
n
e

t
o
o
l
s
O
f
c
e
,

t
e
s
t

&

m
e
a
s
u
r
e
.

e
q
u
i
p
.
P
V

i
n
v
e
r
t
e
r
s
G
e
n
e
r
a
l

p
u
r
p
o
s
e
Filter family
Max.
voltage 0 20 40 60 80 100
FN 350
p. 7
250VAC
FN 2200
p. 15
1200VDC
FN 2410
p. 10
250VAC
520VAC (H)

FN 2412
p. 10
250VAC
520VAC (H)

FN 2415
p. 13
250VAC
7 EMC and Power Quality > FN 350
Approvals Compact filter solution for single-phase
motor drive applications
Industrial grade safety terminal blocks
Designed to meet EN 55011/14/22
Compliant with IEC 60950
Typical applications
High component values optimized for com-
mon and differential-mode attenuation in
the lower frequency range makes this filter
ideal for a large variety of single-phase
motor drive applications.
Supplied in a relatively small housing
design with safety terminal blocks for fast
and easy installation in primarily industrial
environments.
FN 350 also meets IEC 60950 requirements,
thus providing additional application
flexibility.
Single-phase motor drives
Automation equipment
Power supplies, SMPS
Office equipment
Testing and measurements equipment
Features and benefits
Technical specifications
Maximum continuous operating voltage: 1x 250VAC
Operating frequency: dc to 400Hz
Rated currents: 8 to 55A @ 40C
High potential test voltage: P > E 2000VAC for 2 sec
P > N 1100VDC for 2 sec
Protection category: IP20
Overload capability: 4x rated current at switch on,
1.5x rated current for 1 minute, once per hour
Temperature range (operation and storage): -25C to +100C (25/100/21)
Flammability corresponding to: UL 94V-2 or better
Design corresponding to: UL 1283, CSA 22.2 No. 8 1986, IEC/EN 60939
MTBF @ 40C/230V (Mil-HB-217F): 420,000 hours
Typical electrical schematic
Single-phase EMC/RFI Filter
for Motor Drives
1-phase Filters
FN 350
Filter Rated current Leakage current* Power loss Input/Output Weight
@ 40C (25C) @ 230VAC/50Hz @ 25C/50Hz connections
[A] [mA] [W] [kg]
Filter selection table
FN 350-8-29 8 (9.0) 4.9 5.2 -29 0.7
FN 350-12-29 12 (13.5) 4.9 5.7 -29 0.7
FN 350-20-29 20 (22.4) 4.9 6.1 -29 0.7
FN 350-30-33 30 (33.6) 5.4 6.1 -33 0.7
FN 350-55-33 55 (61.5) 11.0 9.9 -33 1.2
* Maximum leakage under normal operating conditions. Note: if the neutral line is interrupted, worst case leakage could reach twice this level.
Per CISPR 17; A = 50/50 sym; B = 50/50 asym; C = 0.1/100 sym; D = 100/0.1 sym
Typical filter attenuation
8A types 12A types 20 and 30A types 55A types
Mechanical data
8 to 30A types 55A types
8A 12A 20A 30A 55A
Dimensions
A 99.5 99.5 99.5 99.5 180
B 105 105 105 105 115
C 57 57 57 57.6 60
D 84.4 84.4 84.4 84.4 85
E 51 51 51 51 115
F 95 95 95 95 100
G 6 x 4.4 6 x 4.4 6 x 4.4 6 x 4.4 6.5
H 0.6 0.6 0.6 1.2 1
I 19.5 19.5 19.5 25 25
J M6 M6 M6 M6 M6
K 18 18 18 16 12.9
L 16 16 16 19 18.3
All dimensions in mm; 1 inch = 25.4mm
Tolerances according: ISO 2768-m / EN 22768-m
-29 -33
Filter input/output connector cross sections
Solid wire 6mm 16mm
Flex wire 4mm 10mm
AWG type wire AWG 10 AWG 6
Recommended torque 0.6 - 0.8Nm 1.5 - 1.8Nm
Please visit www.schaffner.com to find more details on filter connectors.
10 EMC and Power Quality > FN 2410 / FN 2412
Single and Two-phase EMC/RFI Filters
for Industrial Electronics
Approvals Excellent filter performance for appli-
cations with high interference levels
Filters for two-phase supply up to
2x 520VAC (P - P) available
Fast and comfortable snap-in installation
on popular TS 35 DIN-rails up to 45A
Industrial grade terminal blocks for
unsurpassed electrical safety
FN 2410 filters up to 100A are designed for
traditional chassis mounting.
For extra fast installation, FN 2412 filters
up to 45A can comfortably be snapped-in
on popular TS 35 DIN-rails which are
common in most electrical cabinets.
Both FN 2410 and FN 2412 are also avail-
able as H versions. These are ideally
suitable for an operation on two phases in
a three-phase power network, handling
voltages up to 520VAC.
All filters provide an exceptional conducted
attenuation performance, based on chokes
with high saturation resistance and excellent
thermal behavior. Thus, all filters retain
the expected filter performance even in
very noisy applications and under full load
conditions.
Touch-safe industrial grade terminal
blocks provide maximum electrical safety
and protect humans from undeliberate
contact with life conductors. They help to
fulfill the most demanding installation
standards.
Small to medium-sized machines and
industrial equipment
High-end single-phase power supplies
Single-phase variable speed motor drives,
inverters and converters
DIN-rail filter versions are ideal for panel
building and electrical cabinets
Various noisy applications with higher
power single-phase or two-phase supply
Maximum continuous operating voltage: 1x 250VAC (FN 2410 / FN 2412)
2x 520/300VAC (FN 2410H / FN 2412H)
Operating frequency: dc to 400Hz (except FN 2410H-60/-80/-100: 250Hz)
Rated currents: 8 to 100A @ 50C (FN 2410)
8 to 45A @ 50C (FN 2412)
P > E 2700VDC for 2 sec (H types)
P > P 2250VDC for 2 sec (H types)
MTBF @ 50C/250V (Mil-HB-217F): 1,200,000 hours
MTBF @ 50C/520V (Mil-HB-217F): 250,000 hours (H types)
P
PE
N
Line
Cx R 2xL 2xCy
P
PE
Load
N
Cx
1-phase Filters
FN 2410 / FN 2412
8 to 45A types 60 to 100A types
[A] [mA] [W] [kg]
FN 2410-8-44 8 (8.8) 3.4 2.6 -44 0.4
FN 2410-16-44 16 (17.5) 3.4 3.5 -44 0.5
FN 2410-25-33 25 (27.4) 3.4 5.5 -33 0.6
FN 2410-32-33 32 (35.0) 3.4 5.6 -33 0.7
FN 2410-45-33 45 (49.3) 3.4 7.4 -33 0.7
FN 2410-60-34 60 (65.7) 3.4 5.5 -34 1.8
FN 2410-80-34 80 (87.6) 3.4 9.9 -34 1.8
FN 2410-100-34 100 (109.5) 3.4 15.4 -34 1.8
FN 2410H-8-44 8 (8.8) 3.4 2.6 -44 0.5
FN 2410H-16-44 16 (17.5) 3.4 3.5 -44 0.6
FN 2410H-25-33 25 (27.4) 3.4 5.5 -33 0.7
FN 2410H-32-33 32 (35.0) 3.4 5.6 -33 0.8
FN 2410H-45-33 45 (49.3) 3.4 7.4 -33 0.8
FN 2410H-60-34 60 (65.7) 3.4 5.5 -34 1.9
FN 2410H-80-34 80 (87.6) 3.4 9.9 -34 1.9
FN 2410H-100-34 100 (109.5) 3.4 15.4 -34 1.9
FN 2412-8-44 8 (8.8) 3.4 2.6 -44 0.4
FN 2412-16-44 16 (17.5) 3.4 3.5 -44 0.6
FN 2412-25-33 25 (27.4) 3.4 5.5 -33 0.7
FN 2412-32-33 32 (35.0) 3.4 5.6 -33 0.8
FN 2412-45-33 45 (49.3) 3.4 7.4 -33 0.8
FN 2412H-8-44 8 (8.8) 3.4 2.6 -44 0.5
FN 2412H-16-44 16 (17.5) 3.4 3.5 -44 0.7
FN 2412H-25-33 25 (27.4) 3.4 5.5 -33 0.8
FN 2412H-32-33 32 (35.0) 3.4 5.6 -33 0.9
FN 2412H-45-33 45 (49.3) 3.4 7.4 -33 0.9
-33 -34 -44
Solid wire 16mm
2
35mm
2
10mm
2
Flex wire 10mm
2
25mm
2
6mm
2
AWG type wire AWG 6 AWG 2 AWG 8
Recommended torque 1.5 - 1.8Nm 4.0 - 4.5Nm 1.5 - 1.8Nm
Mechanical data
FN 2410(H) FN 2412(H)
A
C
B
E
G
F
J
A B
J
H
C
L
L
D I I
TS 35 DIN-RAIL
FN 2410 FN 2412
8A 16A 25A 32A 45A 60A 80A 100A 8A 16A 25A 32A 45A
Dimensions
A 130 130 130 130 130 165 165 165 110 110 110 110 110
B 93 93 93 93 93 115 115 115 93 93 93 93 93
C 62 62 76 76 76 100 100 100 73 73 87 87 87
D 108 108 108 108 108 140 140 140
E 120 120 120 120 120 155 155 155
F 70 70 70 70 70 90 90 90
G 5.3 5.3 5.3 5.3 5.3 5.3 5.3 5.3
H 1.0 1.0 1.0 1.0 1.0 1.2 1.2 1.2
I 22 22 25 25 25 39 39 39 22 22 25 25 25
J M6 M6 M6 M6 M6 M8 M8 M8 M6 M6 M6 M6 M6
L 17.5 17.5 31.5 31.5 31.5 39.2 39.2 39.2 28.5 28.5 42.5 42.5 42.5
Single-phase Filter for
the Control Line of Equipment
Approvals Filter for the control line of complex
equipment and machinery
Ensures the interference-free operation
of the control unit / PLC
Improves the immunity and reliability of
the entire system
Compact EMC filter design with
minimum space requirement
An additional filter for the supply cables
of controls of rather large and complex
systems, to ensure a fault free operation of
the control unit (PLC, Motion Control etc.).
Improves the immunity, reliability and
service security of the entire system sig-
nificant by reducing the risk of internal
interference propagation and coupling.
An extremely compact and light weight
filter design requiring minimum mounting
space in machinery and equipment.
Simple and time-saving installation with
good accessibility for automatic and hand
tools.
Solid, touch-safe terminal blocks offering
sufficient contacting cross section
according to the EN 60204-1 installation
standard, which is very common for
machine tools and industrial equipment.
By providing a very decent attenuation
performance, FN 2415 contributes siginifi-
cant to the achievement of electromagnetic
compliance according to the last stan-
dards (like EN 50370-1 for machine tools).
Ideal for industrial equipment, machinery
and diverse process automation systems,
which involve any kind of control units (NC,
CNC, PLC, Motion Controls). Rather large
and complex machine tools, with 8 or even
more driving axes and very long motor
cables, can be subjected to major reliability
problems, caused by internal coupling of in-
terferences from the drive system to the
control lines. Very often, this causes a drop
out of the control unit and consequently
downtimes of the entire machine. By
operating an FN 2415 in addition to a mains
input filter, these negative effects can be
eliminated for most situations. FN 2415 can
also be used for the most diverse single-
phase applications with medium to high
interference levels, such as single-phase
motor drives or power supplies.
Maximum continuous operating voltage: 250VAC (230VAC +10% possible)
High potential test voltage: P/N > E 2250VDC for 2 sec
MTBF @ 50C/230V (Mil-HB-217F): >1,300,000 hours
1-phase Filters
FN 2415
[A] [mA] [W] [kg]
FN 2415-6-29 6 (6.6) 9.4 2.2 -29 0.4
FN 2415-10-29 10 (11) 9.4 2.4 -29 0.4
FN 2415-16-29 16 (17.5) 9.4 4.3 -29 0.4
6A types 10A types 16A types
-29
Solid wire 6mm
Flex wire 4mm
AWG type wire AWG 10
Recommended torque 0.6 - 0.8Nm
Mechanical data
All dimensions in mm, 1 inch = 25.4mm
DC EMC/EMI Filter for PV Inverters
Approvals Reduces conducted emissions towards
the solar panel
Reduces the probability of EMI radiation
off the solar panel
Helps to prevent pre-mature panel
aging because of HF leakage currents
Helps to meet international EMC
regulations for the entire PV system
Most compact standard solution in the
industry, optionally available without
capacitors to ground (B types)
!N 2200 rnne oI sInndnrd !MC/!M! IIIIers
i s based on Schaffner s years of experi ence i n
custom fi l ter desi gn for the gl obal photovol tai c
(P\) InverIer IndusIry. !nsInIIed beIveen Ihe
P\ InverIer nnd Ihe soInr nneI, !N 2200 DC
fi l ters hel p to control conducted emi ssi ons
on the panel si de of the system and therefore
si gni fi cantl y reduce the potenti al for hi gh-
frequency (HF) i nterference radi ati on off
the panel . The fi l ter al so protects the sol ar
panel from HF stray and l eakage currents
vhIch cnn cnuse re-mnIure nIn In Ihe P\
modul es.
!N 2200 nre Ihe mosI comncI dedIcnIed DC
IIIIers Ior P\ InverIers In Ihe IndusIry nnd
therefore support the i ntegrati on i n the ever
shrInkIn Irnme sIzes oI Iodny`s over eIec-
IronIcs. AII !N 2200 come In unsymmeIrIcnI
housi ngs, whi ch hel p to prevent i nverse
i nstal l ati on and wrong el ectri cal connecti on.
Al ong wi th gri d-si de i nstal l ed Schaffner AC
!MC/!M! IIIIers, !N 2200 nre key Io meeI
the stri ngent i nternati onal standards for
eIecIromnneIIc comnIIbIIIIy (!MC) IIke !N
61000-6-5 nnd -6-4 nnd heI Io ensure n reII-
nbIe nnd InuII-Iree oernIIon oI Ihe enIIre P\
system.
!N 2200 nre desIned Ior very Iov over
Ioss, Io suorI overnII P\ sysIem eIIIcIency.
!N 2200 nre rImnrIIy desIned Ior P\ InverI-
ers. However, they can potenti al l y al so be
used In oIher DC nIIcnIIons vIIhIn ub-
IIshed secIIIcnIIons, IIke IPS, DC moIor
drIves, or DC quIck chnrers.
Maximum continuous operating voltage: Max. 1200VDC
Operating frequency: DC
High potential test voltage: P > E 3600VDC for 5 sec
P > P 3000VDC for 5 sec
Protection category: IP20 (25 to 150A types); IP00 (250 to 2300A types)
Cx R L Cx R
R Cy
(600VDC) 850VDC
DC Filters
FN 2200
DC Filters
FN 2200
Filter Rated current Typical inverter Filter efficiency Power loss Input/Output Weight
@ 55C (40C) AC power rating* @ 25C / DC @ 25C/DC connections
[A] [kW] [%] [W] [kg]
FN 2200-25-33 25 (28) 10 > 99.9 8 -33 0.9
FN 2200-50-34 50 (57) 20 > 99.9 17 -34 1.6
FN 2200-75-34 75 (86) 30 > 99.9 18 -34 1.7
FN 2200-100-35 100 (115) 40 > 99.9 22 -35 2.7
FN 2200-150-40 150 (173) 60 > 99.9 31 -40 4.9
FN 2200-250-99 250 (288) 100 > 99.9 10 -99 5.0
FN 2200-400-99 400 (460) 150 > 99.9 16 -99 6.1
FN 2200-600-99 600 (690) 250 > 99.9 29 -99 6.5
FN 2200-800-99 800 (920) 350 > 99.9 26 -99 9.3
FN 2200-1000-99 1000 (1150) 400 > 99.9 40 -99 9.4
FN 2200-1500-99 1500 (1600) 500 > 99.9 45 -99 14.6
FN 2200-2300-99 2300 (2500) 800/1000 > 99.9 400 -99 25.0
FN 2200B-25-33 25 (28) 10 > 99.9 8 -33 0.9
FN 2200B-50-34 50 (57) 20 > 99.9 17 -34 1.6
FN 2200B-75-34 75 (86) 30 > 99.9 18 -34 1.7
FN 2200B-100-35 100 (115) 40 > 99.9 22 -35 2.7
FN 2200B-150-40 150 (173) 60 > 99.9 31 -40 4.9
FN 2200B-250-99 250 (288) 100 > 99.9 10 -99 5.0
FN 2200B-400-99 400 (460) 150 > 99.9 16 -99 6.1
FN 2200B-600-99 600 (690) 250 > 99.9 29 -99 6.5
FN 2200B-800-99 800 (920) 350 > 99.9 26 -99 9.3
FN 2200B-1000-99 1000 (1150) 400 > 99.9 40 -99 9.4
FN 2200B-1500-99 1500 (1600) 500 > 99.9 45 -99 14.6
FN 2200B-2300-99 2300 (2500) 800/1000 > 99.9 400 -99 25.0
* Based on rated DC current of typical 3-phase PV inverters with 900VDC input. Note: depending upon manufacturer and model, DC currents for a given PV inverter power can differ significantly.
Filters with higher current ratings for large central inverters up to the MW range are available upon request.
Typical block schematic
25 to 75A types 100 to 150A types 250A types
4 5
Grid 3
3 2
1
3
Schaffner Schaffner Schaffner

400 to 2300A types
1 PV modules 3 Central inverter 5 Schaffner AC EMC/EMI lter
2 Schaffner FN 2200 4 Schaffner magnetic components
Mechanical data
Dimensions
25A 50A 75A 100A 150A 250A 400A 600A 800A 1000A 1500A 2300A
A 170 200 200 220 250 300 300 300 300 300 300 400
B 80 95 95 125 140 180 190 190 200 200 200 250
C 65 80 80 95 115 110 110 110 140 140 150 180
D 140 170 170 190 220 130 140 140 150 150 150 195
E1 152.5 182.5 182.5 202.5 232.5 130 130 130 130 130 130 190
E2 110 110 110 110 110 110 150
F1 45 60 60 80 100 155 165 165 175 175 175 225
F2 60 75 75 100 120
G 5.5 5.5 5.5 5.5 5.5 12 12 12 12 12 12 12
H 1 1.5 1.5 1.5 2 2 2 2 3 3 3 3
I 25 39 39 45 51 58 58 58 65 65 110 100
J M5 M6 M6 M8 M10 M10 M10 M10 M12 M12 M12 M16
S 43 35
T 26 35
U 70 70 70 70 70 70 100
V 20 25 25 40 40 60 70
W 5 6 8 8 8 10 15
X 15 15 15 20 20 17 20
Y 58 58 58 65 65 110 100
Z 9 10.5 10.5 14 14 14 14
-33 -34 -35 -40
Solid wire 16mm
2
35mm
2
50mm
2
95mm
2

Flex wire 10mm
2
25mm
2
50mm
2
95mm
2

AWG type wire AWG 6 AWG 2 AWG 1/0 AWG 4/0
Recommended torque 1.5 - 1.8Nm 4.0 - 4.5Nm 7 - 8Nm 17 - 20Nm
A I U
C
D
B
E1 E2
G
F1
D I
H
E1
F1
F2
C
B
J
H
A
G
J
Busbar connections
W
Z
V
X
Y
W
Z
T V
S X
Y
Note: all FN 2200 provide unsymmetrical
mounting hole patterns to prevent inverse
lter installation in the eld.
P
V

e
l
d
P
V

e
l
d
+
+
+
+
I
n
v
e
r
t
e
r
I
n
v
e
r
t
e
r
2300A types
FN 258 21
FN 351 24
FN 3025 / FN 3026 27
FN 3100 30
FN 3120 33
FN 3258 36
FN 3268 39
FN 3270 42
FN 3359 45
Three-phase Filters
19
Three-phase Filters. !MC/!M! IIer soIuIIons Ior IndusIrInI nIIcnIIons IIke moIor drIves nnd mn-
chIne IooIs. !urIhermore, Ihese Iyes oI IIers nre nIso suIInbIe Ior mnInIrnme comuIer sysIems, Inre unInIerruIIbIe
power suppl i es, medi cal equi pment, wi nd turbi ne power stati ons and a vast array of other three-phase power el ectroni cs.
7 250
8 280

10 - 50
10 - 50
35 300

25 230
7 180
7 180
10 1000

150 2500
Rated current [A]
IEC/EN 60939
M
u
l
t
i
-
s
t
a
g
e

l
t
e
r

c
i
r
c
u
i
t
S
a
f
e
t
y

c
o
n
n
e
c
t
o
r

b
l
o
c
k
s
B
u
s
b
a
r

c
o
n
n
e
c
t
i
o
n
O
p
t
i
o
n
a
l

p
r
o
t
e
c
t
i
v
e

c
o
v
e
r
s
S
t
a
n
d
a
r
d

p
r
o
t
e
c
t
i
v
e

c
o
v
e
r
s
O
f
f
e
r
i
n
g

E
M
C

c
o
m
p
l
i
a
n
c
e
L
o
w

l
e
a
k
a
g
e

c
u
r
r
e
n
t
D
I
N
-
r
a
i
l

m
o
u
n
t
i
n
g
I
n
v
e
r
t
e
r
s
,

s
e
r
v
o

d
r
i
v
e
s
E
n
e
r
g
y

r
e
g
e
n
e
r
a
t
i
o
n

d
r
i
v
e
s
R
e
n
e
w
a
b
l
e

e
n
e
r
g
y

g
e
n
e
r
a
t
i
o
n
M
a
c
h
i
n
e
r
y
,

m
a
c
h
i
n
e

t
o
o
l
s
I
n
d
u
s
t
r
i
a
l

a
u
t
o
m
a
t
i
o
n
M
e
d
i
c
a
l

e
q
u
i
p
m
e
n
t
H
i
g
h

p
o
w
e
r

o
f
c
e

e
q
u
i
p
m
e
n
t
G
e
n
e
r
a
l

p
u
r
p
o
s
e
Filter family
Max.
voltage 0 200 400 600 800 >1000
FN 258
p. 21
480VAC
690VAC (HV)

FN 351
p. 24
440VAC
520VAC (H)

FN 3025
p. 27
520VAC
FN 3026
p. 27
520VAC
FN 3100
p. 30
520VAC
FN 3120
p. 33
520VAC (H)
FN 3258
p. 36
480VAC
520VAC (H)

FN 3268
p. 39
520VAC
FN 3270
p. 42
520VAC (H)
FN 3359
p. 45
520VAC
690VAC (HV)

Book-style EMC/RFI Filter for Three-phase
Inverters and Power Drive Systems
Approvals Industry standard EMC solution for
three-phase PDS filtering
Slim space-saving book-style housing
Solid safety connector blocks or optional
wire output connections
Excellent attenuation performance
HV versions for up to 690VAC
HVIT versions for IT distribution networks
P/L versions with low leakage current
UL / CSA: HV and HVIT up to 600VAC
FN 258 range of filters provides state-of-
the-art EMI attenuation based on an
innovative multi-stage filter topology.
They help to ensure compliance with
Class A or even Class B limits.
The slim book-style shape allows a
convenient and space-saving installation
next to inverters and motor drives.
With 480VAC rating and filter modules
from 7 to 250A, FN 258 are ready for the
most diverse applications worldwide.
FN 258HV filters up to 130A are designed
for 690VAC distribution networks.
FN 258HVIT filters up to 130A meet the
special requirements for the application in
industrial 690VAC IT distribution
networks.
FN 258L and FN 258P filters help to fulfill
tough requirements in respect of leakage
current limitation and provide an excellent
solution to overcome problems with
nuisance tripping of sensitive earth
leakage detectors.
Three-phase variable speed drives and
power drive systems (PDS)
IT power distribution networks
(FN 258HVIT)
Applications comprising energy conversion
devices (inverters, converters)
Process automation equipment
Three-phase power supplies and UPS
Applications with low-leakage current
requirements (FN 258L and FN 258P)
Maximum continuous operating voltage: 3x 480/277VAC (FN 258, FN 258L, FN 258P)
3x 690/400VAC (FN 258HV, FN 258HVIT)
Rated currents: 7 to 250A @ 50 (480V filters)
7 to 130A @ 50 (690V filters)
High potential test voltage: P > E 2650VDC for 2 sec (480V filters)
P > P 2100VDC for 2 sec (480V filters)
P > E 3100VDC for 2 sec (690V filters)
P > P 3000VDC for 2 sec (690V filters)
Note: HVIT versions without discharge resistor to ground.
UL / CSA: FN 258 up to 180A (ex. -180-07)
3-phase Filters
FN 258
FN 258-7-.. 7 (7.7) 4 16.5 9 -29 -07 -29 1.0
FN 258-16-.. 16 (17.5) 7.5 18.3 20 -29 -07 -29 1.4
FN 258-30-.. 30 (33) 15 24.2 21 -33 -07 -33 1.7
FN 258-42-.. 42 (46) 22 25.8 30 -33 -07 -33 2.5
FN 258-55-.. 55 (60) 30 25.8 30 -34 -07 -34 2.9
FN 258-75-34 75 (82) 37 25.8 24 -34 -34 3.9
FN 258-100-35 100 (110) 55 25.8 51 -35 -35 5.5
FN 258-130-35 130 (143) 75 30.0 50 -35 -35 6.9
FN 258-180-.. 180 (197) 90 30.0 73 -40 -07 -40 11.0
FN 258-250-.. 250 (275) 132 30.0 79 -40 -07 -40 12.0
FN 258HV-7-29 7 (7.7) 5.5 13.0 9 -29 -29 1.0
FN 258HV-16-29 16 (17.5) 11 19.0 20 -29 -29 1.5
FN 258HV-30-33 30 (33) 22 19.0 21 -33 -33 1.8
FN 258HV-42-33 42 (46) 30 21.6 30 -33 -33 2.6
FN 258HV-55-34 55 (60) 45 21.6 30 -34 -34 3.0
FN 258HV-75-34 75 (82) 55 21.6 24 -34 -34 4.3
FN 258HV-100-35 100 (110) 90 21.6 51 -35 -35 5.6
FN 258HV-130-35 130 (143) 110 25.0 50 -35 -35 7.1
FN 258HVIT-7-29 7 (7.7) 5.5 13.0 9 -29 -29 1.0
FN 258HVIT-16-29 16 (17.5) 11 19.0 20 -29 -29 1.5
FN 258HVIT-30-33 30 (33) 22 19.0 21 -33 -33 1.8
FN 258HVIT-42-33 42 (46) 30 21.6 30 -33 -33 2.6
FN 258HVIT-55-34 55 (60) 45 21.6 30 -34 -34 3.0
FN 258HVIT-75-34 75 (82) 55 21.6 24 -34 -34 4.3
FN 258HVIT-100-35 100 (110) 90 21.6 51 -35 -35 5.6
FN 258HVIT-130-35 130 (143) 110 25.0 50 -35 -35 7.1
FN 258L-7-.. 7 (7.7) 4 0.8 9 -29 -07 -29 1.0
FN 258L-16-.. 16 (17.5) 7.5 0.8 20 -29 -07 -29 1.4
FN 258L-30-.. 30 (33) 15 0.8 21 -33 -07 -33 1.7
FN 258L-42-.. 42 (46) 22 0.7 30 -33 -07 -33 2.5
FN 258L-55-.. 55 (60) 30 0.7 30 -34 -07 -34 2.9
FN 258L-75-34 75 (82) 37 0.7 24 -34 -34 3.9
FN 258L-100-35 100 (110) 55 0.7 51 -35 -35 5.5
FN 258L-130-35 130 (143) 75 0.7 50 -35 -35 6.9
FN 258L-180-.. 180 (197) 90 0.7 73 -40 -07 -40 11.0
FN 258L-250-07 250 (275) 132 0.7 79 -40 -07 12.0
FN 258P-7-.. 7 (7.7) 4 3.3 9 -29 -07 -29 1.0
FN 258P-16-.. 16 (17.5) 7.5 3.3 20 -29 -07 -29 1.4
FN 258P-30-.. 30 (33) 15 3.3 21 -33 -07 -33 1.7
FN 258P-42-.. 42 (46) 22 3.5 30 -33 -07 -33 2.5
FN 258P-55-.. 55 (60) 30 3.5 30 -34 -07 -34 2.9
FN 258P-75-34 75 (82) 37 3.5 24 -34 -34 3.9
FN 258P-100-35 100 (110) 55 3.5 51 -35 -35 5.5
FN 258P-130-35 130 (143) 75 3.5 50 -35 -35 6.9
FN 258P-180-.. 180 (197) 90 3.5 73 -40 -07 -40 11.0
FN 258P-250-07 250 (275) 132 3.6 79 -40 -07 12.0
Filter* Rated current Typical drive Leakage current*** Power loss Input Output Weight
@ 50C (40C) power rating** @ 440VAC/50Hz @ 25C/50Hz connections connections

[A] [kW] [mA] [W] [kg]
* To compile a complete part number, please replace the -.. with the required output connection style.
** Calculated at rated current, 440VAC (FN 258) / 690VAC (FN 258HV) and cos phi = 0.8. The exact value depends upon the efficiency of the drive, the motor and the entire application.
*** Maximum leakage under normal operating conditions (FN 258 at 440V, FN 258HV at 690V). Note: if two phases are interrupted, worst case leakage could reach 5.7 times higher levels.
7 to 30A types 42 to 100A types 130A types 180 and 250A types
Note: typical attenuation performance of FN 258 standard filters. The behavior of FN 258HV, FN 258HVIT, FN 258P and FN 258L may be slightly different.
Mechanical data
7 to 55A types (-07) 7 to 130A types (-29, -33, -34, -35)
180 and 250A types (-07) 180 and 250A types (-40)
-29 -33 -34 -35 -40
Solid wire 6mm 16mm 35mm 50mm 95mm
Flex wire 4mm 10mm 25mm 50mm 95mm
AWG type wire AWG 10 AWG 6 AWG 2 AWG 1/0 AWG 4/0
Recommended torque 0.6 - 0.8Nm 1.5 - 1.8Nm 4.0 - 4.5Nm 7 - 8Nm 17 - 20Nm
* Filters with output wire connections (-07) only.
7A 16A 30A 42A 55A 75A 100A 130A 180A 250A
Dimensions
A 255 305 335 329 329 329 379 439 438 478
B 50 55 60 70 80 80 90 110 110 110
C 126 142 150 185 185 220 220 240 240 240
D 225 275 305 300 300 300 350 400 400 440
E 240 290 320 314 314 314 364 414 413 453
F 25 30 35 45 55 55 65 80 80 80
G 6.5 6.5 6.5 6.5 6.5 6.5 6.5 6.5 6.5 6.5
H 1 1 1 1.5 1.5 1.5 1.5 3 4 4
I 10.9 10.9 25 25 39 39 45 45 51 51
J M5 M5 M5 M6 M6 M6 M10 M10 M10 M10
K 25 27.5 30 35 40 40 45 55 55 55
L 85 100 110 130 105 140 130 140 110 110
X* AWG 16 AWG 14 AWG 10 AWG 8 AWG 6 50mm 70mm
Y* 300 10 300 10 400 10 500 10 500 10 500 10 500 10
Z* 9 9 9 12 12 15 15
General Purpose EMC Filter
for Three-phase Applications
Approvals EMC solution for industrial inverters and
motor drives
Rated currents from 8 to 280A
Selectable voltage level of 440V and 520V
High differential and common-mode
attenuation
FN 351H up to 110A
FN 351 up to 110A
Broad range of power rati ngs for fast and
conveni ent fi l ter sel ecti on.
AvnIInbIe ns 440\AC (!N 551) nnd 520\AC
(!N 551H) versIons Ior neIvork-secIIIc
appl i cati ons.
!N 551 IIIIers rovIde n brondbnnd
common and di fferenti al -mode attenuati on
performance, whi ch remai ns avai l abl e al so
when hi gh i nterference l evel s are present.
Sol i d, touch-safe fi l ter termi nal s contri bute
to overal l equi pment safety and make the
IIIIers comIInnI vIIh !!C 60950.
I ntroduced as one of the very fi rst motor
drIve !MC IIIIers In Ihe mnrkeI, !N 551
has been wi del y i mi tated and has success-
ful l y proven i ts functi on over more than
10 yenrs.
Three-phase motor dri ves
I nverters and converters
I ndustri al automati on equi pment
UPS
SMPS
General purpose three-phase fi l teri ng
Maximum continuous operating voltage: 3x 440/250VAC (FN 351)
3x 520/300VAC (FN 351H)
High potential test voltage: P > E 2600VDC for 2 sec (FN 351)
P > P 1900VDC for 2 sec (FN 351)
P > E 2750VDC for 2 sec (FN 351H)
P > P 2250VDC for 2 sec (FN 351H)
Temperature range (operation and storage): -25C to +85C (25/085/21) (FN 351)
-25C to +100C (25/100/21) (FN 351H)
L1
L2
L3
Line
L
Cy
L1
L2
Load
L3
Cx
E
R
E
Cx
Cy
3-phase Filters
FN 351
Filter* Rated current Typical drive Leakage current*** Power loss Input/Output Weight
@ 40C (25C) power rating** @ 400VAC/50Hz @ 25C/50Hz connections
[A] [kW] [mA] [W] [kg]
FN 351-8-29 8 (9.2) 3 1.9 7 -29 0.8
FN 351-16-29 16 (18.5) 5.5 1.9 8 -29 1.3
FN 351-25-33 25 (28.9) 11 28.0 8 -33 1.4
FN 351-36-33 36 (41.6) 15 28.0 9 -33 1.5
FN 351-50-.. 50 (57.7) 22 29.5 11 -33 -34 1.6
FN 351-64-.. 64 (73.9) 30 29.5 15 -33 -34 1.7
FN 351-80-34 80 (92.3) 37 31.8 23 -34 5.6
FN 351-110-35 110 (127) 55 31.8 25 -35 5.8
FN 351-180-36 180 (208) 90 29.6 49 -36 13.0
FN 351-280-37 280 (323) 132 35.7 70 -37 28.0
FN 351H-8-29 8 (9.2) 4 2.3 7 -29 1.1
FN 351H-16-29 16 (18.5) 7.5 2.3 8 -29 1.3
FN 351H-25-33 25 (28.9) 15 32.7 8 -33 1.4
FN 351H-36-33 36 (41.6) 18.5 32.7 9 -33 1.5
FN 351H-50-.. 50 (57.7) 30 32.7 11 -33 -34 1.6
FN 351H-64-33 64 (73.9) 37 32.7 15 -33 1.7
FN 351H-80-34 80 (92.3) 45 38.0 23 -34 5.6
FN 351H-110-35 110 (127) 75 38.0 25 -35 5.8
FN 351H-180-36 180 (208) 110 35.6 49 -36 13.0
FN 351H-280-37 280 (323) 160 42.9 70 -37 28.0
* To compile a complete part number, please replace the -.. with the required I/O connection style.
** Calculated at rated current, 400VAC (FN 351)/480VAC (FN 351H) and cos phi = 0.8. The exact value depends upon the efficiency of the drive, the motor and the entire application.
*** Maximum leakage under normal operating conditions (FN 351 at 400V, FN 351H at 480V). Note: if two phases are interrupted, worst case leakage could reach 6 times higher levels.
8A types 16A types 25A types 36 and 50A types

64A types 80 and 110A types 180A types 280A types
Mechanical data
8 and 16A types 25 to 64A types
80 and 110A types 180 and 280A types
-29 -33 -34 -35 -36 -37

Solid wire 6mm
2
16mm
2
35mm
2
50mm
2
95mm
2
150mm
2
Flex wire 4mm
2
10mm
2
25mm
2
50mm
2
95mm
2
150mm
2
AWG type wire AWG 10 AWG 6 AWG 2 AWG 1/0 AWG 4/0 AWG 6/0
Recommended torque 0.6 - 0.8Nm 1.5 - 1.8Nm 4.0 - 4.5Nm 7 - 8Nm 17 - 20Nm 27 - 30Nm
8A 8A 16A 25A 36A 50A 50A 64A 64A 80A 110A 180A 280A
(-H) (-33) (-34) (-33) (-34)
Dimensions
A 180 200 200 200 200 200 200 200 200 400 400 510 700
B 115 150 150 150 150 150 150 150 150 170 170 180 260
C 60 65 65 65 65 65 80 65 80 90 90 130 155
D 85 120 120 120 120 120 120 120 120 350 350 360 530
E 115 115 115 115 115 115 115 115 115 373 373 470 660
F 100 136 136 136 136 136 136 136 136 130 130 156 220
G 6.5 6.5 6.5 6.5 6.5 6.5 6.5 6.5 6.5 15 x 6.5 15 x 6.5 16 x 9 16 x 9
H 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 4 4
I 17 17 17 25 25 25 39 25 39 39 45 85 110
J M6 M6 M6 M6 M6 M6 M6 M6 M6 M10 M10 M10 M10
K 13 19.25 19.25 19.25 19.25 19.25 18.75 19.25 18.75 40 40 25 30
L 17 17 17 18.4 18.4 18.4 17 18.4 17 70 70 85 100
Advanced EMC/RFI Filter Concept
with Minimum Leakage Current
Approvals Compact state-of-the-art filter concept
Light weight plastic enclosure design
Minimized filter leakage current
Hinged safety covers
Revolutionary embedded filter terminals
Chassis or DIN-rail mounting option
Selectable performance level
Environmental friendly design without
potting compound
!N 5025 IIIIers nre desIned Ior IrndIIIonnI
chassi s mounti ng.
!or exIrn InsI InsInIInIIon, !N 5026 IIIIers
cnn comIorInbIy be snned-In on TS 55
D!N-rnIIs.
Two di fferent performance l evel s are of-
fered (L types, P types). The sui tabl e fi l ter
can be sel ected by choosi ng the requi red
performance l evel , the admi ssi bl e l eakage
current and the preferred i nstal l ati on styl e.
A pl asti c housi ng and a metal ground pl ate
are cl everl y combi ned to get the l owest
possi bl e product wei ght wi thout compro-
mIzIn !MC behnvIor.
The embedded jump-termi nal system from
Schaffner guarantees user-fri endl y hand-
l i ng as wel l as fast and rel i abl e el ectri cal
connecti on.
Capti ve hi nged protecti ve covers contri -
bute to overal l safety by offeri ng protecti on
agai nst uni ntended contact wi th l i fe con-
ductors. They are i ncl uded i n the standard
del i very package wi thout causi ng extra
cost.
\ery Iov Ienkne currenI vnIues mnke
these fi l ter ranges i deal l y sui tabl e for use
i n Japanese el ectri ci ty networks as wel l as
i n appl i cati ons whi ch set val ue on safety
and rel i abi l i ty.
Appl i cati ons wi th the requi rement for
extremel y compact fi l ter sol uti ons
Appl i cati ons wi th tough l eakage current
requi rements or sensi ti ve earth l eakage
detectors
Appl i cati ons wi th i nsuffi ci ent i nternal
fi l teri ng or moderate i nterference l evel s
Automati on equi pment
Motor dri ves and servo dri ves wi th short
motor cabl es
Appl i cati ons i ncl udi ng steppi ng motors
Semi conductor manufacturi ng equi pment
El ectri cal cabi nets
Three-phase power suppl i es
Medi cal equi pment (not pati ent-coupl ed)
Maximum continuous operating voltage: 3x 520/300VAC
High potential test voltage: P > E 2000VAC for 2 sec (HL types)
P > E 3000VDC for 2 sec (HP types)
Protection category: IP00 (protection according to VBG 4)
MTBF @ 50C/400V (Mil-HB-217F): >200,000 hours
L1
L2
L3
Line
Cx R1
L
Cy
L1
L2
Load
L3
Cx
PE
Design protected by European patent
(EP 1727280)
3-phase Filters
FN 3025 / FN 3026
Filter Rated current Typical drive Leakage current** Power loss Input/Output Weight
@ 50C (40C) power rating* @ 480VAC/50Hz @ 25C/50Hz connections
[A] [kW] [mA] [W] [kg]
FN 3025HL-10-71 10 (10.7) 5.5 0.4 4.8 -71 0.52
FN 3025HL-20-71 20 (21.4) 11 0.4 6.2 -71 0.52
FN 3025HL-30-71 30 (32.1) 18.5 0.4 7.0 -71 0.54
FN 3025HL-50-72 50 (53.5) 30 0.4 10.5 -72 0.93
FN 3025HP-10-71 10 (10.7) 5.5 2.5 4.8 -71 0.52
FN 3025HP-20-71 20 (21.4) 11 2.5 6.2 -71 0.52
FN 3025HP-30-71 30 (32.1) 18.5 2.5 7.0 -71 0.54
FN 3025HP-50-72 50 (53.5) 30 2.5 10.5 -72 0.93
FN 3026HL-10-71 10 (10.7) 5.5 0.4 4.8 -71 0.56
FN 3026HL-20-71 20 (21.4) 11 0.4 6.2 -71 0.56
FN 3026HL-30-71 30 (32.1) 18.5 0.4 7.0 -71 0.58
FN 3026HL-50-72 50 (53.5) 30 0.4 10.5 -72 0.98
FN 3026HP-10-71 10 (10.7) 5.5 2.5 4.8 -71 0.56
FN 3026HP-20-71 20 (21.4) 11 2.5 6.2 -71 0.56
FN 3026HP-30-71 30 (32.1) 18.5 2.5 7.0 -71 0.58
FN 3026HP-50-72 50 (53.5) 30 2.5 10.5 -72 0.98
* Calculated at rated current, 480VAC and cos phi = 0.8. The exact value depends upon the efficiency of the drive, the motor and the entire application.
** Maximum leakage under normal operating conditions. Note: if two phases are interrupted, worst case leakage could reach up to 10 times higher levels (at 520VAC/60Hz).
!N 5025/!N 5026 nre deIIvered vIIh cIosed
pl asti c covers and unfastened termi nal s. To
i nstal l the fi l ter pl ease proceed as fol l ows:
Mount the fi l ter on a metal surface wi th
Iour screvs or snn II onIo n TS 55 D!N-
rai l .
Fi rst connect the green/yel l ow wi re to the
earth stud of the fi l ter.
Gentl y l i ft the two hi nged pl asti c covers.
Connect phase wi res wi th cabl e l ugs by
pushi ng down and ti ghteni ng the screws.
Pl ease note the torque recommendati on on
top of the fi l ter.
Push the covers back i nto thei r l ocked
posi ti on to fi ni sh the fi l ter i nstal l ati on.
Installation
10 and 20A HL types 10 and 20A HP types 30 and 50A HL types 30 and 50A HP types
Mechanical data
FN 3025 FN 3026
A
C
B
E
G
F
X
J
A B
J
H H
C
FN 3025 FN 3026
10A 20A 30A 50A 10A 20A 30A 50A
Dimensions
A 150 150 150 177 150 150 150 177
B 50 50 50 65 50 50 50 65
C 78 78 78 84 78 78 78 84
E 140 140 140 162
F 32 32 32 44
G 4.3 x 5.5 4.3 x 5.5 4.3 x 5.5 5.3 x 6.5
H 1.5 1.5 1.5 1.5 1.5 1.5 1.5 1.5
J M4 M4 M4 M5 M4 M4 M4 M5
X 9.7 9.7 9.7 9.7
* Schaffner recommends the use of insulated and UL-recognized ring lugs or fork lugs of the appropriate size.
** Specification in () relates to earth connector.
W
d
W
d
-71 (10A) -71 (20A) -71 (30A) -72 (50A)
Flex wire 1.3 - 2.5mm
2
4 - 6mm
2
8 - 10mm
2
16 - 20mm
2
AWG type wire AWG 16 - AWG 13 AWG 12 - AWG 10 AWG 8 - AWG 7 AWG 5 - AWG 4
Ring/fork lug (W/d)* max. 11mm (9.5mm)/ max. 11mm (9.5mm)/ max. 11mm (9.5mm)/ max. 16.5mm (15mm)/
min. 4.3mm** min. 4.3mm** min. 4.3mm** min. 5.3mm**
Recommended torque 1.0 - 1.2Nm 1.0 - 1.2Nm 1.0 - 1.2Nm 1.9 - 2.2Nm
EMC/RFI Filter for
Regenerative Motor Drives
Approvals Exceptional broadband attenuation
performance from 10kHz up to 30MHz
Equally suitable for conventional and
regenerative motor drives (latter with
additional line reactor only)
Slim and user-friendly book-style design
with touch-safe terminal blocks for
minimum space and maximum safety
Enables compliance with Class B limits
FN 3100 up to 150A
High performance filter for mainly
industrial motor drive applications with
significant interference levels.
Attenuation performance for Class B com-
pliance in applications comprising multiple
motor drives (e.g. machine tool with up to
8 driving axes with ~10 to 20m motor cable
each).
Broadband filter performance with low fre-
quency attenuation down to 10kHz for reli-
able suppression of conducted interference
in applications with regenerative motor
drives.
Slim book-style shape requiring minimum
cabinet space and allowing convenient
installation right beside the motor drive.
Touch-safe terminal blocks provide unsur-
passed electrical safety and contacting
cross section according to EN 60204-1
installation standard.
For even better filter specifications, please
consider FN 3120H series from Schaffner.
Conventional motor drives with long motor
cables and high interference levels
Four quadrant motor drives and servo
drives with energy regeneration mode (in
combination with a suitable line reactor)
Industrial applications comprising power
conversion devices, such as machinery,
machine tools and process automation
equipment
Uninterruptible power supplies (UPS)
Converters for renewable energy
generation
Thyristor drives
Elevators and cranes
3-phase Filters
FN 3100
** Maximum leakage under normal operating conditions. Note: if two phases are interrupted, worst case leakage could reach 5.3 times higher levels.

[A] [kW] [mA] [W] [kg]
FN 3100-35-33 35 (38.4) 22 48.9 11.8 -33 2.3
FN 3100-50-34 50 (54.8) 30 66.1 18.0 -34 3.4
FN 3100-80-35 80 (87.6) 45 71.5 25.9 -35 5.3
FN 3100-110-35 110 (120.5) 55 71.5 32.7 -35 5.4
FN 3100-150-40 150 (164.3) 75 71.5 50.6 -40 8.5
FN 3100-200-40 200 (219) 110 71.5 67.2 -40 9.1
FN 3100-230-40 230 (230) 132 71.5 36.5 -40 9.2
FN 3100-300-99 300 (329) 160 71.5 54.0 -99 11.8
dB
70
60
50
40
30
20
10
0
-10
-20
10k 100k 1M 10M
A
B
C
D
dB
70
60
50
40
30
20
10
0
-10
-20
10k 100k 1M 10M
A
B
C
D
35 to 80A types 110 and 150A types
dB
70
60
50
40
30
20
10
0
-10
-20
10k 100k 1M 10M
A
B
C
D
dB
70
60
50
40
30
20
10
0
-10
-20
10k 100k 1M 10M
A
B
C
D
200A types 230 and 300A types
Mechanical data
35A 50A 80A 110A 150A 200A 230A 300A
Dimensions
A 335 329 379 379 438 438 438 440
B 60 80 90 90 110 110 110 200
C 150 185 220 220 240 240 240 200
D 305 300 350 350 400 400 400 400
E 320 314 364 364 413 413 413 420
F 35 55 65 65 80 80 80 160
G 6.5 6.5 6.5 6.5 6.5 6.5 6.5 8
H 1 1.5 1.5 1.5 4 4 4 1.5
I 25 39 45 45 51 51 51 105
J M5 M6 M10 M10 M10 M10 M10 M12
L 93.5 107 129 129 108 108 108 70
W 71.5
X ~22
Y M12
Z ~105
-33 -34 -35 -40 -99
Solid wire 16mm 35mm 50mm 95mm
AWG type wire AWG 6 AWG 2 AWG 1/0 AWG 4/0 AWG 6/0
Recommended torque 1.5 - 1.8Nm 4.0 - 4.5Nm 7 - 8Nm 17 - 20Nm 27 - 30Nm
High-end EMC/RFI Filter for
Conventional and Regenerative Drives
Approvals High-performance filter for extremely
noisy applications
Ideal for the latest regenerative drives
(with additional line impedance)
Significantly improves the reliability and
immunity of installations
Enables compliance with Class B limits
even with very long cables
High-performance filter for mainly indus-
trial motor drive applications with
extremely high noise levels, providing suf-
ficient interference suppression to achieve
Class B even with very long motor cables
(e.g. machine tools with up to 12 axes with
~10 to 20m cables each).
Broadband attenuation performance and
exceptional saturating resistance ensure
reliable interference suppression also in
applications with regenerative drives (with
an additional line impedance).
FN 3120 operated on the mains input of
machines or equipment contributes sig-
nificantly to the reliability and immunity
by offering protection against conducted
interference phenomena coming from the
environment.
Solid, touch-safe terminal blocks offer suf-
ficient contacting cross section according
to the EN 60204-1 installation standard,
which is very common for industrial equip-
ment like machine tools.
Compact dimensions and light weight
design with good accessibility for auto-
matic and hand tools guarantee a simple
time and space-saving installation.
Mainly industrial equipment, machinery and
machine tools such as printing machines,
packaging machines, extruders, wood work-
ing machines, milling and drilling machines,
laser cutting machines, welding machines,
robotics, conveyors, assembly lines, pumps,
oil production, chemical and mining
industry, etc. The filters are ideal for most
motor drive applications and particularly for
regenerative drives.
Maximum continuous operating voltage: 3x 520/300VAC (480VAC +10% possible)
3-phase Filters
FN 3120

[A] [kW] [mA] [W] [kg]
FN 3120H-25-33 25 (27) 15 97.9 17.1 -33 2.4
FN 3120H-50-53 50 (54) 30 97.9 17.5 -53 2.7
FN 3120H-80-35 80 (87) 45 97.9 25.9 -35 5.0
FN 3120H-110-35 110 (120) 55 97.9 25.4 -35 6.1
FN 3120H-150-40 150 (164) 75 97.9 40.5 -40 6.3
FN 3120H-230-40 230 (230) 132 97.9 33.5 -40 13.3
25A types 50 to 110A types 150A types 230A types
Mechanical data
* 230A filters provide 2 additional mounting slots, to do justice to the additional product weight. They are located right in the center of those mounting slots shown in the drawing above
(82.5/82.5 > 165mm).
Dimensions
25A 50A 80A 110A 150A 230A
A 214 214 221 221 221 300
B 159 159 169 169 169 168
C 64 64 140 140 140 140
D 129 129 140 140 140 140
E 115 115 115 115 115 165 (82.5/82.5)*
F 145 145 155 155 155 155
G 6.5 6.5 6.5 6.5 6.5 6.5
H 1 1 1 1 1 1
I 25 29.45 45 45 51 51
J M5 M6 M10 M10 M10 M10
K 21.5 24.5 18 18 13 13
L 26 35 55 55 62 62
-33 -35 -40 -53
Flex wire 10mm 50mm 95mm 16mm
AWG type wire AWG 6 AWG 1/0 AWG 4/0 AWG 4
Recommended torque 1.5 - 1.8Nm 7 - 8Nm 17 - 20Nm 2.0 - 2.3Nm
Ultra-compact EMC/RFI Filter for
Three-phase Systems and Motor Drives
Approvals New: solid safety connector blocks
available for the whole range
Exceptional attenuation performance
from 150kHz to 30MHz
Excellent saturation resistance up to
50m cable length
Most compact and slim filter design
in its class
The extremel y compact and sl i m fi l ter
desi gn al l ows a troubl e-free i nstal l ati on
even where the avai l abl e mounti ng space
i s mi ni mal .
Wi th new addi ti onal fi l ter types provi di ng
safety termi nal bl ocks, the most preferred
connecti on styl e can be chosen fast and
easy. Thi s hel ps to stay i n l i ne wi th the
el ectri cal connecti on concept of a gi ven
appl i cati on.
!N 5258 IIIIers ensure comIInnce vIIh
CInss A IImIIs nccordIn Io !N 55011 u Io
50m cnbIe IenIh nnd beyond. !urIher
they can contri bute si gni fi cantl y to meet
conducted emi ssi on l i mi ts accordi ng to
Cl ass B.
Fi l ter operati on on the mai ns i nput si de
of consumers i ncreases thei r rel i abi l i ty and
conducted i mmuni ty si gni fi cant.
Chokes wi th excepti onal saturati on resi st-
ance and excel l ent thermal behavi or are a
vIInI nrI oI !N 5258 desIn. Thus, nII IIIIers
retai n the expected fi l ter performance
even i n very noi sy appl i cati ons and under
ful l l oad condi ti ons.
Three-phase vari abl e speed motor dri ves,
servo dri ves, i nverters and converters
Appl i cati ons compri si ng energy conversi on
devi ces l i ke machi nes or process auto-
mati on equi pment
H\AC equImenI, eIevnIors, over
suppl i es, UPS and further three-phase
appl i cati ons
3x 520/300VAC (FN 3258H)
L1
L2
L3
Line
Cx R1
L
Cy
L1
L2
Load
L3
Cx
PE
R2
PE
3-phase Filters
FN 3258
[A] [kW] [mA] [W] [kg]
FN 3258-7-44 7 (7.7) 4 33.0 3.8 -44 0.5
FN 3258-16-44 16 (17.5) 7.5 33.0 6.1 -44 0.8
FN 3258-30-33 30 (32.9) 15 33.0 11.8 -33 1.2
FN 3258-42-33 42 (46.0) 22 33.0 15.7 -33 1.4
FN 3258-55-34 55 (60.2) 30 33.0 25.9 -34 2.0
FN 3258-75-34 75 (82.2) 37 33.0 32.2 -34 2.7
FN 3258-100-35 100 (109.5) 55 33.0 34.5 -35 4.3
FN 3258-130-35 130 (142.4) 75 33.0 43.1 -35 4.5
FN 3258-180-40 180 (197.1) 90 33.0 58.3 -40 6.0
FN 3258H-7-44 7 (7.7) 4 33.0 3.8 -44 0.5
FN 3258H-16-44 16 (17.5) 7.5 33.0 6.1 -44 0.8
FN 3258H-30-33 30 (32.9) 18.5 33.0 11.8 -33 1.2
FN 3258H-42-33 42 (46.0) 22 33.0 15.7 -33 1.4
FN 3258H-55-34 55 (60.2) 37 33.0 25.9 -34 2.0
FN 3258H-75-34 75 (82.2) 45 33.0 32.2 -34 2.7
FN 3258H-100-35 100 (109.5) 55 33.0 34.5 -35 4.3
FN 3258H-130-35 130 (142.4) 75 33.0 43.1 -35 4.5
FN 3258H-180-40 180 (197.1) 110 33.0 58.3 -40 6.0
* Calculated at rated current, 440VAC (FN 3258)/480VAC (FN 3258H) and cos phi = 0.8. The exact value depends upon the efficiency of the drive, the motor and the entire application.
7 to 42A types 55 to 100A types 130 and 180A types
Mechanical data
D
A
B
J
H
C
I
E
G
K
F
L
Note: in favour of a better readability, connectors and earth studs are not shown in the horizontal projection.
7A 16A 30A 42A 55A 75A 100A 130A 180A
Dimensions
A 190 250 270 310 250 270 270 270 380
B 40 45 50 50 85 80 90 90 120
C 70 70 85 85 90 135 150 150 170
D 160 220 240 280 220 240 240 240 350
E 180 235 255 295 235 255 255 255 365
F 20 25 30 30 60 60 65 65 102
G 4.5 5.4 5.4 5.4 5.4 6.5 6.5 6.5 6.5
H 1 1 1 1 1 1.5 1.5 1.5 1.5
I 22 22 25 25 39 39 45 45 51
J M5 M5 M5 M6 M6 M6 M10 M10 M10
K 20 22.5 25 25 42.5 40 45 45 60
L2 29.5 29.5 39.5 37.5 26.5 70.5 64 64 47
-33 -34 -35 -40 -44
Solid wire 16mm
2
35mm
2
50mm
2
95mm
2
10mm
2
Flex wire 10mm
2
25mm
2
50mm
2
95mm
2
6mm
2
AWG type wire AWG 6 AWG 2 AWG 1/0 AWG 4/0 AWG 8
Recommended torque 1.5 - 1.8Nm 4.0 - 4.5Nm 7 - 8Nm 17 - 20Nm 1.5 - 1.8Nm
Low-leakage Current EMC/EMI Filter
for Installations with Residual Current
Device (RCD)
Approvals Full functionality with RCDs according
to IEC 61008 and new VDE 0664-110*
Compatible with 30mA RCDs up to 30m
motor cable for electric shock protection
according to IEC 61008
Compatible with 300mA RCDs up to 100m
motor cable for fire protection according
to IEC 60364-4-42 (VDE 0100-482)
I nnovati ve l ow-l eakage current fi l ter wi th
snme smnIIesI dImensIons ns !N 5258.
Si gni fi cant reducti on of l eakage and
ground currents caused by l ong motor
cabl es.
Prevents unwanted faul t shut-downs from
BCDs In mnchInes nnd rocess nuIomnIIon
equi pment.
Patented fi l ter desi gn avoi di ng earl y satu-
rati on and ri ngi ng effects.
Excel l ent attenuati on compl i ant wi th:
C1 IImIIs !N 61800-5 vIIh 50 meIer moIor
cnbIe nnd 50mA BCD (eIecIrIc shock
protecti on)**.
C2 IImIIs !N 61800-5 vIIh 100 meIer moIor
cnbIe nnd 500mA BCD (IIre roIecIIon).
Three-hnse vnrInbIe seed drIves (\SD),
servo dri ves, and i nverters
Machi nery and process automati on
equi pment
BuIIdIn nuIomnIIon, H\AC equImenI,
pumps, venti l ati on, and el evators
Conveyors, handl i ng and storage systems,
and cranes
Machi ne tool s, wood worki ng machi nes,
and pri nti ng machi nes
L1
L2
L3
Line
Cx R1
L
Cy
L1
L2
Load
L3
Cx
PE
R2
PE
* If supply voltage is contaminated with harmonics according to IEC 61000-2-4, class 2, where odd-numbered multiplies of three are limited to 30%.
** Filter types 7A up to 42A: C1, 30m, 30mA; 55A: C2, 30m, 30mA; 75A up to 180A: C2, 100m, 300mA
3-phase Filters
FN 3268
BCD
Pl ease note that for el ectri cal devi ces wi th
6-pul se recti fi ers at l i ne i nput, l i ke three-
hnse moIor drIves, n BCD Iye B or B+ Is
requIred. BCD vIIh IIme deIny nre needed
to prevent unwanted faul t tri p at swi tch on
or voIIne sIkes. These BCD Iyes B vIIh
ti me del ay have often an added l etter S
or K , pl ease ask the suppl i er for correct
type. Cauti on: Pl ease val i date system wi th
chosen BCD Io unrnnIee IuncIIonnIIIy.
!MC/!M! IIIIer !N 5268
!IIIer Iyes Irom 7 Io 55A nre desIned Io
be comnIIbIe vIIh 50mA BCDs nccord-
In Io !!C 61008 nnd nev \D! 0664-110
sInndnrds. !IIIers Irom 75 u Io 180A nre
desIned Io be comnIIbIe vIIh 500mA
BCDs. !nsInII Ihe IIIIer ns cIose ns ossIbIe
at l i ne si de of the motor dri ve. Regardi ng
correct EMC i nstal l ati on, pl ease refer to
the EMC i nstal l ati on gui de i n the manual
from motor dri ve suppl i er.
Motor dri ve
Pl ease set the PWM pul se pattern of the
vnrInbIe seed moIor drIve IIxed Io 4kHz.
Other pul se patterns cause hi gher l eakage
currents. Fi l ter desi gns wi th other pul se
nIIern Ihnn 4kHz nre ossIbIe uon
request.
Motor cabl e l ength
MoIor cnbIe IenIh shouId noI exceed 50
meIers Ior 7 u Io 55A IIIIer Iyes Io IuIIIII
cInss C1 oI recommended sInndnrd !N
61800-5. !or 75 u Io 180A IIIIers, cnbIe
IenIh shouId noI exceed 100 meIers Io
IuIIIII cInss C2.
I nternal EMC/EMI components
Pl ease di sconnect al l i nternal Y-capaci tors
(i nternal EMC/EMI fi l ters) i n the motor
dri ve, because these capaci tors cause addi -
ti onal l eakage currents.
Harmoni cs on l i ne vol tage
Hi gh vol tage harmoni cs can create addi -
IIonnI sysIem Ienkne currenIs. !N 5268
fi l ters are tested under fol l owi ng condi -
ti ons: Suppl y vol tage i s contami nated wi th
hnrmonIcs nccordIn Io !!C 61000-2-4,
cInss 2, vhere odd-numbered muIIIIIes oI
Ihree nre IImIIed Io 50.
[A] [kW] [mA] [W] [kg]
FN 3268-7-44 7 (7.7) 4 4.5 4.5 -44 0.5
FN 3268-16-44 16 (17.5) 7.5 4.7 6.1 -44 0.8
FN 3268-30-33 30 (32.9) 18.5 4.6 13.5 -33 1.2
FN 3268-42-33 42 (46.0) 22 4.6 17.4 -33 1.4
FN 3268-55-34 55 (60.2) 37 4.7 18.1 -34 2.2
FN 3268-75-34 75 (82.2) 45 7.8 25.3 -34 2.9
FN 3268-100-35 100 (109.5) 55 20.5 30.0 -35 4.1
FN 3268-130-35 130 (142.4) 75 30.4 38.0 -35 4.6
FN 3268-180-40 180 (197.1) 110 37.0 48.6 -40 6.0
7 to 42A types 55 to 100A types 130 and 180A types
Installation
Typical installation with RCD, EMC/EMI filter and motor drive
system
Mechanical data
D
A
B
J
H
C
I
E
G
K
F
L
7A 16A 30A 42A 55A 75A 100A 130A 180A
Dimensions
A 190 250 270 310 250 270 270 270 380
B 40 45 50 50 85 80 90 90 120
C 70 70 85 85 90 135 150 150 170
D 160 220 240 280 220 240 240 240 350
E 180 235 255 295 235 255 255 255 365
F 20 25 30 30 60 60 65 65 102
G 4.5 5.4 5.4 5.4 5.4 6.5 6.5 6.5 6.5
H 1 1 1 1 1 1.5 1.5 1.5 1.5
I 22 22 25 25 39 39 45 45 51
J M5 M5 M5 M6 M6 M6 M10 M10 M10
K 20 22.5 25 25 42.5 40 45 45 60
L 29.5 29.5 39.5 37.5 26.5 70.5 64 64 47
-33 -34 -35 -40 -44
Solid wire 16mm
2
35mm
2
50mm
2
95mm
2
10mm
2
Flex wire 10mm
2
25mm
2
50mm
2
95mm
2
6mm
2
Recommended torque 1.5 - 1.8Nm 4.0 - 4.5Nm 7 - 8Nm 17 - 20Nm 1.5 - 1.8Nm
Compact Three-phase EMC/RFI Filter
for Industrial Motor Drive Applications
Approvals Very compact and light weight design
requiring minimum space
Easy, time-saving installation and
contacting
Protective covers as optional accessory
available
Attenuation performance according to
EN 61800-3/A11
An extremely compact and light weight
filter design requiring minimum mounting
space in installations and cabinets.
tools.
Solid, touch-safe terminal blocks, for all
filters from 10 to 100A, offering sufficient
contacting cross section according to the
EN 60204-1 installation standard.
Optionally available transparent protective
covers for all filters with busbars from 150
to 1000A, to protect the installer, operator
or inspector from undeliberate touching of
life conductors. They can easily be retro-
fitted even if the filter is already installed
and connected.
These EMC filters provide the attenuation
performance needed to fulfill
EN 61800-3/A11.
Guaranteed filter performance under full-
load operating conditions.
15 different filter models allow the specific
choice and deployment for most industrial
applications.
Variable speed electrical power drive
systems/motor drives for mainly industrial
purpose
Various industrial applications comprising
frequency inverters, motor drives and
servo drives
Protection category: IP20 (10 to 100A)
IP00 (150 to 1000A)
L1
L2
L3
Line
Cx R1
L
Cy
L1
L2
Load
L3
Cx
PE
R2
PE
3-phase Filters
FN 3270
Filter Rated current Typical drive Leakage current** Power loss Input/Output Weight Protective
@ 50C (40C) power rating* @ 480VAC/50Hz @ 25C/50Hz connections covers***
[A] [kW] [mA] [W] [kg] Order code
FN 3270H-10-44 10 (11) 5.5 26.4 2.4 -44 0.4
FN 3270H-20-44 20 (22) 11 26.4 4.1 -44 0.5
FN 3270H-35-33 35 (38) 22 29.4 6.8 -33 0.7
FN 3270H-50-34 50 (55) 30 29.4 12.8 -34 1.2
FN 3270H-65-34 65 (71) 37 29.4 13.5 -34 1.3
FN 3270H-80-35 80 (88) 45 29.4 13.5 -35 2.2
FN 3270H-100-35 100 (110) 55 29.4 17.1 -35 2.6
FN 3270H-150-99 150 (164) 75 59.5 7.5 -99 6.1 1151-047
FN 3270H-200-99 200 (219) 110 59.5 13.2 -99 6.1 1151-047
FN 3270H-250-99 250 (274) 132 59.5 20.6 -99 6.1 1151-047
FN 3270H-320-99 320 (350) 160 59.5 12.2 -99 7.2 1151-047
FN 3270H-400-99 400 (438) 220 59.5 19.2 -99 7.2 1151-047
FN 3270H-600-99 600 (657) 315 59.5 35.6 -99 7.7 1151-047
FN 3270H-800-99 800 (876) 400 59.5 51.8 -99 15.8 1151-049
FN 3270H-1000-99 1000 (1095) 560 59.5 81.0 -99 15.8 1151-049
*** Please contact your local Schaffner partner to order the optional protective covers with the order code in the table above.
10 and 20A types 35 to 65A types 80 and 100A types 150 to 1000A types
Mechanical data
A
C
B
E
G
F
J A
J
H
H
D I
K
C
L
I
E
G
F
L
M
O
B P
N
W
Z
V
X
Y
D U U
10A 20A 35A 50A 65A 80A 100A 150A 200A 250A 320A 400A 600A 800A 1000A
Dimensions
A 150 150 160 170 170 200 230 300 300 300 300 300 300 370 370
B 58 58 70 85 85 95 95 200 200 200 200 200 200 190 190
C 58 58 68 80 80 90 90 86 86 86 86 86 86 125 125
D 120 120 130 140 140 170 200 240 240 240 240 240 240 310 310
E 132.5 132.5 142.5 152.5 152.5 182.5 212.5 275 275 275 275 275 275 345 345
F 42 42 50 65 65 75 75 165 165 165 165 165 165 155 155
G 4.5 4.5 5.5 5.5 5.5 5.5 5.5 11 11 11 11 11 11 11 11
H 1 1 1 1 1 1.5 1.5 2 2 2 2 2 2 3 3
I 10.9 10.9 25 39 39 45 45 40 40 40 40 40 40 50 50
J M4 M4 M5 M6 M6 M8 M8 M10 M10 M10 M10 M10 M10 M12 M12
K 92 92 92 92 92 92 138 138
L 20.5 20.5 20 15 15 16 16 37 37 37 37 37 37 67 67
M 380 380 380 380 380 380 610 610
N 211 211 211 211 211 211 201 201
O 93 93 93 93 93 93 132 132
P 26.5 26.5 26.5 26.5 26.5 26.5 29 29
U 60 60 60 60 60 60 60 60
V 20 20 20 25 25 25 40 40
W 3 3 3 6 6 8 8 8
X 10 10 10 12.5 12.5 12.5 20 20
Y 37 37 37 37 37 37 47 47
Z 9 9 9 11 11 11 13.5 13.5
-33 -34 -35 -44
Solid wire 16mm
2
35mm
2
50mm
2
10mm
2
Flex wire 10mm
2
25mm
2
50mm
2
6mm
2
AWG type wire AWG 6 AWG 2 AWG 1/0 AWG 8
Recommended torque 1.5 - 1.8Nm 4.0 - 4.5Nm 7 - 8Nm 1.5 - 1.8Nm
High-current Three-phase EMC/RFI Filter
Approvals (lters up to 1000A) Off-the-shelf high-power filter for rated
currents up to 2500A
HV versions designed for 690VAC IT
power networks
Busbars for convenient and universal
electrical connection
Protective plastic covers optionally
available for unsurpassed safety
(600VAC)
Hi gh-power fi l ter for Cl ass A compl i ance.
Wi th approval measurement al so Cl ass B
compl i ance possi bl e for some appl i cati ons.
Extremel y compact hi gh-current fi l ter
sol uti on wi th mi ni mum space requi re-
ment.
!N 5559H\ versIons Ior 690\AC nre nIso
desi gned for use i n I T power networks.
AII IIIIers 520A nnd nbove nre suIInbIe Ior
regenerati ve motor dri ve system (wi th a
sui tabl e l i ne reactor).
Opti onal l y avai l abl e transparent protecti ve
covers Ior nII IIIIers u Io 1000A, Io roIecI
the i nstal l er, operator or i nspector from
undel i berate touchi ng of l i fe conductors.
They can easi l y be retrofi tted even i f the
fi l ter i s al ready i nstal l ed and connected.
!N 5559 nIso Imroves conducIed
i mmuni ty of i nstal l ati ons.

Hi gh-power motor dri ves, i nverters and
converters
I ndustri al three-phase systems
Enti re factori es, pl ants and i nstal l ati ons
Large UPS
Machi nery
Mi ni ng equi pment
Photovol tai c systems wi th gal vani c
i sol ati on*
Wi nd turbi nes
3x 690/400VAC (FN 3359HV)
High potential test voltage: P > E 2700VDC for 2 sec (FN 3359)
P > P 2150VDC for 2 sec (FN 3359)
P > E 3100VDC for 2 sec (FN 3359HV)
P > P 3000VDC for 2 sec (FN 3359HV)
Note: HV versions without discharge resistor to ground.
* For EMI solutions for PV system without galvanic isolation, please contact your local Schaffner partner.
3-phase Filters
FN 3359
150 to 180A types 250 to 600A types 800 and 1000A types 1600 and 2500A types
Filter Rated current Typical drive Leakage current** Power loss Input/Output Weight Protective
@ 50C (40C) power rating* @ 480VAC/50Hz @ 25C/50Hz connections covers***
[A] [kW] [mA] [W] [kg] Order code
FN 3359-150-28 150 (164) 75 <6 24 -28 6.5 1151-050
FN 3359-180-28 180 (197) 90 <6 34 -28 6.5 1151-050
FN 3359-250-28 250 (250) 132 <6 49 -28 7.0 1151-051
FN 3359-320-99 320 (350) 160 <6 19 -99 10.5 1151-052
FN 3359-400-99 400 (438) 220 <6 29 -99 10.5 1151-052
FN 3359-600-99 600 (657) 315 <6 44 -99 11.0 1151-053
FN 3359-800-99 800 (876) 400 <6 39 -99 18.0 1151-054
FN 3359-1000-99 1000 (1095) 560 <6 60 -99 18.0 1151-054
FN 3359-1600-99 1600 (1600) 900 <6 131 -99 27.0
FN 3359-2500-99 2500 (2500) 1320 <6 300 -99 55.0
FN 3359HV-150-28 150 (164) 110 <6 24 -28 6.5 1151-050
FN 3359HV-180-28 180 (197) 132 <6 34 -28 6.5 1151-050
FN 3359HV-250-28 250 (250) 200 <6 49 -28 7.0 1151-051
FN 3359HV-320-99 320 (350) 250 <6 19 -99 10.5 1151-052
FN 3359HV-400-99 400 (438) 315 <6 29 -99 10.5 1151-052
FN 3359HV-600-99 600 (657) 500 <6 44 -99 11.0 1151-053
FN 3359HV-800-99 800 (876) 630 <6 39 -99 18.0 1151-054
FN 3359HV-1000-99 1000 (1095) 710 <6 60 -99 18.0 1151-054
FN 3359HV-1600-99 1600 (1600) 1320 <6 131 -99 27.0
FN 3359HV-2500-99 2500 (2500) 2000 <6 300 -99 55.0
* Calculated at rated current, 480VAC (FN 3359) / 690VAC (FN 3359HV) and cos phi = 0.8. The exact value depends upon the efficiency of the drive, the motor and the entire application.
** Maximum leakage under normal operating conditions. Note: if two phases are interrupted, worst case leakage could be much higher than the value shown.
*** Please contact your local Schaffner partner to order the optional protective covers with the order code in the table above
Mechanical data
Busbar connections
320 to 1000A types 2500A types 1600A types
150A 180A 250A 320A 400A 600A 800A 1000A 1600A 2500A
Dimensions
A 300 300 300 300 300 300 350 350 400 600
B 210 210 230 260 260 260 280 280 300 370
C 120 120 125 115 115 135 170 170 160 200
D 160 160 180 210 210 210 230 230 250 300
E 120 120 120 120 120 120 145 145 170 250
F 185 185 205 235 235 235 255 255 275 330
G 12 12 12 12 12 12 12 12 12 14
H 2 2 2 2 2 2 3 3 3 3
I 33 33 33 43 43 43 53 53 93 98
J M10 M10 M10 M12 M12 M12 M12 M12 M12 M16
K 55 55 62.5 20 20 20 25 25 25 25
L 30 30 35 20 20 20 25 25 25 25
M 420 420 420 440 440 440 510 510
N 171 171 191 221 221 221 241 241
O 127 127 132 122 122 142 177 177
S 26 35
T 26 35
U 50 50 55 60 60 60 60 60 60 100
V 25 25 25 40 40 60 70
W 6 6 8 8 8 10 15
X 15 15 15 20 20 17 20
Y 40 40 40 50 50 90 95
Z 10.5 10.5 10.5 14 14 14 14
FN 354 51
FN 355 54
FN 356 56
FN 3256 59
FN 3280 62
Three-phase and Neutral Line Filters
49
4 - 25

3 - 20

16 150
8 160
8 600
Three-phase and Neutral Line Filters. Three-hnse nnd neuIrnI IIne IIers nre n
compact sol uti on for the i nterference suppressi on on the mai ns i nput of cabi nets and control uni ts of equi pment, rangi ng
from i ndustri al appl i cati ons l i ke machi ne tool s to sensi ti ve medi cal i nstal l ati ons. These typi cal l y i nvol ve separate and often
InsuIcIenIIy IIered Irequency InverIers nnd SMPS, cnusIn currenI ImbnInnce nnd sInIcnnI InIerIerence robIems. As
i ndi vi dual el ements they may be i nterference-suppressed al ready. The conjuncti on of several swi tchi ng components i n the
snme cnbIneI nnd n non-!MC conscIous cnbIIn vIII rIse Ihe demnnd Ior nn nddIIIonnI !MC/!M! IIer on Ihe mnIns InuI
of the whol e i nstal l ati on. Many ti mes thi s i s the onl y way to get the CE mark for the cabi net i n accordance wi th the EMC
di recti ve.
Rated current [A]
IEC/EN 60939
1
-
s
t
a
g
e

l
t
e
r

c
i
r
c
u
i
t
2
-
s
t
a
g
e

l
t
e
r

c
i
r
c
u
i
t
S
a
f
e
t
y

c
o
n
n
e
c
t
o
r

b
l
o
c
k
s
F
a
s
t
o
n

c
o
n
n
e
c
t
o
r
s
O
f
f
e
r
i
n
g

E
M
C

c
o
m
p
l
i
a
n
c
e
F
o
r

a
s
y
m
m
e
t
r
i
c
a
l

l
o
a
d
s
B
r
o
a
d
b
a
n
d

a
t
t
e
n
u
a
t
i
o
n
V
e
r
y

l
o
w

l
e
a
k
a
g
e

c
u
r
r
e
n
t
F
o
r

e
n
t
i
r
e

s
y
s
t
e
m
s
,

i
n
s
t
a
l
l
.
M
a
c
h
i
n
e
r
y
,

m
a
c
h
i
n
e

t
o
o
l
s
I
n
d
u
s
t
r
i
a
l

a
u
t
o
m
a
t
i
o
n
P
o
w
e
r

s
u
p
p
l
i
e
s
M
e
d
i
c
a
l

e
q
u
i
p
m
e
n
t
F
o
r

h
i
g
h

f
r
e
q
u
e
n
c
y

a
p
p
l
.
H
i
g
h

p
o
w
e
r

o
f
c
e

e
q
u
i
p
m
e
n
t
G
e
n
e
r
a
l

p
u
r
p
o
s
e
Filter family
Max.
voltage 0 120 240 360 480 600
FN 354
p. 51
440VAC
FN 355
p. 54
440VAC
FN 356
p. 56
440VAC
FN 3256
p. 59
520VAC (H)
FN 3280
p. 62
520VAC (H)
Compact Three-phase and Neutral Line
Filter for High Frequency Attenuation
Approvals Compact four-wire filter for applications
with limited space
High attenuation performance up to
300MHz
Equally suitable for star and delta power
networks
The FN 354 family of filters is intended
primarily for applications that require ex-
tremely effective interference suppression
across a broad frequency spectrum.
Advanced two-stage filter circuits with
highly saturating resistant toroidal induc-
tors, in conjunction with feedthrough
capacitors on each of the three phases and
the neutral line, ensure that these filters
provide very high attenuation in the upper
frequency band.
FN 354 are equally suitable for the oper-
ation on star and delta power networks.
Applications requiring high-frequency
attenuation
Power supplies
Medical equipment
Office and data processing equipment
3-phase + Neutral Line Filters
FN 354
4 and 6A types 12A types 15A types 25A types

[A] [mA] [W] [kg]
FN 354-4-05 4 (4.5) 0.175 2.0 -05 0.23
FN 354-6-05 6 (6.7) 0.175 3.9 -05 0.38
FN 354-12-05 12 (13.4) 0.175 7.8 -05 1.1
FN 354-15-47 15 (16.8) 0.5 10.8 -47 4.7
FN 354-25-47 25 (28) 0.5 16.9 -47 4.7
* Maximum leakage under normal operating conditions, based on the assumption that all three phases and the neutral conductor are connected to the supply and the consumer. In this case, the
current will mainly return through the neutral line, not as earth leakage.
Mechanical data
4 to 12A types 15 and 25A types
4A 6A 12A 15A 25A
Dimensions
A 103 120 150 273.6 273.6
B 43 55 65 158.6 158.6
C 40.5 50.5 60 107 107
D 80 95 125
E 95 110 140 230 230
F 35 45 55 115 115
G 3.8 3.8 7.5 x 4.4 M8 M8
H 0.5 0.5 0.75 9.5 9.5
I 11.1 11.1 11.1 ~20 ~20
J Faston 6.3 x 0.8 Faston 6.3 x 0.8 Faston 6.3 x 0.8 PG13 PG13
K 35.5 35.5
L 7 11 11 30 30
All dimensionsin mm; 1 inch = 25.4mm
-05 -47
Solid wire n/a 16mm
Flex wire n/a 10mm
AWG type wire n/a AWG 8
Recommended torque n/a 1.9 - 2.2Nm
Ultra-compact Three-phase and Neutral
Line Filter with very Low Leakage Current
Approvals Ultra-compact four-wire filter for
applications lacking space
Exceptional low operating leakage
current
Equally suitable for star and delta
power networks
The FN 355 family of three-phase and
neutral line filters provides a cost-effective
interference suppression solution for a
wide variety of applications.
Available in four versions, with current
ratings from 3 to 20A, the filters employ a
single-stage four-wire LC circuit with
saturating resistant chokes, and have a
very low operational leakage current.
FN 355 filters are contained within an
extremely compact metal housing, making
them ideal for use in situations where
space is at a premium.
Office equipment
Medical equipment
General purpose four-wire filtering
Applications with tight space conditions
FN 355
3A types 6A types 10 and 20A types

[A] [mA] [W] [kg]
FN 355-3-05 3 (3.4) 0.07 1.4 -05 0.25
FN 355-6-05 6 (6.9) 0.07 1.5 -05 0.25
FN 355-10-05 10 (11.5) 0.07 1.8 -05 0.25
FN 355-20-03 20 (23) 0.29 3.4 -03 0.29
Mechanical data
Filters with faston terminals (3 to 10A types) Filters with clamp terminals with M4 screw (20A types)
General Purpose
Three-phase and Neutral Line Filter
Approvals Three-phase and neutral line filter for
general four-wire filtering tasks
Choice of connection style
Low operating leakage current
Suitable to meet EN 55011/14/22
FN 356 up to 100A
!N 556 reresenIs Ihe IndusIry sInndnrd
fi l ter sol uti ons for EMC compl i ance on
three-phases and the neutral conductor,
provi di ng hi gh attenuati on of both sym-
metri cal and asymmetri cal i nterference.
Choi ce of connecti on styl e i s offered for an
appl i cati on-speci fi c fi l ter sel ecti on.
SoIId Iouch-snIe IermInnI bIocks (-29, -55,
-54 versIons) oIIer n enerous conIncIIn
cross secti on and contri bute to overal l
snIeIy (!P20).
Ised ns n mnIns InuI IIIIer, !N 556 IIIIers
i ncrease the conducted i mmuni ty and thus
contri bute to system rel i abi l i ty.
DesIn comIInnce vIIh !!C 60950
provi des addi ti onal appl i cati on
fl exi bi l i ty.
General purpose four-wi re fi l teri ng
Mai nframe computer systems
Hi gh power offi ce equi pment
UPS
I nstal l ati ons compri si ng automati on
equi pment
Protection category: IP20 (filters with connectors -29, -33, -34)
IP00 (filters with connectors -06, -24, -28)
FN 356
16A types 25 to 50A types 100A types 150A types
* To compile a complete part number, please replace the -.. with the required I/O connection style.
** Maximum leakage under normal operating conditions, based on the assumption that all three phases and the neutral conductor are connected to the supply and the consumer. In this case, the
Filter* Rated current Leakage current** Power loss Input/Output Weight
[A] [mA] [W] [kg]
FN 356-16-.. 16 (18.4) 0.43 7.0 -06 -29 1.2
FN 356-25-.. 25 (28.8) 0.43 10.1 -24 -33 1.5
FN 356-36-.. 36 (41.5) 0.43 10.9 -24 -33 1.6
FN 356-50-.. 50 (57.7) 0.43 15.8 -24 -33 2.3
FN 356-100-.. 100 (115.0) 1.33 24.0 -28 -34 5.9
FN 356-150-28 150 (172.5) 8.00 45.9 -28 8.1
Dimensions
* Rivets exceed this dimension by max. 1.3mm on each side.
16A (-06) 16A (-29) 25A (-24) 25A (-33) 36A (-24) 36A (-33) 50A (-24) 50A (-33) 100A (-28) 100A (-34) 150A
A 149 189.5 140 189.5 140 189.5 143.25 192 250 250 340
B* 104 105 105 105 105 105 122 122 160 160 160
C 50 80 80 80 80 80 102 102 130 130 130
D 140 140 140 142.5 210 210 300
E 44 0.3 165.5 44 0.3 165.5 44 0.3 165.5 44 0.3 168 230 230 320
F 75 0.3 80 75 0.3 50 75 0.3 50 75 0.3 98 60 65 60
G M5 x 7 13 x 6.5 M5 x 7 13 x 6.5 M5 x 7 13 x 6.5 M5 x 7 13 x 6.5 13 x 6.5 13 x 6.5 13 x 6.5
H 0.7 0.7 0.7 0.7 1 1 1
I 11 10.9 25.4 25 25.4 25 25.4 25 34 39 34
J 6.3 x 0.8 M6 M6 M6 M6 M6 M6 M6 M10 M10 M10
K 52 82 52.5 52.5 52.5 52.5 61 61 80 116 80
L 22.5 25 46.5 20 46.5 20 68.5 35 65 40 65
Mechanical data
16 to 50A types (-06, -24) 16 to 50A types (-29, -33)
100 and 150A types (-28) 100A type (-34)
-06 (6.3 x 0.8mm) -24 (M6) -28 (M10) -29 -33 -34
Solid wire n/a n/a n/a 6mm 16mm 35mm
Flex wire n/a n/a n/a 4mm 10mm 25mm
AWG type wire n/a n/a n/a AWG 10 AWG 6 AWG 2
Recommended torque n/a 3.5 - 4.0Nm 15 - 17Nm 0.6 - 0.8Nm 1.5 - 1.8Nm 4.0 - 4.5Nm
Compact Three-phase and Neutral Line
Filter for Industrial Machinery/Equipment
Approvals Compact, space-saving design, optimized
for industrial machinery
Combines high attenuation performance
with low leakage current
Performance according to the machine
tool standard EN 50370-1
Increases also the immunity if operated
directly on the mains input
An extremely compact and light weight fil-
ter design with a cubic shape, requiring
minimum mounting space and thus taking
the constructional conditions on the mains
input of machinery into account.
tools.
Solid, touch-safe terminal blocks offering
sufficient contacting cross section accord-
ing to the EN 60204-1 installation standard,
which is very common in industrial
applications.
As a mains input filter for three phases and
neutral line, FN 3256 ensures the compli-
ance with the new product family standard
for machine tools in mainly industrial
environments EN 50370-1. Further, its use
will also increase the conducted immunity
of the entire installation significantly.
FN 3256 provides the attenuation perform-
ance to meet the requirements of various
machine tools with up to 8 driving axes
with ~10m of motor cable each.
For easy selection and application, the
filter current ratings are aligned with
common fuse values.
Mainly industrial equipment, machinery,
machine tools and diverse process auto-
mation systems with three-phase and neutral
electricity supply. Further, these filters are
suitable for power supplies, high-power
office equipment and further applications,
where efficient interference suppression on
three phases and the neutral line is required
and where space is critical. Because of the
very low leakage current, FN 3256 can even
be used for some medical devices.
FN 3256
8 to 36A types 64 and 80A types 120A types 160A types

[A] [mA] [W] [kg]
FN 3256H-8-29 8 (8.8) <1 2.7 -29 0.6
FN 3256H-16-29 16 (17.5) <1 5.0 -29 0.7
FN 3256H-25-33 25 (27) <1 9.8 -33 1.1
FN 3256H-36-33 36 (39) <1 11.3 -33 1.2
FN 3256H-64-34 64 (70) <1 17.2 -34 2.3
FN 3256H-80-35 80 (88) <1 14.5 -35 3.5
FN 3256H-120-35 120 (131) <1 25.0 -35 4.7
FN 3256H-160-40 160 (175) <1 26.9 -40 5.7
Mechanical data
Dimensions 8A 16A 25A 36A 64A 80A 120A 160A
A 110 110 130 130 140 170 210 200
B 110 110 118 118 143 163 170 190
C 70 70 85 85 115 125 125 130
D 82 82 90 90 115 135 140 160
E 70 70 90 90 100 120 160 150
F 94.5 94.5 102.5 102.5 127.5 147.5 153.5 173.5
G 6.5 6.5 6.5 6.5 6.5 6.5 6.5 6.5
H 1 1 1 1 1.5 1.5 1.5 1.5
I 10.9 10.9 25 25 39 45 45 51
J M6 M6 M6 M6 M10 M10 M10 M10
K 12 12 12 12 18 18 17.5 16.5
L 33 33 40 40 40 35 44 55
-29 -33 -34 -35 -40
High-end Three-phase and Neutral Line
Filter for Industrial Machinery/Equipment
Approvals Now available up to 600A
Compact, space-saving design, optimized
for industrial equipment
Combines exceptional attenuation with
low leakage current
Suitable for machines in mixed/domestic
environments (Class A/B)
Increases also the immunity if operated
directly on the mains input
A compact and l i ght wei ght fi l ter desi gn
wi th a cubi c shape, requi ri ng mi ni -
mum mounti ng space and thus taki ng the
constructi onal condi ti ons on the mai ns
i nput of machi nery i nto account.
Si mpl e and ti me-savi ng i nstal l ati on wi th
good accessi bi l i ty for automati c and hand
tool s.
SoIId, Iouch-snIe IermInnI bIocks (8 Io 200A
types) offeri ng suffi ci ent contacti ng cross
secIIon nccordIn Io Ihe !N 60204-1 InsInI-
l ati on standard, whi ch i s very common i n
i ndustri al appl i cati ons.
As a mai ns i nput fi l ter for three phases
nnd neuIrnI IIne, !N 5280 rovIdes enouh
performance to ensure EMC compl i ance
of machi nery i n mi xed (Cl ass A) or even
domesti c (Cl ass B) envi ronments. Further,
i ts use wi l l al so i ncrease the i mmuni ty of
the enti re i nstal l ati on si gni fi cantl y.
!N 5280 rovIdes Ihe nIIenunIIon erIorm-
ance needed to meet the requi rements of
vnrIous mnchIne IooIs vIIh u Io 12
dri vi ng axes and ~10 Io 20m oI moIor
cabl e each.
For easy sel ecti on and appl i cati on, the
fi l ter current rati ngs are al i gned wi th
common fuse val ues.
Mai nl y i ndustri al equi pment, machi nery,
machi ne tool s and di verse process auto-
mati on systems wi th three-phase and neutral
eIecIrIcIIy suIy. Due Io Ihe ouIsInndIn
nIIenunIIon erIormnnce, !N 5280 Is nIso Ihe
fi rst choi ce for noi sy power suppl i es, renew-
abl e energy appl i cati ons, hi ghpower offi ce
equi pment and further three-phase and
neutral devi ces. Because of the rel ati vel y l ow
Ienkne currenI, !N 5280 mny even be used
for some medi cal devi ces.
Maximum continuous operating voltage: 3x 520/300VAC (480VAC + 10% possible)
Protection category: IP20 (8 to 200A types)
IP00 (300 to 600A types)
FN 3280
8 and 16A types 25 and 36A types 64 to 120A types 160 and 200A types

[A] [mA] [W] [kg]
FN 3280H-8-29 8 (8.8) <1 2.7 -29 0.8
FN 3280H-16-29 16 (17.5) <1 6.0 -29 0.8
FN 3280H-25-33 25 (27) <1 11.6 -33 1.3
FN 3280H-36-33 36 (39) <1 14.8 -33 1.6
FN 3280H-64-34 64 (70) <1 18.4 -34 2.7
FN 3280H-80-35 80 (88) <1 18.9 -35 4.1
FN 3280H-120-35 120 (131) <1 28.5 -35 5.9
FN 3280H-160-40 160 (175) <1 30.7 -40 7.9
FN 3280H-200-40 200 (219) <1 46.8 -40 8.5
FN 3280H-300-99 300 (328) <1 20.3 -99 10.0
FN 3280H-400-99 400 (438) <1 36.0 -99 10.0
FN 3280H-600-99 600 (657) <1 64.8 -99 11.0
300 to 600A types
Mechanical data
W
Z
X
V
G
8A 16A 25A 36A 64A 80A 120A 160A 200A 300A 400A 600A
Dimensions
A 120 120 130 130 160 230 250 280 280 325 325 325
B 143 143 153 153 153 163 170 170 170 220 220 220
C 80 80 115 115 125 125 140 170 170 150 150 150
D 115 115 125 125 125 135 140 140 140 170 170 170
E 80 80 90 90 100 120 200 230 230 120 120 120
F 127.5 127.5 137.5 137.5 137.5 147.5 153.5 153.5 153.5 195 195 195
G 6.5 6.5 6.5 6.5 6.5 6.5 6.5 6.5 6.5 12 12 12
H 1 1 1 1 1.5 1.5 1.5 1.5 1.5 2 2 2
I 10.9 10.9 25 25 39 45 45 51 51 58 58 58
J M6 M6 M6 M6 M10 M10 M10 M10 M10 M12 M12 M12
K 12 12 12 12 18 18 17.5 17.5 17.5 20 20 20
L 33 33 50 50 55 45 55 55 55 125 125 125
V 25 25 25
W 6 6 8
X 15 15 15
Z 10.5 10.5 10.5
-29 -33 -34 -35 -40
FN 510 67
FN 530 70
FN 5020 73
FN 5030 76
FN 5040 / FN 5045 79
RWK 305 86
Output Filters and Load Reactors
65
Output Filters and Load Reactors. Output components for motor protecti on and the
ImrovemenI oI sysIem reIInbIIIIy, nvnIInbIIIIy nnd IuncIIonnIIIy. DeIoyed nI Ihe ouIuI sIde oI Irequency InverIers, Ihese
IIers ensure reIInbIe oernIIon by nvoIdIn exensIve dovnIImes oI InsInIInIIons, mnnuIncIurIn InnIs, mnchInery nnd
a vast array of other i ndustri al and domesti c motor dri ve appl i cati ons due to premature motor damage. An appropri ate
output sol uti on wi l l even al l ow the depl oyment of unshi el ded motor cabl es, the use of mul ti pl e motors i n paral l el on the
snme drIve or Ihe reIroI oI modern drIves In exIsIIn InsInIInIIons vIIh oId moIors nnd unshIeIded cnbIIn.
1.5 - 30
4 - 66
1.5 - 7.5
4 - 16
11 55
25 - 120
11 55
25 - 120
1.1 630
4.5 1200
1.1 630
4.5 1200
1.5 630
4 1100
Typical motor power [kW]
Rated current [A]
** Additional output lter module to be operated in conjunction with FN5020 or FN5040 / 45.
Approvals * Features Typ. applications
d
v
/
d
t

r
e
s
t
r
i
c
t
i
o
n
O
v
e
r
v
o
l
t
a
g
e

r
e
s
t
r
i
c
t
i
o
n
M
o
t
o
r

t
e
m
p
e
r
a
t
u
r
e

r
e
d
u
c
t
i
o
n
R
e
d
.

a
c
o
u
s
t
i
c

m
o
t
o
r

n
o
i
s
e
S
y
m
.

s
i
n
u
s
o
i
d
a
l

o
u
t
p
u
t

s
i
g
n
a
l
A
s
y
m
.

s
i
n
u
s
o
i
d
a
l

o
u
t
p
u
t

s
i
g
n
a
l
E
l
i
m
i
n
a
t
.

o
f

b
e
a
r
i
n
g

d
a
m
a
g
e
R
e
p
l
a
c
e
s

c
a
b
l
e

s
h
i
e
l
d
s
C
o
n
n
e
c
t
i
o
n

t
o

d
c

l
i
n
k

r
e
q
u
i
r
e
d
I
m
p
r
o
v
e
s

o
v
e
r
a
l
l

E
M
C
R
e
d
u
c
e
s

e
q
u
i
p
m
e
n
t

d
o
w
n
t
i
m
e
M
o
t
o
r

d
r
i
v
e
s
S
e
r
v
o

d
r
i
v
e
s
,

t
o
r
q
u
e

m
o
t
o
r
s
H
i
g
h
-
s
p
e
e
d

m
o
t
o
r

a
p
p
l
i
c
a
t
i
o
n
s
A
p
p
l
.

w
i
t
h

l
o
n
g

u
n
s
h
i
e
l
d
.

c
a
b
l
.
R
e
t
r
o
t

o
f

m
o
t
o
r

d
r
i
v
e
s
Filter family
Max.
voltage
0
0
60
200
120
400
180
600
240
800
300
>1000
FN 510
p. 67
520VAC
FN 530
p. 70
520VAC
FN 5020
p. 73
500VAC
FN 5030**
p. 76
500VAC
FN 5040
p. 79
500VAC
FN 5045
p. 79
500VAC
RWK 305
p. 86
500VAC
Output Filter for Motor Drives
Design protected by international patent Reduction of drive output voltage dv/dt
Restriction of overvoltages on motor
cables
Reduction of motor temperature
Increase of motor service life
Improvement of system reliability
Efficient reduction of high output voltage
dv/dt from IGBT motor drives (as per DIN
VDE 0530).
Restriction of overvoltages caused by line
reflections on motor cables (as per DIN
VDE 0530).
Protection of motor coil insulation from
premature aging and destruction.
Significant increase of service life of
electric motors.
High reliability and production up time for
mission critical applications.
Less interference propagation towards
neighboring equipment or lines.
Output filter with low impedance, ideal for
processes requiring exceptional precision
and reproducibility of movements.
IP20 housing and touch-safe terminal
blocks contribute to overall equipment
safety.
Temperature monitoring and internal fan
cooling protect the filter from thermal
overload.
Servo drives
Close loop vector drives
Motor drive applications with short to
medium motor cable length
Machinery comprising servo or torque
motors
Robots
Pick and place machines
Applications where sine wave filters are
not applicable
Typical block schematic Technical specifications
Nominal operating voltage: 3x 500/288VAC
Motor frequency: 0 to 400Hz (4 to 24A)
0 to 200Hz (33 to 66A)
Switching frequency: 2 to 16kHz
Motor cable length: 80m max. @ 16kHz
Voltage drop: 10V @ 50Hz
Typical dv/dt reduction: Factor 8 to 12
Typical reduction of overvoltages: 1000V
Overload capability: 1.4x rated current for 1 minute, every 15 minutes
PE PE
Output Filters
FN 510
* General purpose four-pole (1500r/min) AC induction motor rated 400V/50Hz.
** Power loss at 16kHz switching frequency/80m motor cable length. Exact value depends upon the motor cable type and length, switching frequency and further stray parameters within the system.
Filter Rated current Typical motor Typical Input/Output Weight
@ 50C power rating* power loss** connections

[A] [kW] [W] [kg]
FN 510-4-29 4 1.5 90 -29 2.1
FN 510-8-29 8 3.7 90 -29 2.1
FN 510-12-29 12 5.5 90 -29 4
FN 510-16-29 16 7.5 90 -29 4.8
FN 510-24-33 24 11 100 -33 7.7
FN 510-33-33 33 15 110 -33 10
FN 510-50-34 50 22 130 -34 21
FN 510-66-34 66 30 150 -34 22
Typical measurement results
dv/dt without FN 510 dv/dt with FN 510 Overvoltages without FN 510 Overvoltages with FN 510
dv/dt reduction: maximum dv/dt at the motor terminals, measured with the motor drive operating at 14kHz switching frequency, 5m of shielded cable, motor with 100% load.
Overvoltage limitation: maximum overvoltages at the motor terminals, measured with the motor drive operating at 14kHz switching frequency, 80m of shielded cable, motor idling.
The power loss in the filter depends mainly
on the switching frequency (fs) of the motor
drive and the length of the motor cable.
FN 510 have been designed for an ambient
FN 510 are designed for:
Possible application, e.g.:
temperature of 50C. Other conditions can,
however, occur in practice. In such cases,
care must be taken to limit the maximum
Tamb. Max. fs Max. cable
50C 10kHz 80m
50C 16kHz 50m
40C 16kHz 80m
cable length and/or the switching frequency
of the motor drive, depending on the real
ambient temperature conditions.
Typical application range at different operating conditions
The temperature monitoring device opens
a potential-free contact in the case of filter
overtemperature (>120C). The maximum
switching capability is 5A/240V. The switch
can be used, for example, in the input of a
CNC controller or as the trip of a circuit
breaker in order to interrupt the mains
power supply.
Temperature monitoring function
Mechanical data
4A 8A 12A 16A 24A 33A 50A 66A
Dimensions
A 220 220 260 260 350 350 470 470
B 65 65 85 85 110 110 140 140
C 140 140 160 160 190 190 235 235
D 180 180 220 220 310 310 420 420
E 200 200 240 240 330 330 440 440
F 40 40 60 60 70 70 100 100
G 5.3 5.3 6.5 6.5 6.5 6.5 8.3 8.3
H 1.5 1.5 1.5 1.5 2 2 5 5
I 10.9 10.9 10.9 10.9 25 25 39 39
J M4 M4 M4 M4 M6 M6 M8 M8
K 10 10 12.5 12.5 20 20 20 20
L 56 56 65 65 80 80 125 125
-29 -33 -34
Solid wire 6mm 16mm 35mm
Flex wire 4mm 10mm 25mm
AWG type wire AWG 10 AWG 6 AWG 2
Recommended torque 0.6 - 0.8Nm 1.5 - 1.8Nm 4.0 - 4.5Nm
For additional information please ask for FN 510 installation instructions and the Schaffner application note Output Filters for Use with
Frequency Inverters in Motor Drive Applications.
Sine Wave and EMC Output Filter for
Motor Drives with a Voltage dc Link
Design protected by international patent Smoothing of PWM drive output voltage
Efficient motor protection
Reduction of common-mode inter-
ferences on motor cables
Improvement of EMC environment
Elimination of motor bearing damages
Possibility to use very long unshielded
motor cables
Conversion of the PWM output signal
(differential and common-mode voltage
components) of motor drives into a smooth
sine wave with low residual ripple.
Elimination of premature motor damage
caused by high dv/dt, overvoltages, motor
overheating, eddy current losses or
bearing damage.
Elimination of interference propagation
towards components or conductors in the
vicinity.
Provision of all benefits of traditional LC
sine wave filters, plus:
Allows the use of extremely long unshiel-
ded motor cables without causing radiation
problems (EN 55014, MDS clamp).
Restricts pulse currents to ground and
hence limits leakage currents in the PE.
Reduces the required EMI suppresssion
efforts on the line side.
Allows the use of lower rated drives with
long motor cables due to lower losses in
the IGBTs and in the motor cable.
Motor drive applications with extremely
long motor cables
Motor drive applications with unshielded
motor cables
Chemical and petro-chemical applications
Semi-conductor manufacturing
Mission critical applications
Applications with multiple motors
in parallel
Retrofit of motor drives into existing
installations with old wiring and motors
Nominal operating voltage: 3x 500/288VAC
dc link voltage: 850VDC max.
Motor frequency: 0 to 200Hz
Motor cable length: 1000m max.
Voltage drop: 10V @ 50Hz
Current in +/- control loop: 1 to 2A approx.
Residual ripple voltage: <5%
Overload capability: 1.4x rated current for 1 minute, every 15 minutes
Output Filters
FN 530
PE PE PE
PE
Filter Rated current Typical motor Typical Input Output Weight
@ 40C power rating* power loss** connections connections

[A] [kW] [W] [kg]
FN 530-4-99 4 1.5 15 -29 -99 11.5
FN 530-8-99 8 3.0 33 -29 -99 15
FN 530-12-99 12 5.5 50 -29 -99 18.5
FN 530-16-99 16 7.5 37 -33 -99 21
** Exact value depends upon the motor cable type and length, switching frequency, motor frequency and further stray parameters within the system.
For best results, the connection to the dc link
of the motor drive is required with this series
of filters.
If only one connection to the dc link is
brought out of the drive (+ or -) then
the dc link cable connections from the filter
(identified by DC+ and DC- must be con-
nected together to the + or - motor drive
connection.
The operation of the sine wave interference
filter is not seriously affected as a result.
The + and - connections on the motor
drive must never be connected together.
Otherwise a short-circuit will result.
The PWM switching frequency must lie
within the range from 6 to 20kHz in order to
ensure satisfactory operation of the filter. A
lower switching frequency or a pure square
wave is unsuitable and will result in the
motor drive switching off with the error
message overcurrent or short to earth.
Connection to the dc link
For additional information please ask for FN 530 installation instructions and the Schaffner application note Output Filters for Use with
Frequency Inverters in Motor Drive Applications.
Mechanical data
4A 8A 12A 16A
Dimensions
A 390 390 390 350
B 90 90 90 140
C 150 180 215 230
D 350 350 350 310
E 373 370 370 330
F 44 44 44 95
G 6.5 8.7 8.7 8.7
H 1.5 1.5 1.5 2.3
I 19 19 19 25
J M6 M6 M6 M6
K 75 75 75 107.5
L 107 137 172 181
W 720 +15/-0 720 +15/-0 720 +15/-0 720 +15/-0
X 120 120 120 120
Y 100 100 100 100
Z 70 70 70 70
-29 -33
Filter input connector cross sections
Solid wire 6mm 16mm
Flex wire 4mm 10mm
AWG type wire AWG 10 AWG 6
Recommended torque 0.6 - 0.8Nm 1.5 - 1.8Nm
Sine Wave Output Filter for High-speed
Motor Drives
Approvals Smoothing of PMW drive output voltage
Suitable for motor frequencies up to
600Hz
Increased service life of expensive
high-speed motors
Reduction of audible motor noise
Production up time for mission critical
applications
SuIInbIe Ior InsI roInIIn IIeIds u Io 600Hz.
Conversi on of the PWM output si gnal
(symmetri cal vol tage components) of
motor dri ves i nto a smooth si ne wave wi th
l ow resi dual ri ppl e.
El i mi nati on of premature motor damage
caused by hi gh dv/dt, overvol tages, motor
overheati ng and eddy current l osses.
Si gni fi cantl y i ncreased servi ce l i fe of
expensi ve (hi gh-speed) motors.
Reducti on of the pul se l oad of motor dri ve
I GBTs and the parasi ti c l osses on l ong
shi el ded motor cabl es.
Less i nterference propagati on towards
nei ghbori ng equi pment or l i nes.
Advnnced choke desIn Io mInImIze IIIIer
l osses and vol tage drop.
!P20 roIecIIon, Iouch-snIe IermInnIs nnd
temperature moni tori ng functi on to
i ncrease overal l equi pment safety.
Motor dri ves and motors i n hi gh-speed appl i -
cati ons, l i ke:
Hi gh-speed spi ndl es
Texti l e machi nery
Lasers
MIIIInry nIInnces (400Hz)
Motor dri ve appl i cati ons wi th medi um to
l ong motor cabl es and/or wi th mul ti pl e
motors i n paral l el , l i ke:
Pumps
Conveyors
Typical electrical schematic Technical specifications
Motor cable length: 200m max.
Overload capability: 1.5x rated current for 1 minute, once per hour
Lifetime (calculated): > 10 years (25, 55A)
~ 5 years (75, 120A)
PE PE
Output Filters
FN 5020
** Exact value highly depends upon the motor cable type and length, switching frequency, motor frequency and further stray parameters within the system. Please contact your local Schaffner partner
for individual application support.
Filter Rated current Typical motor Typical Output Weight

[A] [kW] [W] [kg]
FN 5020-25-33 25 15 n.a. -33 13
FN 5020-55-34 55 30 n.a. -34 29
FN 5020-75-35 75 45 n.a. -35 49
FN 5020-120-35 120 75 n.a. -35 57
PE PE PE
Al l fi l ters of thi s range are equi pped wi th a
temperature moni tori ng functi on. The bui l t-
i n temperature sensor opens a potenti al -free
contact i n the case of fi l ter overtemperature
(>120C). The maxi mum swi tchi ng capabi l i ty
Is 6A/250\. ThIs IuncIIon cnn be used, Ior
exnmIe, In Ihe InuI oI n CNC conIroIIer or
as the tri p of a ci rcui t breaker i n order to
i nterrupt the mai ns power suppl y. Connec-
ti ons are l ocated next to the phase con-
nectors (see mechani cal data for detai l s).
The 75A nnd 120A IIIIers rovIde InIernnI
cool i ng fans whi ch requi re external power
suIy (24\DC/~4W). ConnecIIons nre
l ocated next to the connectors of the
temperature sensor (see mechani cal data for
detai l s).
Forced cooling
!or nddIIIonnI InIormnIIon Iense consuII Ihe SchnIIner nIIcnIIon noIe ,SInus PIus Nev OuIuI !IIIer ConceI Ior Pover DrIve SysIems'.
Mechanical data
25A 55A 75A 120A
Dimensions
A 410 554 799 799
B 200 250 343 343
C 163 203 280 280
D 350 500 725 725
E 380 524 760 760
F1 120 170 172 172
F2 296 296
G 6.5 9 9 9
H 2 3 3 3
I 25 39 45 45
J M6 M6 M8 M8
K1 60 70 88 88
K2 55 55 70 70
L 50 69 80 80
X AWG 10 AWG 6 25mm 35mm
Y 1000 +20/-0 1000 +20/-0 1000 +20/-0 1000 +20/-0
Z 20 20 20 20
-29 -33 -34 -35
Filter output connector cross sections
AWG type wire AWG 10 AWG 6 AWG 2 AWG 1/0
Recommended torque 0.6 - 0.8Nm 1.5 - 1.8Nm 4.0 - 4.5Nm 7 - 8Nm
Add-on Sine Wave Output Filter Module
for Common-mode Voltage Improvement
Design protected by international patent Additional module for use with
FN5040 / 45 or FN 5020 sine wave
filters only
For motor frequencies up to 600Hz
Reduction of common-mode
interferences on motor cables
Improvement of EMC environment
Elimination of motor bearing damages
Possibility to use very long unshielded
motor cables
Add-on output fi l ter modul e for the use
vIIh !N5040 / 45 or !N 5020 sIne vnve
output fi l ters from Schaffner.
El i mi nati on of premature motor fai l ure
caused by beari ng damage.
El i mi nates i nterference propagati on
towards components or conductors i n the
vi ci ni ty.
Restri cts pul se currents to ground and
hence l i mi ts l eakage currents i n the PE.
Al l ows the use of extremel y l ong unshi el -
ded motor cabl es wi thout causi ng radi ati on
robIems (!N 55014, MDS cInm).
Reduces the requi red EMI suppressi on
efforts on the l i ne si de.
Al l ows the use of l ower rated dri ves wi th
l ong motor cabl es due to l ower l osses i n
the I GBTs and i n the motor cabl e.
SuIInbIe Ior roInIIn IIeIds u Io 600Hz.
Motor dri ve appl i cati ons wi th extremel y
l ong motor cabl es
Motor dri ve appl i cati ons wi th unshi el ded
motor cabl es
Motor dri ves and motors i n hi gh-speed
appl i cati ons
Mi ssi on cri ti cal appl i cati ons
Appl i cati ons wi th mul ti pl e paral l el motors
Retrofi t of motor dri ves i nto exi sti ng
i nstal l ati ons wi th ol d wi ri ng and motors
Motor cable length: 1000m max. (in combination with FN 5020 only)
Lifetime (calculated): > 10 years (25, 55A)
~ 5 years (75, 120A)
Important note
!N 5050 nre nddIIIonnI common-mode moduIes. They cnn NOT vork nIone! !N 5050 hnve Io be oernIed dovnsIrenm oI n reuInr (symmeIrI-
cnI) sIne vnve ouIuI IIer. PossIbIe combInnIIons nre !N 5020/!N 5050 Ior moIor IrequencIes u Io 600Hz, or !N 5040/45/!N 5050 Ior mnx. 70Hz.
!or nddIIIonnI InIormnIIon Iense consuII Ihe SchnIIner nIIcnIIon noIe ,SInus PIus Nev OuIuI !IIIer ConceI Ior Pover DrIve SysIems'.
Output Filters
FN 5030
** Exact value highly depends upon the motor cable type and length, switching frequency, motor frequency and further stray parameters within the system. Please contact your local Schaffner partner
for individual application support.
Filter Rated current Typical motor Typical Output Weight

[A] [kW] [W] [kg]
FN 5030-25-33 25 15 n.a. -33 13
FN 5030-55-34 55 30 n.a. -34 14
FN 5030-75-35 75 45 n.a. -35 27
FN 5030-120-35 120 75 n.a. -35 40
PE
PE
PE PE PE PE
Al l fi l ters of thi s range are equi pped wi th a
temperature moni tori ng functi on. The bui l t-
i n temperature sensor opens a potenti al -free
contact i n the case of fi l ter overtemperature
(>120C). The maxi mum swi tchi ng capabi l i ty
Is 6A/250\. ThIs IuncIIon cnn be used, Ior
exnmIe, In Ihe InuI oI n CNC conIroIIer or
as the tri p of a ci rcui t breaker i n order to
i nterrupt the mai ns power suppl y. Connec-
ti ons are l ocated next to the phase con-
nectors (see mechani cal data for detai l s).
The 75A nnd 120A IIIIers rovIde InIernnI
cool i ng fans whi ch requi re external power
suIy (24\DC/~4W). ConnecIIons nre
l ocated next to the connectors of the
temperature sensor (see mechani cal data for
detai l s).
Forced cooling
For best resul ts, the connecti on to the dc l i nk
of the motor dri ve i s requi red wi th thi s seri es
of fi l ters.
I f onl y one connecti on to the dc l i nk i s
brouhI ouI oI Ihe drIve (+ or -) Ihen
the dc l i nk cabl e connecti ons from the fi l ter
(IdenIIIIed by DC+ nnd DC- musI be
connecIed IoeIher Io Ihe + or - moIor
dri ve connecti on.
The operati on of the add-on si ne wave output
fi l ter i s not seri ousl y affected as a resul t.
The + nnd - connecIIons on Ihe moIor
dri ve must never be connected together.
Otherwi se a short-ci rcui t wi l l resul t.
The PWM swi tchi ng frequency must l i e
vIIhIn Ihe rnne Irom 6 Io 15kHz In order Io
ensure sati sfactory operati on of the fi l ter. A
l ower swi tchi ng frequency or a pure square
wave i s unsui tabl e and wi l l resul t i n the
motor dri ve swi tchi ng off wi th the error
messne overcurrenI or shorI Io enrIh.
Connection to the dc link
Mechanical data
25A 55A 75A 120A
Dimensions
A 310 354 434 434
B 200 250 343 343
C 162 200 283 283
D 246 300 360 360
E 280 324 395 395
F1 120 170 172 172
F2 296 296
G 6.5 9 9 9
H 2 3 3 3
I 25 39 45 45
J M6 M6 M8 M8
K1 42 70 93 93
K2 42 55 93 93
L 50 66 66 66
X AWG 10 AWG 6 25mm 35mm
Y 1000 +20/-0 1000 +20/-0 1000 +20/-0 1000 +20/-0
Z 20 20 20 20
-29 -33 -34 -35
AWG type wire AWG 10 AWG 6 AWG 2 AWG 1/0
Recommended torque 0.6 - 0.8Nm 1.5 - 1.8Nm 4.0 - 4.5Nm 7 - 8Nm
LC Sine Wave Filter for Motor Drives
Approvals Smooth sine wave without voltage peaks
Perfect motor protection
Reduce bearing currents
Motor frequency up to 200Hz
Extended motor cable lenght capability
Nominal operating voltage: 3x 500VAC 10%
Motor frequency: 0 to 70Hz (up to 200Hz with derating (see graph))
Switching frequency: See filter selection table
Rated currents: 4.5 to 1200A @ 45C
Motor cable length: Up to 2,000m (see graph)
Impedance (uk): 8 to 10% @ 400V, 50Hz and rated current
High potential test voltage: P > E 3000VAC, 1 minute
P > P 2500VAC, 1 minute
Protection category: IP00 (FN 5040)
IP20 (FN 5045)
Acoustic noise level: <70dB(A) @ 1m
Insulation class: EIS 200
Design corresponding to: IEC 61558-2-20
Environmental reliability: IEC 60068-2-1
MTBF: >100,000 hours
Approvals: UL 508 pending
Declaration of conformity: CE / LVD
(in preparation)
Converts the rectangul ar PWM output
vol tage of motor dri ves i nto a smooth si ne
wave wi th l ow resi dual ri ppl e.
El i mi nati on of premature motor damage
caused by hi gh dv/dt, overvol tages, cabl e
ri ngi ng, motor overheati ng, and eddy
current l osses.
I mproves beari ng l i fe ti me because of
beari ng currents caused by ci rcul ati ng
currents.
ComIIes vIIh !!C 60054-17* nnd N!MA-
MG1 requi rements for general purpose
motors.
OIIonnI vIIh N!MA 1 roIecIIve cover.
H\AC nIIcnIIons
Pumps
\enIIInIors
Conveyors
Compressors
El evators
Cranes
Medi um vol tage appl i cati ons, depl oyed
i n front of the step-up transformer
Retrofi t i nstal l ati ons wi th motor dri ves
Motor dri ve wi th l ong motor cabl e
Motor dri ve wi th mul ti pl e motors i n
paral l el
Output Filters
FN 5040 / FN 5045
@ 45C/50Hz @ 45C/100Hz motor drive inductance capacitance connection switching power connections
rating frequency loss
[A] [A] [kW] [mH] [F] [kHz] [W] [kg]
FN 5040-4.5-82 4.5 4.05 1.1/1.5 13 2.2 Y 4 65 -82 3.3
FN 5040-8-82 8 7.2 2.2/3 6.9 4.7 Y 4 80 -82 4.6
FN 5040-10-83 10 9 4 5.2 6.8 Y 4 90 -83 6.1
FN 5040-17-83 17 15.3 5.5/7.5 3.1 10 Y 4 115 -83 7.8
FN 5040-24-84 24 21.6 11 2.4 10 Y 4 150 -84 14.4
FN 5040-38-84 38 34.2 15/18.5 1.6 10 Y 4 170 -84 25.0
FN 5040-48-85 48 43.2 22 1.1 14.7 Y 4 260 -85 33.0
FN 5040-62-85 62 55.8 30 0.85 30 Y 3 280 -85 36.0
FN 5040-75-87 75 67.5 37 0.75 30 Y 3 330 -87 42.0
FN 5040-115-87 115 103.5 45/55 0.5 20 3 500 -87 68.0
FN 5040-180-99 180 162 75/90 0.3 33 3 680 -99 86.0
FN 5040-260-99 260 234 110/132 0.2 47 3 880 -99 125.0
FN 5040-410-99 410 369 160/200 0.13 66 3 1100 -99 184.0
FN 5040-480-99 480 432 250 0.11 94 3 1350 -99 235.0
FN 5040-660-99 660 594 315/355 0.14 141 2 2000 -99 310.0
FN 5040-750-99 750 675 400 0.12 165 2 2800 -99 470.0
FN 5040-880-99 880 792 450/500 0.11 188 2 3400 -99 640.0
FN 5040-1200-99 1200 1080 560/630 0.075 282 2 3800 -99 680.0
FN 5045-4.5-44 4.5 4.05 1.1/1.5 13 2.2 Y 4 65 -44 4.1
FN 5045-8-44 8 7.2 2.2/3 6.9 4.7 Y 4 80 -44 5.4
FN 5045-10-44 10 9 4 5.2 6.8 Y 4 90 -44 6.9
FN 5045-17-33 17 15.3 5.5/7.5 3.1 10 Y 4 115 -33 9.0
FN 5045-24-33 24 21.6 11 2.4 10 Y 4 150 -33 15.6
FN 5045-38-33 38 34.2 15/18.5 1.6 10 Y 4 170 -33 18.9
FN 5045-48-34 48 43.2 22 1.1 14.7 Y 4 260 -34 35.8
FN 5045-62-34 62 55.8 30 0.85 30 Y 3 280 -34 37.8
FN 5045-75-35 75 67.5 37 0.75 30 Y 3 330 -35 60.0
FN 5045-115-35 115 103.5 45/55 0.5 20 3 500 -35 70.0
FN 5045-180-99 180 162 75/90 0.3 33 3 680 -99 92.0
FN 5045-260-99 260 234 110/132 0.2 47 3 880 -99 131.0
FN 5045-410-99 410 369 160/200 0.13 66 3 1100 -99 198.0
FN 5045-480-99 480 432 250 0.11 94 3 1350 -99 243.0
FN 5045-660-99 660 594 315/355 0.14 141 2 2000 -99 425.0
FN 5045-750-99 750 675 400 0.12 165 2 2800 -99 482.0
FN 5045-880-99 880 792 450/500 0.11 188 2 3400 -99 652.0
FN 5045-1200-99 1200 1080 560/630 0.075 282 2 3800 -99 692.0
Filter Rated current Rated current Typical Nominal Nominal Capacitance Min. Typical Input/Output Weight
Installation
Fi l ter pl acement
Li ft the fi l ter wi th appro-
pri ate crane usi ng l i fti ng eye
bol ts smal l er types may be
l i fted manual l y by two persons
(no l i fti ng eye bol t appl i cabl e).
Never nIIemI Io hnndIe Ihe IIIIer vIIh n
IorkIIII!
I n order to ensure suffi ci ent ai r fl ow, keep
n dIsInnce oI 150mm nbove nnd beIov Ihe
fi l ter to wal l s or other components.
A 20mm dIsInnce on eIIher sIde Is recom-
mended.
Wi ri ng and connecti ons
The fi l ter rati ng has to be compati bl e wi th
the i nverter to whi ch i t i s to be connected.
Al l i nverter manufacturer i nstal l ati on and
safety i nstructi ons must be ful fi l l ed. The
typi cal bl ock schemati c i s shown for a mo-
tor l oad but the l oad can be al so mul ti pl e
motors or a transformer. I nverter and l oad
cabl e sel ecti on/pl acement shoul d be i n
accordance wi th al l l ocal el ectri cal stand-
ards and regul ati ons. Fi l ters wi th separate
capaci tor bank must be connected as fol -
l ows:
Requi red setti ngs
Ensure the dri ves swi tchi ng frequency i s
set to the requi red mi ni mum swi tchi ng fre-
quency (see fi l ter sel ecti on tabl e). Hi gher
frequenci es are al l owed. The mode of op-
ernIIon musI be 'scnInr (\/Hz). Check Ihe
i nverter manual whether speci al setti ngs
are necessary. I n any doubt contact the
i nverter manufacturer.
CAIT!ON: I f the i nverter setti ngs are not
i n accordance the fi l ter may be damaged.
capacitor box
>150 mm
D
r
i
v
e
F
N

5
0
4
0

/
F
N

5
0
4
5
>150 mm
>20 mm
A
B
F
C
D
G
E
V
Motor frequency derating Max. motor cable length
20
20 40 60 80 100 120 140 160 180 200 220
30
40
50
60
70
80
90
100
110
max. current [%]
Motor frequency [Hz]
max. current
0
4.5 8 10-17 24-62 75-260 410-660 750-1200
200
400
600
800
1000
1200
1400
1600
1800
2000
2200
Motor cable length [m]
Type current [A]
max. length for min. PWM x 2 max. length for min. PWM
Mechanical data FN 5040
4.5 to 75A types 115A types
A
B
F
C
D
G
E
V
180 to 1200A types*
Cable length of capacitor box:
180 to 410A = 1000mm
480A to 1200A = 1500mm
4.5A 8A 10A 17A 24A 38A 48A 62A 75A 115A
Dimensions FN 5040
A 125 155 155 190 190 230 300 320 305 305
B 77 84 94 115 116 151 171 190 240 236
C 171 212 208 224 224 275 355 395 395 495
D 100 130 130 170 170 180 240 240 240 280
E 55 56 71.5 57.5 77.5 122 137 132 162 151
F 5x8 8x12 8x12 8x12 8x12 8x12 11x15 11x15 11x15 11x15
G 2.5mm
2
2.5mm
2
4mm
2
4mm
2
10mm
2
10mm
2
16mm
2
35mm
2
50mm
2
50mm
2
V M3 M4 M4 M6 M6 M8 M8 M8 M8 M8
180A 260A 410A 480A 660A 750A 880A 1200A
A 450 453 490 510 632 665 660 750
B 260 245 292 321 360 415 385 372
C 385 485 600 618 730 670 885 925
D 400 370 430 430 570 570 570 570
E 130 150 194 195 210 220 220 220
F 9x13 11x15 10.5x18.5 13x27 13x27 13x26 13x26 13x26
H 328 328 328 328 436 555 436 665
I 170 170 170 270 370 375 370 375
J 200 220 240 220 220 200 220 220
K 300 (150) 300 (150) 300 (150) 300 (150) 400 (200) 510 (255) 620 (310)
L 150 150 150 250 350 350 350 350
M 9 9 9 9 9 9 9 9
V M10 M10 M10 M10 M10 M10 M10 M10
W 25 25 40 40 40 40 50 60
X 13/15 13/15 13/16 13/20 20 20 14 17
Y 21 20 25 23 40 40 22 26
Z 10.3 10.3 10.3 10.3 14 14 14 14
I
F
C
D
M
E
L
A
H
B
K
J
Mechanical data FN 5045
4.5 to 38A types 48 to 115A types
C
A
E
D
F
B
V
D
A
C
F
B E1 E2
A
B
C
F
Z
D
E
W
X
V
A
B
C
D
E
F
W
Y
X
Z
V
-82 -83 -84 -85 -87
Solid wire 0.75 - 2.5mm 0.75 - 4.0mm 2.5 - 10.0mm 2.5 - 25.0mm 16.0 - 50.0mm
Flex wire 1.0 - 2.5mm 1.0 - 4.0mm 4.0 - 10.0mm 4.0 - 16.0mm 25.0 - 50.0mm
AWG type wire AWG 18 - 12 AWG 18 - 10 AWG 18 - 6 AWG 22 - 4 AWG 6 - 0
Recommended torque 1.0 - 1.2Nm 1.5 - 1.8Nm 4.0 - 4.5Nm 1.5 - 1.8Nm 6.0 - 8.0Nm
4.5A 8A 10A 17A 24A 38A 48A 62A 75A 115A 180A 260A 410A 480A 660A 750A 880A 1200A
Dimensions FN 5045
A 330 330 330 440 440 440 515 515 615 615 650 650 780 780 1280 1280 1280 1280
B 100 100 100 160 160 160 320 320 370 370 508 508 538 538 794 794 794 794
C 165 165 165 245 245 156 156 153 203 203 400 400 494 494 498 498 550 550
D 310 310 310 412 412 412 488 488 590 590 336 336 336 336 622 622 622 622
E 60 60 60 110 110 110 280 280 330 330 243 243 312 312 315 315 315 315
F 7 7 7 9 9 9 9 9 11 11 14x30 14x30 14x30 14x30 14x30 14x30 14x30 14x30
J M5 M5 M5 M5 M5 M5 M5 M5 M8 M8 M10 M10 M10 M10 M10 M10 M10 M10
W 20 20 25 25 40 40 40 60
X 15 15 15 15 20 20 20 20
Y 40 40 40 30/40
Z 9 9 10.2 10.2 14 14 14 14
86 EMC and Power Quality > RWK 305
Three-phase dv/dt Reactor for
Efcient Motor Protection
Approvals Reduction of drive output voltage dv/dt
Reduction of motor temperature
Increase of motor service life
Compact and economic open frame
design
Standard catalog reactors up to 1100A
UL rated materials used
(in preperation)
Effi ci ent reducti on of hi gh output vol tage
dv/dt from I GBT motor dri ves.
Protecti on of motor coi l i nsul ati on from
premature agi ng and destructi on.
Si gni fi cantl y i ncreased servi e l i fe of
el ectri c motors.
Hi gh rel i abl i l i ty and secured producti on
up ti me for mi ssi on cri ti cal appl i cati ons.
Reduced converter pul se l oad.
Less i nterference propagati on towards
nei ghbori ng equi pment of l i nes.
Output fi l ter wi th l ow i mpedance, i deal
for processes requi ri ng excepti onal pre-
ci si on and reproduci bi l i ty of movements.
\ncuum ImrennIIon Ior reduced
hummi ng noi se and hi gh durabi l i ty.
Servo dri ves
Cl ose l oop vector dri ves
Motor dri ve appl i cati ons wi th short motor
cabl es
Machi nery compri si ng servo or torque
motors
Robots
Pi ck and pl ace machi nes
Motor frequency: 60Hz max.
Motor cable length: 30m max. @ 16kHz (derating curve next page)
Impedance (uk): 0.8% @ 400VAC, 50Hz & rated current
Typical dv/dt reduction: factor 5
P > P 3000VAC for 3 sec
Protection category: IP00 (KL types according to VBG 4)
Overload capability: 2x rated current at switch on for 30 seconds
Insulation class: T40/F (155C)
Design corresponding to: EN 61558-2-20 (VDE 0570-2-20), UL508C,
CSA C22.2 NO.14
PE
Load Reactors
RWK 305
** Exact value depends upon the motor cable type and length, switching frequency, motor frequency and further stray parameters within the system.
Reactor derating
Reactor Rated current Typical motor Nominal Typical Input/Output Weight
@ 40C power rating* inductance power loss** connections Total Cu. Al.
[A] [kW] [mH] [W] [kg] [kg] [kg]
Reactor selection table
RWK 305-4-KL 4 1.5 1.47 22 KL 1.2 0.14
RWK 305-7.8-KL 7.8 3 0.754 25 KL 1.2 0.28
RWK 305-10-KL 10 4 0.588 30 KL 1.8 0.22
RWK 305-14-KL 14 5.5 0.42 34 KL 2.2 0.35
RWK 305-17-KL 17 7.5 0.346 38 KL 2.5 0.5
RWK 305-24-KL 24 11 0.245 45 KL 2.5 0.5
RWK 305-32-KL 32 15 0.184 55 KL 3.9 0.56
RWK 305-45-KL 45 22 0.131 60 KL 6.1 0.7
RWK 305-60-KL 60 30 0.098 65 KL 6.1 1.3
RWK 305-72-KL 72 37 0.082 70 KL 6.1 1.6
RWK 305-90-KL 90 45 0.065 75 KL 7.4 2.4
RWK 305-110-KL 110 55 0.053 90 KL 8.2 2.4
RWK 305-124-KS 124 55 0.047 110 KS 8.2 2.4
RWK 305-143-KS 143 75 0.041 115 KS 10.7 2.7
RWK 305-156-KS 156 75 0.038 120 KS 10.7 2.85
RWK 305-170-KS 170 90 0.035 130 KS 10.7 3.8
RWK 305-182-KS 182 90 0.032 140 KS 16 2.8
RWK 305-230-KS 230 132 0.026 180 KS 22 3.5
RWK 305-280-KS 280 160 0.021 220 KS 29 2.8
RWK 305-330-KS 330 160 0.018 240 KS 32 3.5
RWK 305-400-S 400 200 0.015 330 S 34 3.8 2
RWK 305-500-S 500 250 0.012 340 S 35 5.4 3.3
RWK 305-600-S 600 355 0.01 380 S 37 5.4 3.3
RWK 305-680-S 680 400 0.009 410 S 38 7.2 3.5
RWK 305-790-S 790 450 0.007 590 S 43 10.5 3.5
RWK 305-910-S 910 500 0.006 740 S 49 12 3
RWK 305-1100-S 1100 630 0.005 760 S 66 12 3.5
The maximum admissible motor cable length depends mainly on the switching frequency and the drive output voltage. The applicable value for a
given application can be found in the derating curve below.
Mechanical data
A B C D E F G
Dimensions
4 and 7.8A 100 max. 60 max. 115 56 34 4.8 x 9 2.5mm
10A 100 max. 70 max. 115 56 43 4.8 x 9 2.5mm
14A 125 max. 70 max. 135 100 45 5 x 8 2.5mm
17A 125 max. 75 max. 135 100 55 5 x 8 2.5mm
24A 125 max. 75 max. 135 100 55 5 x 8 4mm
32A 155 max. 95 max. 170 130 56 8 x 12 10mm
45A 155 max. 110 max. 190 130 72 8 x 12 10mm
60 and 72A 155 max. 125 max. 190 130 70 8 x 12 16mm
90A 190 max. 115 max. 225 170 57 8 x 12 35mm
110A 190 max. 130 max. 220 170 67 8 x 12 35mm
124A 190 max. 180 max. 160 170 67 8 x 12 8
143A 190 max. 180 max. 160 170 77 8 x 12 8
156 and 170A 190 max. 180 max. 160 170 77 8 x 12 10
182A 210 max. 180 max. 185 175 97 8 x 12 10
230A 240 220 220 190 119 11 x 15 12
280A 240 235 220 190 133 11 x 15 12
330A 240 240 220 190 135 11 x 15 12
400 and 500A 240 220 325 190 119 11 x 15 11
600 and 680A 240 230 325 190 128 11 x 15 14
790A 300 218 355 240 136 11 x 15 2 x 11
910A 300 228 355 240 148 11 x 15 2 x 11
1100A 360 250 380 310 144 11 x 15 2 x 11
89 EMC and Power Quality 89
RWK 212 91
Line Reactors
Line Reactors. !Ine rencIors oernIed on Ihe IIne sIde oI over drIve sysIems, eIcIenIIy roIecI InverIer
el ectroni cs and dc l i nk capaci tors from i nrush, peak and short-ci rcui t currents. Addi ti onal l y, l ow-frequency i nterference
nnd hnrmonIcs nre reduced sInIcnnIIy.
4 1100
Rated current [A]
S
a
f
e
t
y

c
o
n
n
e
c
t
o
r

b
l
o
c
k
s
B
u
s
b
a
r

c
o
n
n
e
c
t
i
o
n
O
f
f
e
r
i
n
g

E
M
C

c
o
m
p
l
i
a
n
c
e
L
e
s
s

c
o
m
m
u
t
a
t
i
o
n

n
o
t
c
h
e
s
F
o
r
m

f
a
c
t
o
r

(
I
)

i
m
p
r
o
v
e
m
e
n
t
I
n
r
u
s
h

c
u
r
r
e
n
t

l
i
m
i
t
a
t
i
o
n
H
a
r
m
o
n
i
c
s

r
e
d
u
c
t
i
o
n
4
%

i
m
p
e
d
a
n
c
e
I
n
v
e
r
t
e
r
s
,

s
e
r
v
o

d
r
i
v
e
s
M
a
c
h
i
n
e
r
y
,

m
a
c
h
i
n
e

t
o
o
l
s
I
n
d
u
s
t
r
i
a
l

a
u
t
o
m
a
t
i
o
n
G
e
n
e
r
a
l

p
u
r
p
o
s
e
Filter family
Max.
voltage 0 200 400 600 800 >1000
RWK 212
p. 91
500VAC
Three-phase Line Reactor
for Motor Drive Applications
Approvals Provision of 4% impedance
Reduction of mains harmonics
Reduction of commutation notches
Protection of motor drive electronics
Limitation of inrush currents
Improvement of true power factor
Ensure rel i abi l i ty, performance and a l ong
servi ce l i fe of el ectri cal consumers.
Reducti on of mai ns harmoni cs and
commutati on notches.
Hel p to meet i nternati onal power qual i ty
sInndnrds such ns !!!! 519 or
!N 61000-5-2.
Protecti on of motor dri ve el ectroni cs and
dc l i nk capaci tors agai nst mai ns transi ents.
Reducti on of i nrush and peak currents.
Reducti on of conducted LF emi ssi on.
I mprovement of conducted LF i mmuni ty.
Preventi on from nui sance tri ppi ng caused
by power l i ne vol tage spi kes.
I mprovement of true power factor.
Motor dri ves and vari ous adjustabl e speed
dri ve systems, such as:
El evators
Robots
Machi nery
Process automati on equi pment
Operating frequency: 50 to 60Hz
Impedance (uk): 4% @ 400VAC, 50Hz & rated current
Typical harmonics reduction: See table on next page
P > P 3000VAC for 3 sec
Protection category: IP00 (KL types according to VBG 4)
Overload capability: 2x rated current at switch on for 30 seconds
Insulation class: T40/F (155C)
Design corresponding to: EN 61558-2-20 (VDE 0570-2-20), UL508C,
CSA C22.2 NO.14
PE
(in preperation)
Line Reactors
RWK 212
Customized line reactors with different electrical and mechanical specifications are available on request.
** Power loss at 25C/50Hz, considering a typical harmonic spectrum of a motor drive with B6U rectifier bridge.
Reactor Rated current Typical drive Nominal Typical Input/Output Weight
@ 40C power rating* inductance power loss** connections Total Cu. Al.
[A] [kW] [mH] [W] [kg] [kg] [kg]
Reactor selection table
RWK 212-4-KL 4 1.5 7.3 23 KL 2.1 0.21
RWK 212-7-KL 7 3 4.2 36 KL 2.5 0.31
RWK 212-11-KL 11 4 2.6 37 KL 2.5 0.7
RWK 212-16-KL 16 7.5 1.8 59 KL 3.9 0.85
RWK 212-21-KL 21 11 1.4 66 KL 5.4 0.95
RWK 212-29-KL 29 15 1 69 KL 5.4 1.63
RWK 212-35-KL 35 18.5 0.84 70 KL 5.9 2.25
RWK 212-46-KL 46 22 0.64 99 KL 11 2.3
RWK 212-60-KL 60 30 0.49 138 KL 15 2.35
RWK 212-75-KL 75 37 0.39 133 KL 15 3.7
RWK 212-95-KL 95 45 0.3 166 KL 22 3.4
RWK 212-124-KS 124 55 0.23 172 KS 25 3.4
RWK 212-156-KS 156 75 0.19 249 KS 25 5.1
RWK 212-182-KS 182 90 0.16 245 KS 32 7.45
RWK 212-230-KS 230 110/132 0.13 301 KS 35 9.55
RWK 212-280-KS 280 160 0.1 335 KS 41 8.5
RWK 212-330-KS 330 160 0.09 386 KS 56 9.25
RWK 212-400-S 400 200 0.073 692 S 57 3.4 4.7
RWK 212-500-S 500 250 0.058 761 S 67 4.5 5.74
RWK 212-600-S 600 315 0.049 825 S 76 4.5 6.6
RWK 212-680-S 680 355 0.043 876 S 80 5.6 8
RWK 212-790-S 790 400 0.037 956 S 90 6.8 8.7
RWK 212-910-S 910 450 0.032 1022 S 107 6.8 8.7
RWK 212-1100-S 1100 630 0.026 1096 S 138 9.2 9.6
Li ne reactors are a cost-effecti ve way for
the l i mi tati on of mai ns harmoni cs. The
harmoni cs reducti on capabi l i ty i s rel ated to
the reactor i mpedance. A hi gher i mpedance
transl ates di rectl y i nto l ower harmoni c
currents, but of course al so i nto a l arger
component wi th a hi gher vol tage drop and
vi ce versa.
4 Imednnce rencIors IIke BWK 212 rovIde
an excel l ent cost/benefi t rati o and are
parti cul arl y benefi ci ary i n the most di verse
motor dri ve appl i cati ons.
The tabl e bel ow shows vari ous reactor
i mpedance val ues and thei r cal cul ated effect
i n terms of harmoni cs reducti on.
Harmonics reduction
0.5% 1% 2% 3% 4% 5% 6% 7% 8% 9% 10%
Harmonic number / Input impedance (uk) vs. remaining harmonics [%]
5th 80 60 46 40 34 32 30 28 26 24 23
7th 60 37 22 16 13 12 11 10 9 8.3 7.5
11th 18 12 9 7.3 6.3 5.8 5.2 5 4.3 4.2 4
13th 10 7.5 5.8 4.9 4.2 3.9 3.6 3.3 3.15 3 2.8
17th 7.3 5.2 3.6 3 2.4 2.2 2.1 0.9 0.7 0.5 0.4
19th 6 4.2 2.8 2.2 2 0.8 0.7 0.4 0.3 0.25 0.2
%THID 102.5 72.2 52.3 44.13 37.31 34.96 32.65 30.35 28.04 25.92 24.68
Reading example: a 4% impedance reactor typically reduces the THID to ~37% of the fundamental.
Mechanical data
A B C D E F G
Dimensions
4A 100 max. 70 max. 115 56 43 4.8 x 9 2.5mm
7 and 11A 125 max. 80 max. 130 100 55 5 x 8 2.5mm
16A 155 max. 80 max. 155 130 56.5 8 x 12 4mm
21A 155 max. 95 max. 155 130 70.5 8 x 12 4mm
29A 155 max. 95 max. 155 130 71.5 8 x 12 4mm
35A 155 max. 105 max. 170 130 70 8 x 12 10mm
46A 190 max. 120 max. 195 170 77.5 8 x 12 10mm
60A 210 max. 155 max. 240 175 97 8 x 12 16mm
75A 210 max. 160 max. 249 175 97 8 x 12 35mm
95A 230 max. 185 max. 275 180 122 8 x 12 35mm
124 and 156A 240 max. 210 max. 210 190 130 11 x 15 10
182A 265 max. 210 max. 230 215 114 11 x 15 10
230A 300 210 270 240 134 11 x 15 12
280A 300 218 270 240 142 11 x 15 12
330A 300 255 270 240 165 11 x 15 12
400A 420 205 390 370 134 11 x 15 11
500A 420 215 390 370 140 11 x 15 14
600A 420 225 390 370 149 11 x 15 14
680A 420 225 390 370 150 11 x 15 14
790A 420 240 390 370 162 11 x 15 18
910A 420 255 390 370 177 11 x 15 2 x 11
1100A 420 290 390 370 200 11 x 15 2 x 11
FN 3410 97
FN 3410 HV 101
FN 3411 97
FN 3411 HV 101
FN 3412 97
FN 3413 97
FN 3420 105
FN 3430 105
Active and Passive Harmonic
Filters
95
Active and Passive Harmonic Filters. HnrmonIc IIers heI Io obInIn comIInnce
vIIh InIernnIIonnI sInndnrds IIke e.. !!!! 519-1992 or !N 61000-5-12, nnd vIIh IocnI uIIIIIy codes. They reduce Ihe
el ectr i cal and ther mal str ess upon the el ectr i cal i nfr astr uctur e, el i mi nate the r i sk of har moni cs-r el ated r el i abi l i ty pr o-
bIems, nnd suorI Ion-Ierm enery eIcIency nnd cosI snvIns. !COsIne ndvnnced nssIve IIers nre Ihe IndusIry
sInndnrd Ior 6-uIse recIIers nnd non-reenernIIve moIor drIves Io nchIeve Ihe oIIen secIed IeveI oI <5 TH!D.
!COsIne AcIIve hnrmonIc IIers rovIde InIesI enernIIon dIIInI IechnoIoy. WIIh n resonse IIme oI Iess Ihnn 500s
nn eIcIenI hnrmonIcs mIIInIIon, over IncIor correcIIon, nnd Iond bnInncIn Is nchIeved In renI IIme.
4 400kW
7.5 250kW
4 400kW
7.5 250kW

5 500HP
5 500HP

30 300
30 300
Note: lters FNxx11xx and FNxx13xx are available on request.
Note: power ratings marked with hatchings are in preparation.
Rated power [kW/HP]
Corrective current [A]
F
o
r

5
0
H
z

g
r
i
d
s
F
o
r

6
0
H
z

g
r
i
d
s
T
H
I
D

<
5
%
P
o
w
e
r

f
a
c
t
o
r

c
o
r
r
e
c
t
i
o
n
L
o
a
d

b
a
l
a
n
c
i
n
g
3
-
p
h
a
s
e

/

3
-
w
i
r
e
3
-
p
h
a
s
e

/

4
-
w
i
r
e
F
o
r

6
-
p
u
l
s
e

d
i
o
d
e

r
e
c
t
i
e
r
s
F
o
r

6
-
p
u
l
s
e

S
C
R

r
e
c
t
i
e
r
s
A
C

M
o
t
o
r

d
r
i
v
e
s
D
C

M
o
t
o
r

d
r
i
v
e
s
W
e
l
d
i
n
g

m
a
c
h
i
n
e
s
H
V
A
C

i
n
s
t
a
l
l
a
t
i
o
n
s
B
u
i
l
d
i
n
g

p
o
w
e
r

d
i
s
t
r
i
b
u
t
i
o
n
S
e
m
i
c
o
n
d
u
c
t
o
r

i
n
d
u
s
t
r
y
W
a
t
e
r

/

w
a
s
t
e
w
a
t
e
r

t
r
e
a
t
m
e
n
t
Filter family
Nom.
voltage 0 100 200 300 400 500
FN 3410
p. 97
380 -
500VAC

FN 3410 HV
p. 101
690VAC
FN 3411
p. 97
380 -
500VAC

FN 3411 HV
p. 101
690VAC
FN 3412
p. 97
380 -
480VAC

FN 3413
p. 97
380 -
480VAC

FN 3420
(active)
p. 105
380 -
480VAC

FN 3430
(active)
p. 105
380 -
415VAC

97 EMC and Power Quality > FN 3410/11 / FN3412/13
ECOsine Advanced Passive
Harmonic Filters
Approvals Efficient mitigation of harmonic currents
Compliance with IEEE 519 and other
Power Quality standards
Increased equipment service life and
system reliability
More efficient utilization of electric
system capacity
Long-term savings in system operation
and maintenance cost
SchnIIner !COsIne hnrmonIc IIIIers
represent an economi cal sol uti on to the
chal l enge of l oad-appl i ed harmoni cs
mi ti gati on i n three-phase power systems.
Wi th a pl ug-and-pl ay approach and more
compact di mensi ons than comparabl e
products, they can be qui ckl y i nstal l ed and
easi l y commi ssi oned. They i ncrease the
rel i abi l i ty and servi ce l i fe of el ectri c i nstal -
InIIons, heI uIIIIze eIecIrIc syIem cnnc-
i ty better, and are the key to meet Power
unIIIy sInndnrds such ns !!!! 519.
!COsIne IIIIers cnIm your hnrmonIc vnves.
SchnIIner !COsIne IIIIers cnn be nIIed Io
vi rtual l y any ki nd of power el ectroni cs wi th
front-end si x-pul se recti fi ers, where har-
moni c current di storti on needs to be reduced
to defi ned l i mi ts. Typi cal appl i cati ons, where
the above-menti oned non-si nusoi dal con-
sumers of power can account for a si gni fi cant
porti on of the l oad, i ncl ude:
Equi pment wi th front-end si x-pul se recti fi er
Motor dri ves
Factory automati on equi pment
Water/wastewater treatment faci l i ti es
Fan and pump appl i cati ons
H\AC InsInIInIIons
Mi ssi on-cri ti cal processes
DC InsI chnrers
Line
Power capacitors
Trap choke
In-Out choke
Power
supply
Fan
Control
error
red
PE
L3
L2
L1
L3'
NO
C
L2'
L1'
A1
B1
C1
A2
B2
C2
yellow green LED
cooling power on
Disconnect
Load
Monitor
Nominal operating voltage: 3x 380 to 500VAC 10% (FN 3410/11)
3x 380 to 480VAC 10% (FN 3412/13)
Operating frequency: 50Hz 1Hz (FN 3410/11)
60Hz 1Hz (FN 3412/13)
Nominal motor drive input power rating: 4 to 200kW (FN 3410/11)
5 to 250HP (FN 3412/13)
Total harmonic current distortion THID**: <5 % @ rated power
Total demand distortion TDD: According to IEEE-519, table 10-3
Efficiency: 98.5 to 99.5% @ nominal line voltage and power
High potential test voltage: P > E 2500VAC (1min)
Protection category: IP20 / NEMA1
Cooling: Internal fan cooling
Ambient temperature range: 25C to +50C fully operational
+50C to +70C derated operation***
25C to +85C transport and storage
Design corresponding to: UL 508, EN 61558-2-20, CE (LVD 2006/95/EC)
SCCR****: 100kA
* ECOsine filters reduce RMS input and peak current by reducing harmonic currents and improving true power factor.
** System requirements: THVD <2%, line voltage unbalance <1%
Note: performance specifications in this brochure refer to six-pulse diode rectifiers. SCR rectifier front-ends will produce different
results, dependent upon the firing angle of the thyristors.
*** I
derated
= I
nominal
* (85C-T
amb
)/35C
**** External UL-rated fuses required. Please consult the user manual.
Harmonic Filters
FN 3410/11 / FN3412/13
Mains
ECOsine
Non-linear load 1: 30kW/400VAC
Non-linear load 2: 75kW/400VAC
FN 3410-210-40
(110kW/400VAC)
Filter selection table FN 3410/11
* To compile a complete part number, please replace the x with a 0 for diode or 1 for SCR rectifiers.
Filter to be selected by system voltage and load (motor drive) power. Note: the harmonic filter will reduce the RMS input current. Example: the rated RMS input current of an unfiltered
400V/15kW/32A drive will be reduced to approximately 23A. Therefore, filter selection by current rating, as it is common for EMC/EMI filters, is not suitable.
** Calculated power loss at rated load power.
*** Please contact your local Schaffner partner to order the optional NEMA1 covers with the order code in the table above.
Filter* Rated load power
@ 400VAC/50Hz
Rated load power
@ 500VAC/50Hz
Power loss**
@ 400V/500V
Input/Output
connections
Capacitor
disconnections
Weight NEMA1
covers***
[kW] [kW] [W] [kg] Order code
FN 341x-10-44 4 5.5 60/83 -44 -44 13 1151-081
FN 341x-13-44 5.5 7.5 83/113 -44 -44 14 1151-081
FN 341x-16-44 7.5 11 113/165 -44 -44 21 1151-082
FN 341x-24-33 11 15 165/225 -33 -44 27 1151-083
FN 341x-32-33 15 18.5 225/278 -33 -44 31 1151-083
FN 341x-38-33 18.5 22 259/308 -33 -44 35 1151-083
FN 341x-45-34 22 30 286/390 -34 -33 45 1151-084
FN 341x-60-34 30 37 360/444 -34 -33 54 1151-084
FN 341x-75-35 37 45 407/495 -35 -34 65 1151-085
FN 341x-90-35 45 55 450/550 -35 -34 77 1151-085
FN 341x-110-35 55 75 495/675 -35 -34 86 1151-085
FN 341x-150-40 75 90 600/720 -40 -35 118 1151-086
FN 341x-180-40 90 110 630/770 -40 -35 136 1151-086
FN 341x-210-40 110 132 770/924 -40 -35 154 1151-086
FN 341x-260-99 132 160 792/960 -99 -35 201 1151-086
FN 341x-320-99 160 200 960/1200 -99 -35 201 1151-086
@ 460VAC/60Hz
Power loss**
@ 460V
Input/Output con-
nections
Capacitor
disconnections
Weight NEMA1
covers***
[HP] [W] [kg] Order code
FN 341x-8-44 5 56 -44 -44 12 1151-081
FN 341x-11-44 7.5 84 -44 -44 13 1151-081
FN 341x-15-44 10 112 -44 -44 17 1151-082
FN 341x-21-44 15 168 -44 -44 21 1151-082
FN 341x-28-33 20 209 -33 -44 28 1151-083
FN 341x-35-33 25 261 -33 -44 32 1151-083
FN 341x-41-33 30 291 -33 -33 35 1151-083
FN 341x-53-34 40 328 -34 -33 48 1151-084
FN 341x-65-34 50 373 -34 -34 52 1151-084
FN 341x-80-35 60 403 -35 -34 69 1151-085
FN 341x-105-35 75 447 -35 -34 77 1151-085
FN 341x-130-35 100 522 -35 -35 87 1151-085
FN 341x-160-40 125 559 -40 -35 124 1151-086
FN 341x-190-40 150 671 -40 -35 132 1151-086
FN 341x-240-99 200 746 -99 -35 185 1151-086
FN 341x-310-99 250 932 -99 -35 202 1151-086
Filter selection table FN 3412/13
Filter to be selected by system voltage and load (motor drive) power. Note: the harmonic filter will reduce the RMS input current. Example: the rated RMS input current of an unfiltered
460V/20HP/28A drive will be reduced to approximately 20A. Therefore, filter selection by current rating, as it is common for EMC/EMI filters, is not suitable.
** Calculated power loss at rated load power.
*** Please contact your local Schaffner partner to order the optional NEMA1 covers with the order code in the table above.
Mechanical data
FN 3410/ FN 3411-10 to -110
FN 3412/ FN 3413-8 to -130
B
F
G
C
E A
J
FN 3410/ FN 3411-150 to -210
FN 3412/ FN 3413-160 and -190
FN 3410/ FN 3411-260 and -320
FN 3412/ FN 3413-240 and -310
Installation. AII IIIIers Irom !N 541x-8 Io -150 nre vnII
mountabl e and have to be operated verti cal l y. The fi l ters
!N 541x-150 nnd hIher nre desIned Ior IIoor mounIIn.
I n order to al l ow for suffi ci ent ai r fl ow al l fi l ters must be
cIenr on Io nnd boIIom mIn. 150mm.
B
G
F
E
C
A
J J
W
Z
V
X
Y
G
B
C
J
A
J
F
E
Optional NEMA1 cover. Al l fi l ters can be opti onal l y fi tted wi th a
N!MA1 cover. PIense IInd order codes on revIous nes.
FN 3410/ FN 3411-... 10 13 16 24 32 38 45 60 75 90 110 150 180 210 260 320
FN 3412/ FN 3413-... 8 11 15 21 28 35 41 53 65 80 105 130 160 190 240 310
Dimensions
A 400 400 430 430 520 520 520 590 590 750 750 750 1000 1000 1000 1000 1000
B 170 170 210 210 250 250 250 300 300 320 320 320 500 500 500 500 500
C 190 190 210 210 280 280 280 300 300 300 300 300 450 450 450 450 450
E 380 380 410 410 495 495 495 565 565 725 725 725 240 240 240 240 240
F 130 130 170 170 200 200 200 250 250 270 270 270 338 338 338 338 338
G 7 7 9 9 11 11 11 11 11 11 11 11 14x30 14x30 14x30 14x30 14x30
J M6 M6 M6 M6 M8 M8 M8 M8 M8 M10 M10 M10 M10 M10 M10 M10 M10
V 25 25
W 6 6
X 12.5 12.5
Y 40 40
Z 11 11
33 34 35 40 44
Filter connector cross sections
Solid wire 16mm
2
35mm
2
50mm
2
95mm
2
10mm
2
Flex wire 10mm
2
25mm
2
50mm
2
95mm
2
6mm
2
Recommended torque 1.5 1.8Nm 4.0 4.5Nm 7 8Nm 17 20Nm 1.0 1.2Nm
101 EMC and Power Quality > FN 3410HV / FN 3411HV
Typical specifications
Nominal operating voltage: 3x 690VAC
Voltage tolerance range: 3x 586 to 760VAC
Operating frequency: 50Hz 1Hz
Nominal motor drive input current rating*: 10 to 320A @ 50C
Nominal motor drive input power rating: 7.5 to 250kW
Total harmonic current distortion THID**: <5% @ rated power (filters up to 37kW)
~5% @ rated power with Ldc (filters 45kW and up)
Efficiency: >98% @ nominal line voltage and power
High potential test voltage: P E 2500VAC (1min)
Cooling: Internal fan cooling
Ambient temperature range: -25C to +50C fully operational
+50C to +70C derated operation***
-25C to +85C transport and storage
Design corresponding to: UL508, EN61558-2-20, CE (LVD2006/95/EC)
MTBF @ 50C/690V (Mil-HB-217F): tbd
SCCR****: 100kA
* ECOsine filters reduce RMS input and peak current by reducing harmonic currents and improving true power factor.
** System requirements: THVD <2%, line voltage unbalance <1%
Note: performance specifications in this brochure refer to six-pulse diode rectifiers. SCR rectifier front-end will produce different
results, depending upon the firing angle of the thyristors.
*** Iderated = Inominal * (85C-Tamb)/35C
**** External UL-rated fuses required.
ECOsine Passive Harmonic Filters
for 690V Applications
Approvals Dedicated range of harmonic filters for
690VAC systems
Highly efficient harmonic current
mitigation
Help to comply with IEEE-519 and other
PQ standards
Increased equipment service life and
system reliability
More efficient utilization of electrical
system capacity
Ideal for motor drives
Line
Power capacitors
Trap choke
In-Out choke
Power
supply
Fan
Control
error
red
PE
L3
L2
L1
L3'
NO
C
L2'
L1'
A1
B1
C1
A2
B2
C2
yellow green LED
cooling power on
Disconnect
Load
Monitor
SchnIIner !COsIne hnrmonIc IIIIers
represent an economi cal sol uti on to the
chal l enge of l oad-appl i ed harmoni cs
mi ti gati on i n three-phase power systems.
Wi th a pl ug-and-pl ay approach and more
compact di mensi ons than comparabl e
products, they can be qui ckl y i nstal l ed and
easi l y commi ssi oned. They i ncrease the
rel i abi l i ty and servi ce l i fe of el ectri c i nstal -
InIIons, heI uIIIIze eIecIrIc syIem cnnc-
i ty better, and are the key to meet Power
unIIIy sInndnrds such ns !!!! 519.
!COsIne IIIIers cnIm your hnrmonIc vnves.
SchnIIner !COsIne IIIIers cnn be nIIed Io
vi rtual l y any ki nd of power el ectroni cs wi th
front-end si x-pul se recti fi ers, where har-
moni c current di storti on needs to be reduced
Io deIIned IImIIs. TyIcnI 690\ nIIcnIIons,
where the above-menti oned non-si nusoi dal
consumers of power can account for a si g-
ni fi cant porti on of the l oad, i ncl ude:
Equi pment wi th front-end si x-pul se
recti fi er
Motor dri ves
Factory automati on equi pment
Water/wastewater treatment faci l i ti es
Fan and pump appl i cati ons
Oi l and gas expl orati on
Chemi cal i ndustry
Harmonic Filters
FN 3410HV / FN 3411HV
Filter to be selected by system voltage and load (motor drive) power. Note: the harmonic filter will reduce RMS input current. Therefore, filter selection by current rating, as it is common for
EMC/EMI filters, is not suitable.
Filter selection table (50Hz)
Filter application
!COsIne IIIIers nre besI InsInIIed dIrecIIy nI Ihe InuI oI 6-uIse recIIIIers. !I Is ossIbIe Io connecI severnI non-IInenr Ionds
(e.g. motor dr i ves) i n par al l el . I n thi s case the r ati ng of the fi l ter must match the sum of the power r ati ngs of dr i ves connected to i t.
The use oI n (buIII-In) DC-IInk choke Is recommended Ior nII moIor drIves 45kW nnd u Ior besI hnrmonIcs mIIInIIon erIormnnce nnd
DC-IInk cnncIIor roIecIIon.
@ 690VAC/50Hz
[kW]
Power loss
@ 25C/50Hz
[W]
Input/Output
connections

Capacitor
disconnections

Weight
[kg]
FN341xHV-10-44 7.5 150 -44 -44 20
FN341xHV-13-44 11 209 -44 -44 21
FN341xHV-16-33 15 270 -33 -44 29
FN341xHV-24-33 18.5 333 -33 -44 33
FN341xHV-32-53 22 374 -53 -33 44
FN341xHV-38-53 30 480 -53 -33 48
FN341xHV-45-53 37 555 -53 -33 56
FN341xHV-60-35 45 610 -35 -34 58
FN341xHV-75-35 55 690 -35 -34 62
FN341xHV-90-35 75 860 -35 -34 77
FN341xHV-110-35 90 960 -35 -34 91
FN341xHV-150-40 110 1145 -40 -35 131
FN341xHV-180-40 132 1275 -40 -35 147
FN341xHV-210-40 160 1600 -40 -35 169
FN341xHV-260-99 200 1940 -99 -35 230
FN341xHV-320-99 250 2500 -99 -35 233
Mechanical data
FN 3410HV / FN 3411HV-10 to -110
FN 3410HV / FN 3411HV-260 to -320
Filters with busbar terminals are shipped with a protective cover.
FN 3410HV / FN 3411HV-150 to -210
Installation
Detailed installation and wiring instructions as well as cooling requirements can be found in the Installation Manual
available from every Schaffner sales point or from www.myecosine.com
B
F
G
C
E A
J
B
C
33 34 35 40 44 -53
Solid wire 16mm
2
35mm
2
50mm
2
95mm
2
10mm
2
25mm
2
Flex wire 10mm
2
25mm
2
50mm
2
95mm
2
6mm
2
16mm
2
AWG type wire AWG 6 AWG 2 AWG 1/0 AWG 4/0 AWG 8 AWG 4
Recommended torque 1.5 1.8Nm 4.0 4.5Nm 7 8Nm 17 20Nm 1.0 1.2Nm 2.0 - 2.3Nm
FN341xHV- 10 13 16 24 32 38 45 60 75 90 110 150 180 210 260 320
A 430 430 520 520 590 590 590 750 750 750 750 830 830 830 1055 1055
B 210 210 250 250 300 300 300 320 320 320 320 450 450 450 500 500
C 210 210 280 280 300 300 300 300 300 300 300 320 320 320 360 360
E 410 410 495 495 565 565 565 725 725 725 725 800 800 800 1025 1025
F 170 170 200 200 250 250 250 270 270 270 270 350 350 350 400 400
G 9 9 11 11 11 11 11 11 11 11 11 11 11 11 13 13
J M6 M6 M8 M8 M8 M8 M8 M10 M10 M10 M10 M10 M10 M10 M10 M10
V 25 25
W 6 6
X 12.5 12.5
Y 50 50
Z 11 11
Tolerances according to: ISO 2768-m / EN 22768-m
Dimensions
Filter connector cross sections
ECOsine Active - the Compact, Fast, and
Flexible Solution for Better Power Quality
Approvals Global or selective compensation of
harmonic currents up to the 50th order
Compensation of displacement power
factor
Load balancing capability
Response time of less than 300 micro-
seconds
Compact solution for easy installation
and intuitive operation
FN 3420: 30A to 100A UL recognized
!COsIne AcIIve Is Ihe nev enernIIon oI
acti ve harmoni c fi l ters (AHF). I t rel i abl y mi ti -
gates harmoni cs and compensates vol tage
di ps as wel l as reacti ve power.
!COsIne AcIIves functi onal i ty can be com-
pared to waves i n the ocean: I f two waves of
the same hei ght and i ntensi ty meet, they can-
cel each other out. The same pri nci pl e can
be appl i ed al so to power networks.
The AH! nnnIyzes neIvork dIsIurbnnces nnd
provi des an opposi ng compensati on current.
!n doIn so, !COsIne AcIIve ncIIveIy ndnIs
to fl uctuati ons and responds i n l ess than hal f
a mi l l i second. I ts compact di mensi ons, si m-
pl e i nstal l ati on, and di gi tal i ntel l i gence al l ow
for a qui ck and strai ght forward i ntegrati on
i n the most di verse appl i cati ons.
Bui l di ng automati on
DnIn nnd bnnkIn cenIers
H\AC InsInIInIIons
Machi nes and automati on shi p propul si on
Tunnel venti l ati on
UPS
Motor dri ves
Wel di ng equi pment
Water /wastewater tr eatment
Automoti ve manufacturi ng
Nominal operating voltage*: 380 to 480V 10% (FN 3420: 3-wire)
380 to 415V 10% (FN 3430: 4-wire)
Operating frequency: 47 to 63Hz
Rated compensation current: 30 to 300A @ 40C (FN 3420)
30 to 300A @ 40C (FN 3430)
Total harmonic current distortion THID**: <5%
Compensation capability: Odd harmonics up to the 50th order
Response time: <300s
Protection category: IP20 (30 to 100A)
IP54 (200 to 300A)
Cooling: Forced air cooling (30 to 100A)
Forced air cooling, internal liquid cooling
(200 to 300A)
Overload capability: 2.5x rated comp. current for 10ms (peak value)
Ambient temperature: 40C, derating up to 55C, 2%/K
Altitude: 1000m, derating up to 4000m, 1%/100m
Parallel operation: Up to 5 filters
Interfaces: Ethernet, RS485, ModBus
Controller topology: Digital with FFT analysis
Current limitation: Nominal current
Current transformers (not included): 100:5 to 50000:5
Design corresponding to: UL 508, CE (LVD 2006/95/EC)
MTBF @ 40C/400V: Up to 100,000 hours
* different ratings upon request.
** depending upon the rated compensation current of the selected filter in relation to the compensation requirement.
FN 3420: 200A to 300A UL listed
Harmonic Filters
FN 3420 / FN 3430
Schaffner
ECOsine
Active
Power line supply
Load
Compensation current
Without ECOsine Active:
Harmonics and reactive power stress the
electrical installation and lead to problems
With ECOsine Active:
Reactive power and harmonics are actively
compensated, thus ensuring better power
quality
Block schematic
Install Congure Measure
+
For more details, please ask for the ECOsine Active brochure and the user manual.
Plug-and-play: 3 simple steps to better power quality
Filter* Rated phase
comp. current
[A rms]
Rated neutral line
comp. current
[A rms]
Power loss
[W]
Cooling air
requirement
[m
3
/h]
Noise level
[1m]
[dB(A)]
Dimensions
[WxHxD
[mm]
Weight
[kg]
FN 3420-30-480-3 30 <900 <350 65 360x590x290 47
FN 3420-50-480-3 50 <1300 <550 65 360x590x290 47
FN 3420-100-480-3 100 <2200 <1400 68 468x970x412 105
FN 3420-200-480-3 200 <5000 <2600 70 800x2000x760 415
FN 3420-250-480-3 250 <6000 <3100 70 800x2000x760 415
FN 3420-300-480-3 300 <7500 <3400 70 800x2000x760 415
FN 3430-30-400-4 30 90 <950 <400 63 415x840x300 70
FN 3430-60-400-4 60 180 <1800 <600 63 415x840x300 70
FN 3430-100-400-4 100 300 <3000 <1700 69 468x1460x412 145
FN 3430-200-400-4 200 600 <5500 <2800 70 800x2000x760 495
FN 3430-250-400-4 250 750 <6300 <3300 70 800x2000x760 495
FN 3430-300-400-4 300 750 <8500 <3600 70 800x2000x760 495
107 Basics in EMC and Power Quality
2011/12
Basics in EMC and Power Quality
Introduction, Annotations, Applications
Basics in EMC and Power Quality
I Introduction 111
1 Sources of electromagnetic signals 111
1.1 Natural and technical sources of electromagnetic signals 111
1.2 Denition of noise 111
1.2.1 Frequency ranges 111
1.2.2 Differential-mode noise 112
1.2.3 Common-mode noise 112
1.3 Noise propagation 112
1.3.1 Coupling methods 112
1.3.2 Radiation 112
2 Legal requirements 113
2.1 Global legislation 113
2.1.1 CE marking for the European Union 113
2.1.2 CCC and CQC approvals for China 114
2.1.3 FCC registrations for the USA 114
2.1.4 EMC framework in Australia/New Zealand 115
2.1.5 VCCI registrations for Japan 115
2.1.6 Other international requirements 115
2.2 EMC standards 115
2.2.1 Standard classication 116
2.2.2 Common limit lines 118
2.3 Safety approvals 118
2.3.1 EMC testing as a service 119
2.3.2 The test 119
3 EMC measurements 119
3.1 Emission 119
3.1.1 High-frequency (HF) radiated emission 119
3.1.2 High-frequency conducted emission 120
3.1.3 Discontinuous interference (clicks) 121
3.1.4 Mains harmonics 122
3.1.5 Voltage uctuations and icker 123
3.2 Immunity 123
3.2.1 RF immunity 123
3.2.2 Conducted immunity 124
3.2.3 Radiated immunity 125
3.2.4 Transient immunity 125
3.2.5 Electrostatic discharges (ESD) 125
3.2.6 Electrical fast transients (bursts) 126
3.2.7 Surge 127
3.2.8 Power magnetic elds 128
3.2.9 Supply network 128
4 Noise suppression 129
4.1 Conceptual EMC 129
4.2 Shielding 129
4.2.1 Shielded housings 129
4.2.2 Shielded cables 129
4.3 Grounding 130
4.3.1 Grounding concepts 130
4.3.2 Earthing 131
4.4 Suppression components 131
4.4.1 Chokes 131
4.4.2 Capacitors 132
4.4.3 Filters 133
4.4.4 Filter attenuation 134
5 Power quality 135
5.1 Denition 135
5.1.1 Frequency ranges 135
5.2 Reactors in drive systems 136
5.2.1 Need for protection 136
5.2.2 Overview of uses 136
5.2.3 Line input 136
5.3 Output solutions for motor drives 138
5.3.1 dv/dt voltage potential jumps in relation to the time 138
5.3.2 Voltage overshoots and voltage peaks 138
5.3.3 Additional losses in the motor 139
5.3.4 Cable shields and parasitic earth currents 139
5.3.5 Bearing damage 139
5.3.6 Acoustic noise levels 140
5.3.7 Solutions for output problems 140
II Annotations to lter specications 142
1 Filter ratings 142
1.1 Electrical specications 142
1.1.1 Current 142
1.1.2 Voltage 142
1.1.3 Frequency 143
1.1.4 DC resistance 143
1.1.5 Discharge resistors 143
1.1.6 MTBF 143
1.2 Mechanical specications 143
1.2.1 Mechanical tolerances 143
1.2.2 Filter terminals and cable cross-sections 144
1.2.3 Torque specications 145
1.3 Environmental requirements 145
1.3.1 RoHS 145
1.3.2 Vibration and bump testing 146
1.3.3 Climatic classication 146
2 Safety requirements 146
2.1 Type testing 146
2.2 Hipot testing 146
2.3 Leakage currents 147
2.4 Flammability classication 148
2.5 Fuses 148
3 Power distribution networks 149
3.1 Designation of networks 149
3.2 TN network 149
3.2.1 TN-S system 149
3.2.2 TN-C and TN-C-S systems 149
3.3 TT network 149
3.4 IT network 149
3.5 Network with one grounded phase 150
4 Installation instructions 150
4.1 Installation of lters 150
4.2 Cable connection and routing 151
4.2.1 Shield connections 151
4.2.2 Cable routing 151
4.3 EMC planning 151
III Typical applications 152
1 Choke applications 152
2 Power supply applications. 152
3 Medical applications 153
4 Test and measurement equipment 154
5 Motor drive applications 154
6 Energy regeneration 154
7 Renewable energies 155
8 NEMP applications 157
9 TEMPEST applications 158
10 Communication equipment 158
11 Shielded rooms 158
IV Abbreviations 160
V Index 161
1 Sources of electromagnetic signals
El ectromagneti c si gnal s are the resul t of el ectri cal currents
and vol tages. Whenever el ectri ci ty i s used to dri ve equi p-
ment, an el ectromagneti c si gnal ensues as wel l . These
si gnal s can be used to transmi t i nformati on from one poi nt
to the next, or they can si mpl y be a byproduct of the opera-
ti on of equi pment. Where the si gnal s are uni ntended, we
speak of el ectromagneti c noi se. I t i s thi s noi se that can cause
equi pment to mal functi on, and manufacturers must there-
fore take steps to reduce the effects of noi se.
I n thi s chapter we wi l l mai nl y l ook at the unwanted noi se,
but for the purpose of expl anati on we wi l l someti mes al so
refer to i ntended si gnal s. Most peopl e are more aware of the
i ntended si gnal transmi ssi on than of uni ntended si gnal s.
1.1 Natural and technical sources of electromagnetic signals
To a certai n extent, el ectromagneti c si gnal s are natural phe-
nomena. One of the best known phenomena i s a l i ghtni ng
stri ke, whi ch i s nothi ng more than a huge current fl owi ng
from a cl oud towards Earth. Thi s current causes hi gh el ec-
tromagneti c fi el ds. Other than that, we al so have atmospher-
i c radi ati on. These types of si gnal s are comparabl y smal l and
are general l y not consi dered for EMC on an equi pment l evel .
More i mportant for our purposes are the techni cal sources
of el ectromagneti c si gnal s. El ectri cal l y powered equi pment,
as al ready menti oned, i s one such source. I n thi s category
we can i denti fy two mai n sources of el ectromagneti c noi se:
power suppl i es and motor dri ve systems. On the other hand,
we al so purposel y generate si gnal s i n order to transmi t them
over n dIsInnce, ns In n T\ sInIIon. WIIh Ihe Incrense oI com-
muni cati on and especi al l y wi rel ess servi ces, thi s el ement i s
becomi ng more and more i mportant.
1.2 Definition of noise
The i ntended generati on of si gnal s for i nformati on transmi s-
si on i s not consi dered noi se, but i t does have an i mpact on
the overal l EMC of equi pment. Thi s wi l l come up agai n i n a
l ater chapter. I n thi s chapter, our focus i s on unwanted noi se
si gnal s and thei r characteri sti cs.
1.2.1 Frequency ranges
A key characteri sti c of el ectromagneti c noi se i s i ts frequency.
The !MC sInndnrds enernIIy cover Ihe rnne Irom 0Hz Io
400CHz. CurrenIIy, hovever, noI nII Irequency rnnes nre
compl etel y regul ated.
The fi rst i mportant frequency range i s the range around the
over neIvork Irequency, vhIch In !uroe Is 50Hz. MosI
l oads connected to the power network are non-l i near l oads,
i .e., they draw a current that does not fol l ow the si nusoi dal
voIIne. Non-IInenr Ionds hnve Ihe chnrncIerIsIIc oI ener-
ati ng addi ti onal currents at mul ti pl es of the network fre-
quency. These currents are cal l ed harmoni cs and are gener-
nIIy consIdered u Io Ihe 40Ih or 50Ih order. !n oIher vords,
our IIrsI Irequency rnne sInrIs nI 50Hz nnd ends nI 2kHz
or 2.5kHz. !or 60Hz neIvorks, Ihe rnne oes Irom 60Hz Io
2.4kHz or 5kHz.
!rom Ihe end oI Ihe hnrmonIcs rnne Io 9kHz, ve hnve n Ire-
quency range that i s not currentl y regul ated. We wi l l come
bnck Io IhIs In Ihe 'Pover qunIIIy chnIer. Above 9kHz, Ihe
hi gh-frequency range starts. Thi s range i s al so cal l ed the
radi o-frequency or RF range.
Radi o frequency i s the col l ecti ve term for al l frequenci es
Irom n Iev kIIoherIz Io severnI InherIz. !MC sInndnrds
IImII Ihe Irequency rnne Io 400CHz on Ihe uer end,
al though test methods for such frequenci es have not been
defi ned yet. Current standards defi ne testi ng methods from
9kHz Io 1CHz, nnd some never versIons o u Io 2CHz or
hi gher. The techni cal progress today i s faster than the devel -
opment of standards. Computers and communi cati on equi p-
ment use fundamental frequenci es that are al ready above
2CHz. !ookIn nI hnrmonIc IrequencIes, even n 2CHz uer
l i mi t i s no l onger suffi ci ent to cover RF probl ems.
The RF range i s general l y spl i t i nto a conducted and a radi -
ated range. For the l ower part of the RF range, noi se i s
expected to travel al ong l i nes rather than radi ate from the
equi pment. The mai n reason for thi s i s that the requi red
antenna structures are bi gger for l ower frequenci es. I n
oIher vords, Ihe hysIcnI sIze oI mosI equImenI Is sImIy
not suffi ci ent to radi ate l ow frequency noi se. Whi l e an exact
frequency cannot be defi ned, the standards general l y set the
conducIed B! rnne Irom 150kHz Io 50MHz. Some sInndnrds
nIso sInrI nI Ihe Iover Irequency oI 9kHz. The rndInIed rnne
Ihen sInrIs nI 50MHz. The uer IImII oI IhIs rnne deends
on Ihe sInndnrd, buI II vIII enernIIy be nbouI 1CHz, Ior
some roducIs 2 or 5CHz. To summnrIze, ve hnve Ihe IoI-
l owi ng ranges:
I Introduction
50Hz - 2/2.5kHz
60Hz - 2.4/3kHz
Harmonics LF range
2/2.5Hz - 9kHz
2.4/3kHz - 9kHz
Conducted
RF range
9kHz - 150kHz
Conducted
RF range
150kHz - 30MHz
Radiated
RF range
30MHz - 1/2/3GHz
*
Radiated
RF range
Above 3GHz
Regulated range
Unregulated range
Regulated range for some products
Upper limit depends on product
Definition of frequency ranges
The defi ned testi ng methods for these frequency ranges are
expl ai ned i n a l ater chapter.
1.2.2 Differential-mode noise
Looki ng at conducted si gnal s, noi se can occur between any
two l i nes of the system. I n a si ngl e-phase system thi s coul d be
beIveen hnse (P) nnd neuIrnI (N) IInes. !n n Ihree-hnse
sysIem II couId be hnse 1 (B) nnd hnse 2 (S). !n DC sysIems,
the noi se can travel from pl us to mi nus. Such noi se i s cal l ed
di fferenti al -mode noi se or symmetri cal noi se. The pi cture
bel ow shows di fferenti al -mode noi se i n a si ngl e-phase system.
L
L
R
N N
PE
Differential-mode noise in single-phase systems
DIIIerenIInI-mode noIse Is n resuII oI nrnsIIIc comonenIs
i n a ci rcui t, such as equi val ent seri es i nductance (ESL) or
equi val ent seri es resi stance (ESR) or components. I n an el ec-
troni c system, di fferenti al -mode noi se usual l y occurs at l ower
frequenci es and i s commonl y associ ated wi th the swi tchi ng
frequency of a swi tch-mode power suppl y or a motor dri ve.
1.2.3 Common-mode noise
NoIse cnn nIso be conducIed Irom nny IIne In Ihe sysIem
towards earth. I n a si ngl e-phase system, si gnal s coul d go
from L and P towards earth. Thi s type of noi se i s then cal l ed
common-mode noi se. The mai n di fference i s that common-
mode noi se travel s i n al l l i nes i n the same di recti on and
then towards earth. The pi cture bel ow shows common-mode
si gnal s i n a si ngl e-phase system.
L
L
R
N
PE
Common-mode noise in single-phase systems
Common-mode noi se resul ts from stray capaci tances i n a
system, often occurri ng between semi conductors and heat
si nks. I t i s more often found i n the hi gher frequency range.
When we l ook at the measurements l ater, we wi l l see that
the resul t of the measurement does not make the di fferenti a-
ti on between the two types of noi se. For noi se suppressi on,
however, i t i s cruci al to understand what ki nd of noi se si gnal
we are deal i ng wi th.
1.3 Noise propagation
El ectromagneti c si gnal s are generated i n el ectri cal and
el ectroni c systems and can then propagate i nsi de the system
or even outsi de. Thi s propagati on can work al ong l i nes or
through radi ati on. These coupl i ng paths are expl ai ned i n the
fol l owi ng paragraphs.
1.3.1 Coupling methods
Looki ng at the connecti ons i n an el ectri cal or el ectroni c
system, we can i denti fy three di fferent coupl i ng paths. One
i s gal vani c coupl i ng, whi ch requi res a di rect connecti on
between the si ngl e parts of the system. Second i s capaci ti ve
coupl i ng, whi ch can happen when two cabl es of the sys-
tem are routed cl ose to each other, thus formi ng a parasi ti c
capaci tor. Where cabl e l oops of di fferent cabl es are l ai d out
too cl ose to each other, i nducti ve coupl i ng can occur.
Galvanic coupling e.g.
through common earth
Capacitive coupling e.g.
through parallel lines
Inductive coupling e.g.
through cable loops
L
N
PE
Coupling paths between systems
Gal vani c coupl i ng effects often ensue due to common
ground connecti ons. Capaci ti ve coupl i ng i s typi cal for i ndus-
tri al appl i cati ons, where power and si gnal l i nes are l ai d par-
al l el over l ong di stances.
1.3.2 Radiation
NoIse cnn noI onIy ronnIe nIon dIrecI connecIIons buI
al so through the ai r vi a radi ati on. Once HF si gnal s are gener-
ated i nsi de a system, they are si mpl y propagati ng al ong the
path of l east resi stance. I f the structure or l ayout of the system
provi des good antenna characteri sti cs, the si gnal s wi l l use
those parasi ti c antennas and radi ate from the system i nto the
ai r. There, the noi se travel s as el ectromagneti c waves and can
be pi cked up by other equi pment al ong i ts path.
2 Legal requirements
2.1 Global legislation
El ectromagneti c phenomena and thei r effect on el ectri c
and el ectroni c equi pment have compel l ed many countri es
to i mpl ement measures that ensure the proper operati on of
equi pment. Ori gi nal l y, most requi rements came from mi l i -
tary sectors and ci vi l avi ati on, where the need for fl awl ess
operati on of equi pment i s strongl y rel ated to the safety of
peopl e. Onl y l ater, when the use of el ectroni c components
expanded i nto al most every aspect of our l i ves and wi rel ess
transmi ssi on and communi cati on systems became i ncreas-
i ngl y i mportant, di d requi rements for el ectromagneti c com-
pati bi l i ty expand i nto other ci vi l sectors.
Legi sl ati on i n vari ous countri es produced regul ati ons and
standards wi th whi ch equi pment has to compl y. Si nce l eg-
i sl ati ve systems vary from country to country, the compl i -
ance schemes used i n each country are al so very di fferent.
Where some schemes entai l strong l egi sl ati on and manda-
tory approval rul es, others rel y on vol untary regi strati on and
manufacturers responsi bi l i ty.
2.1.1 CE marking for the European Union
The concept of CE marki ng tri es to reduce the huge num-
ber oI nnIIonnI nrovnIs by InIroducIn hnrmonIzed ruIes.
These rul es are wri tten i n the EU di recti ves. The di rec-
ti ves as such are not l egal l y bi ndi ng to manufacturers, but
al l member countri es are obl i ged to convert any approved
di recti ve i nto nati onal l aw wi thi n a gi ven peri od of ti me. Any
fai l ure to do so i s a di rect vi ol ati on of European l aw, and the
member state doi ng so wi l l be puni shed.
The CE marki ng i n thi s context i s the mark of the manu-
facturer, i ndi cati ng that the product i s i n compl i ance wi th
al l appl i cabl e di recti ves. I n addi ti on to the CE marki ng, the
manufacturer has to prepare a decl arati on of conformi ty
stati ng that the descri bed product i s i n compl i ance wi th the
di recti ves.
CE mark
Thi s was meant to make tradi ng easi er for manufacturers,
si nce they do not have to go through the ordeal of nati onal
approval s for each country. Thi s requi res, however, that
manufacturers know whi ch di recti ves exi st, are approved
and appl y to each of thei r products. The EU does not offer
comprehensi ve i nformati on on thi s topi c. For thi s reason,
the European system i s very often regarded as di ffi cul t and
prohi bi ti ve.
As menti oned before, the rul es are defi ned i n the European
di recti ves, whi ch are then converted i nto nati onal l aws. As
one exnmIe, Ihe !MC dIrecIIve vIIh Ihe IIIIe 89/556/!I
was converted i nto l aw i n each member state, such as the
Cermnn !MC AcI Irom November 1992. !nch dIrecIIve nIso
defi nes the conformi ty procedures that can be used to show
compl i ance wi th the di recti ve. The di recti ves contai n the
IechnIcnI conIenIs Io be hnrmonIzed. They do noI conInIn
any gui del i nes about i mpl ementati on and fi ni ng systems. As
a resul t, non-compl i ant equi pment can l ead to a fi ne i n one
country but i mpri sonment i n another.
The EU has produced a number of basi c di recti ves, such as
the CE marki ng di recti ve, wi th the purpose of defi ni ng pro-
cedures appl i cabl e to many other di recti ves. One di recti ve
defi nes al l exi sti ng conformi ty procedures. However, not al l
of these procedures can be used for al l di recti ves.
Typi cal conformi ty routes are modul es A (sel f-decl arati on),
B (competent body) and H (noti fi ed body). Other conformi ty
routes woul d be type approval s i n connecti on wi th a certi fi ed
qual i ty system (medi cal di recti ve).
The scope of the EMC di recti ve i s very general . Al l products
l i kel y to emi t or be suscepti bl e to el ectromagneti c energy
are covered. To show compl i ance wi th the di recti ve, prod-
ucts must not emi t EM energy i n an amount suffi ci ent to
affect other equi pment. At the same ti me, each pi ece of
equi pment must be suffi ci entl y i mmune agai nst EM energy
from other sources.
Thi s l eaves a l ot of room for i nterpretati on and specul ati on,
and the EU soon rel eased an unoffi ci al document provi di ng
gui dance on the EMC di recti ve. A new versi on of the EMC
di recti ve i s al so forthcomi ng to further cl ari fy the gray areas
of the i ni ti al di recti ve.
However compl i cated the EMC di recti ve may seem, i t sti l l
covers i ts mai n purpose. I t removes the necessi ty to test to
vari ous nati onal standards and guarantees acceptance i n al l
EU member states.
The conformi ty routes permi tted by the EMC di recti ve are
sel f-decl arati on, competent body route and EC-type approval
by a noti fi ed body. Thi s i s due to change i n the new di rec-
ti ve, however, where the i nsti tuti on of a competent body i s
compl etel y removed and onl y noti fi ed bodi es remai n. The
sel f-decl arati on route i s a way for manufacturers to take care
of thei r approval s wi thout i nvol vi ng any thi rd parti es. For the
EMC di recti ve, conformi ty can be assumed i f the product i s i n
comIInnce vIIh exIsIIn hnrmonIzed !MC sInndnrds. We vIII
exInIn Ihe sysIem oI hnrmonIzIn sInndnrds In n InIer chn-
ter. The manufacturer can therefore test i ts product agai nst
these standards and then decl are the conformi ty.
Where hnrmonIzed sInndnrds do noI exIsI or IesIIn Is
uneconomi cal , the manufacturer has the opti on of i nvol vi ng a
competent body. The manufacturer prepares a techni cal con-
structi on fi l e (TCF), whi ch shoul d contai n al l EMC-rel evant
i nformati on, i ncl udi ng testi ng data. The TCF i s then checked
by the competent body, and i f the EMC concept i s cl ear and
acceptabl e, the competent body wi l l i ssue a cer ti fi cate.
For r adi o tr ansmi tti ng devi ces (for exampl e, r adi o tel e-
phones), the i nvol vement of a noti fi ed body i s mandator y.
The manufacturer has to submi t documents and one sampl e
to the noti fi ed body for testi ng and approval .
As menti oned before, the si tuati on wi th competent and noti -
fi ed bodi es wi l l change i n the future. The new di recti ve no
l onger contai ns the competent body appr oval r oute. The
noti fi ed body wi l l assume the tasks of the competent body.
However, the i nvol vement of noti fi ed bodi es i s no l onger
mnndnIory, even II hnrmonIzed sInndnrds nre noI used.
Approval s of radi o transmi tti ng devi ces are no l onger i n the
scope of the EMC di recti ve, havi ng been handl ed for some
ti me now by the tel ecom di r ecti ve. The changes fr om thi s
nev !MC dIrecIIve vIII come InIo eIIecI on JuIy 20, 2007,
wi th an addi ti onal two-year transi ti on peri od.
2.1.2 CCC and CQC approvals for China
CQC devel ops vol untary product certi fi cati on servi ces cal l ed
CQC Mark Certi fi cati on for products that fal l outsi de the
compul sory certi fi cati on catal og. The ai m i s to protect con-
sumers and property, safeguard consumer ri ghts and i nter-
ests, i mprove the product qual i ty of domesti c enterpri ses,
i ncrease product competi ti veness i n the i nternati onal market
and faci l i tate the access of forei gn products to the domesti c
market. CQC, as the body that earl i er conducted qual i ty cer-
ti fi cati on acti vi ti es and a hi gh authori tati ve body i n Chi na, i s
a brand wel l known i n the worl d. Thi s, i n turn, can greatl y
enhance the brand i mage of the enterpri ses i t certi fi es.
!n December 2001, Ihe SInIe CenernI AdmInIsIrnIIon oI
Qual i ty Super vi si on, I nspecti on and Quar anti ne of the
Peopl es Republ i c of Chi na i ssued the regul ati ons for com-
pul sor y pr oduct cer ti fi cati on. The Compul sor y Pr oduct
Certi fi cati on System began to repl ace the ori gi nal Qual i ty
Li cense System for Commodi ty I nspecti on and Safety
Certi fi cati on System for El ectri cal Equi pment. The abbrevi -
ati on of the Chi na Compul sory Product Certi fi cati on i s CCC
or 5C. !I Is Ihe sInIuIory comuIsory snIeIy cerIIIIcnIIon sys-
tem and the basi c approach to safeguardi ng consumer ri ghts
and i nter ests and pr otecti ng per sonal and pr oper ty safety
ndoIed vIdeIy by InIernnIIonnI ornnIznIIons.
Chi na Compul sory Certi fi cati on System came i nto force on
Mny 1, 2002. !n nccordnnce vIIh Ihe joInI nnnouncemenI
no. 58 |2005] by Ihe SInIe CenernI AdmInIsIrnIIon Ior unIIIy
Supervi si on and I nspecti on and Quaranti ne of the Peopl es
Republ i c of Chi na and the Certi fi cati on and Accredi tati on
Admi ni strati on of the Peopl es Republ i c of Chi na, the date for
i mpl ementi ng the supervi si on and management of the mar-
ket for compul sory product certi fi cati on was set as August 1,
2005.
The compul sor y pr oduct cer ti fi cati on r equi r ements cover
155 roducIs dIvIded InIo 20 cnIeorIes, IncIudIn househoId
appl i ances, motor vehi cl es, motorcycl es, safety goggl es, medi -
cal devi ces, l i ghti ng apparatuses, cabl es and wi res. CQC has
been appoi nted to undertake the work of compul sory product
certi fi cati on for 17 categori es wi thi n the CCC catal og.
2.1.3 FCC registrations for the USA
Approval s for the Ameri can mar ket ar e usual l y r el ated to
the Feder al Communi cati ons Commi ssi on (FCC). The FCC
i s an i ndependent Uni ted States government agency, di rectl y
responsi bl e to Congress. The FCC was establ i shed by the
CommunIcnIIons AcI oI 1954 nnd Is chnred vIIh reuInIIn
i nter state and i nternati onal communi cati ons by radi o, tel evi -
si on, wi re, satel l i te and cabl e. The FCCs juri sdi cti on covers
Ihe 50 sInIes, Ihe DIsIrIcI oI CoIumbIn, nnd I.S. ossessIons.
The mosI commonIy reIerred Io reuInIIon Is nrI 15, vhIch
cover s al l commer ci al pr oducts. Li ke the Eur opean stan-
dards, the FCC rul es defi ne envi ronments for resi denti al and
i ndustri al areas.
Equi pment used i n r esi denti al ar eas r equi r es ver i fi cati on
and cer ti fi cati on. The equi pment has to be tested i n a test
si te and by testi ng personnel l i sted by FCC.
I n recent amendments to the rul es, FCC now enabl es manu-
factur er s to use the same testi ng methods as l ai d out i n
C!SPB 22, vIIh onIy mInor nddIIIonnI ruIes. OIher commonIy
used ruIes oI Ihe !CC nre Ihe nrIs 18 Ior IndusIrInI equI-
menI nnd 68 Ior IeIecommunIcnIIon equImenI.
Approval s accordi ng to FCC regul ati ons are strai ghtforward
for manufacturers. However, the approval can onl y be used
for the Ameri can market. Manufacturers who wi sh to sel l the
same product in Canada, Mexico or even the European market
must go through compl etel y di fferent approval procedures.
2.1.4 EMC framework in Australia/New Zealand
One of the newer EMC schemes i s the EMC Framework cov-
erIn AusIrnIIn nnd Nev ZenInnd. The !rnmevork Inkes n
very si mi l ar approach to Europe, gi vi ng manufacturers more
responsi bi l i ty i n the marketi ng of thei r products. The EMC
!rnmevork cnme InIo eIIecI on Jnnunry 1, 1997. !I covers nII
el ectri c and el ectroni c products to be sol d on the Austral i an
nnd Nev ZenInnd mnrkeIs.
The authori ty for al l rel ated matters i s the Austral i an
Communi cati on Authori ty (ACA). As i n the U.S. model ,
the mai n goal of the EMC Framework i s the protecti on of
essenIInI rndIo nnd brondcnsI servIces nnd Ihe mInImIznIIon
of el ectromagneti c i nterference. For thi s reason, i mmuni ty
testi ng i s requi red onl y for radi o and broadcast equi pment.
For al l other equi pment, onl y emi ssi on requi rements appl y.
I n addi ti on, the Framework onl y appl i es to commerci al , resi -
denti al and l i ght i ndustri al envi ronments.
As i n Europe, the EMC Framework defi nes di fferent com-
pl i ance routes. The manufacturer can choose the sel f-
decl arati on route or the i nvol vement of a competent body.
Accredi ted testi ng i s requi red onl y when the competent
body i s i nvol ved. I n al l other cases, i t i s recommended but
not mandatory. Al l standards for Austral i a are produced by
Standards Austral i a, but as menti oned previ ousl y, they are
based on i nternati onal or European standards.
The ACA i ntroduced the C-ti ck mark as i ts conformi ty mark.
Li ke the CE marki ng, the C-ti ck mark shows compl i ance
wi th regul ati ons i n thi s case, the rel evant EMC standards.
However, there are two precondi ti ons for a manufacturer to
use thi s mark. Fi rst, the manufacturer must be represented
i n Austral i a. Thi s can be through a branch offi ce or an
nuIhorIzed reresenInIIve. Second, Ihe mnnuIncIurer hns Io
regi ster wi th the ACA, but onl y for the i ni ti al use of the
C-ti ck mark.
C-tick mark
Li ke i n Eur ope, mar ket access can be ver y easy for wel l -
i nformed manufacturers. Thi rd-party approval s are not gen-
eral l y requi red and manufacturers can market thei r prod-
ucts on thei r own responsi bi l i ty.
2.1.5 VCCI registrations for Japan
The Jnnnese scheme Is quIIe dIIIerenI. !n 1985 Iour orn-
nIznIIons Ihe Jnnn !IecIronIc !ndusIry DeveIomenI
Associ ati on, the Japan Busi ness Machi ne Maker s
Associ ati on, the El ectr oni c I ndustri es Associ ati on of Japan,
and the Communi cati ons I ndustr y Associ ati on of Japan
joInIIy esInbIIshed Ihe \oIunInry ConIroI CouncII Ior
I nterference by I nformati on Technol ogy Equi pment and
!IecIronIc OIIIce MnchInes (\CC!) Io coe vIIh rndIo InIer-
ference probl ems ari si ng from personal computers, word
processors, facsi mi l e termi nal s and other si mi l ar el ectroni c
equi pment. The system i s compl etel y vol untary, but strongl y
suorIed In Jnnn. SeIIIn equImenI vIIhouI \CC! reIsIrn-
IIon nnd Ihe \CC! mnrk Is IenIIy ossIbIe, buI Ihe roducI
wi l l fai l fr om a mar keti ng poi nt of vi ew.
VCCI mark
As Ihe nnme oI Ihe \CC! nIrendy snys, Ihe scheme currenIIy
appl i es onl y to I TE (i nformati on technol ogy equi pment). The
ImIemenIed sInndnrd requIres Ihe snme IImIIs ns C!SPB 22.
The cl asses A and B from the CI SPR publ i cati on are trans-
Ierred Io cInsses 1 nnd 2, resecIIveIy.
One drawback of the scheme i s that onl y members can reg-
IsIer roducIs nnd dIsIny Ihe \CC! InbeI. !n oIher vords,
manufactur er s who wi sh to r egi ster thei r pr oducts wi th
\CC! musI IIrsI become members.
2.1.6 Other international requirements
A worl dwi de movement i s i n progress to i mpl ement compl i -
ance schemes for product safety and EMC. Argenti na and
Tai wan are among the most recent countri es to joi n thi s
trend, and many others are fol l owi ng. I n both fi el ds, there i s
a cl ear tendency towards i nternati onal standards. However,
most countri es sti l l r equi r e appr oval s and cer ti fi cati ons that
cnn onIy be Issued by overnmenInI ornnIznIIon or nccred-
i ted i nsti tuti ons.
2.2 EMC standards
I n the past, most countri es had thei r own regul ati ons and
standards governi ng el ectromagneti c i nterference (EMI )
or radi o frequency i nterference (RFI ). Then, on January 1,
1992, Ihe !uroenn DIrecIIve 89/556/!!C on eIecIromn-
neti c compati bi l i ty (EMC) came i nto for ce. Thi s di r ecti ve
br i ngs a common appr oach to EMC to ever y member state
of the Eur opean Uni on. Common standar ds wi l l be used
thr oughout Eur ope to ensur e that techni cal trade bar-
ri ers are removed. As wel l as control l i ng EMI emi ssi ons
from equi pment, the di recti ve al so cal l s for equi pment to be
i mmune to external el ectromagneti c di sturbances.
The task of el aborati ng the standards to be used has been
nssIned Ihe !uroenn ornnIznIIon cnIIed C!N!!!C. MosI
of the European standards wi l l be based upon i nternati onal
standards from CI SPR and I EC. The numberi ng system used
i n the European standards i s:
EN xxyyy. !N = !uroenn Norm. xx = 50 denoIes IhnI Ihe
sInndnrd Is n sInndnrd oI C!N!!!C orIIn. yyy Is jusI n con-
ti nuous number. The EMC product standard for machi ne
IooIs, !N 50570, Is one such exnmIe. !I xx = 55, Ihe sInn-
dnrd Is bnsed on n C!SPB sInndnrd yyy. C!SPB 15 IhereIore
becomes !N 55015. SInndnrds bnsed on nn !!C sInndnrd
yyy nre IndIcnIed vIIh xx = 60. The numberIn Ior Ihese
sInndnrds Is hnrmonIzed beIveen !!C nnd C!N!!!C, nnd
ns n resuII, Ihese sInndnrds nre oIIen descrIbed IIke !!C/!N
61800-5, vhIch vouId be Ihe !MC roducI InmIIy sInndnrd
for power dri ve systems.
Once the Eur opean standar d i s compl ete, the i ndi vi dual
members of the European Uni on wi l l create nati onal har-
monIzed sInndnrds, usunIIy nssInIn IheIr hnrmonIzed
standard a nati onal number. For exampl e, the Bri ti sh har-
monIzed sInndnrd oI !N 55011 Is BS !N 55011.
2.2.1 Standard classification
The standards i n the i nternati onal system are di vi ded i nto
three di fferent categori es.
Basic standards descri be the general and fundamental rul es
for meeti ng the requi rements. Termi nol ogy, phenomena,
compati bi l i ty l evel s, measurement, test techni ques and cl as-
si fi cati on of EM envi ronments are so descri bed wi thi n. The
!N 61000-4-x serIes oI sInndnrds nre Ihe besI knovn exnm-
pl es for basi c standards.
Generic standards refer to speci fi c envi ronments. They set
mi ni mal EMI l evel s that equi pment i n these envi ronments
must meet. Where no product-speci fi c standards exi st, the
generi c standards are to be used. Generi c standards descri be
househol d and i ndustri al EMI envi ronments. Exampl es of
enerIc sInndnrds nre !N 61000-6-1/2/5/4.
Products standards are for speci fi c products or product
groups. These standards are coordi nated wi th the generi c
standards.
Product standards al ways take precedence over generi c stan-
dards. I f a product or product fami l y standard exi sts for a
certai n product, the manufacturer must use thi s standard.
Onl y i n the absence of a product standard can the manufac-
turer use generi c standards.
Overview of common product-related standards (excerpt)
Product type Emission Immunity
Household appliances and portable tools EN 55014-1 EN 55014-2
Vacuum cleaners EN 61000-3-2
Laundry machines EN 61000-3-3
Heating
Cooking equipment
Luminaries EN 55015 EN 61547
Discharge lamps EN 61000-3-2
Fluorescent lamps EN 61000-3-3
Home electronics EN 55013 EN 55020
Amplifiers EN 61000-3-2
Audio players EN 61000-3-3
Radio, TV receivers and decoders
IT equipment EN 55022 EN 55024
Computers EN 61000-3-2
PC periphery equipment EN 61000-3-3
Copy machines
Equipment for data & voice transmission on low voltage networks (3 to 148.5kHz) EN 50065-1 EN 61000-6-1/-2
Power line communication
Power supplies with DC output EN 61204-3 EN 61204-3
Switch mode power supplies EN 61000-3-2
DC/DC power converters EN 61000-3-3
Uninterruptible power supplies EN 50091-2 EN 50091-2
EN 61000-3-2
EN 61000-3-3
Motor speed control equipment EN 61800-3 EN 61800-3
Frequency inverters
Current converters
Servo drives
Electrical medical devices EN 60601-1-2 EN 60601-1-2
X-ray equipment
CAT-scanners
Machine tools EN 61000-6-4 EN 50370-2
Lathing machines (to be replaced by EN 50370-1)
Grinding machines
CNC centers
Scientific equipment EN 55011 EN 61000-6-1
Measurement equipment EN 61000-6-2
Generic standards (if no product standards applicable) Emission Immunity
Residential, office and light industrial environment EN 61000-6-3 EN 61000-6-1
Industrial environment EN 61000-6-4 EN 61000-6-2
2.2.2 Common limit lines
The var i ous standar ds set down l i mi ts for conducted and
rndInIed !M! emIssIon. These IImIIs nre deIIned In dB\ Ior
Ihe conducIed voIIne nnd dB\/m Ior Ihe rndInIed IIeId
sIrenIh. The reIerence vnIues nre 1\ Ior 0dB\ nnd 1\/m
Ior 0dB\/m.
Typi cal l y, l i mi t l i nes ar e defi ned separ atel y for r esi denti al
areas and i ndustri al areas. These two areas are represented
by two cl asses of l i mi ts: cl ass A r epr esents the i ndustr i al
envi ronment; cl ass B defi nes the l i mi ts for resi denti al areas.
Whi l e a number of di fferent l i mi t l i nes exi st for the vari -
ous sInndnrds, Ihe cInss A nnd B IImIIs oI !N 55011 nnd !N
55022 hnve become Ihe reIerence IImIIs Ior mosI sInndnrds.
U [dBuV]
f [MHz] QP AV
0.1
100
80
60
40
20
0
1 10 100
73
60
66
79
Limits for line conducted voltage class A (EN 55011/22)
U [dBuV]
f [MHz] QP AV
100
80
60
40
20
0
1 0.1 10 100
66
56 56
46
60
50
Limits for line conducted voltage class B (EN 55011/22)
E [dBuV/m]
f [MHz] Class A Class B
100 200 300 400 500 600 0 700 800 900 1000
80
70
60
50
40
30
20
10
0
30
40
37
47
Limits for radiated field strength classes A and B (EN 55011/22)
The respecti ve measurement methods for conducted and
radi ated emi ssi on measurements are descri bed i n a l ater
chapter.
2.3 Safety approvals
The UL mark stands for l i sted and i denti fi es uni ts whose
use for the general l y accepted appl i cati ons i n the rel evant
fi el d i s not restri cted. Here at Schaffner, we feature the UL
mark on medi cal and safety faci l i ty fi l ters and power qual i ty
products.
The mIrror Imne 'BI sInnds Ior 'reconIzed nnd IdenII-
fi es tested pr oducts or components that ar e subsequentl y
used i n UL-cer ti fi ed end pr oducts, machi nes or systems.
A ood shnre oI our sInndnrd nnd cusIomIzed comonenIs
such as chokes and fi l ters bear thi s l abel .
Recognized component mark for Canada and the United States.
ThIs I! BeconIzed ComonenI mnrk, vhIch becnme eIIec-
IIve In ArII 1998, mny be used on comonenIs cerIIIIed
by UL to both Canadi an and U.S. r equi r ements. Al though
UL had not or i gi nal l y pl anned to i ntr oduce a combi ned
BeconIzed ComonenI mnrk, Ihe ouInrIIy oI Ihe Cnnndn/
U.S. Li sti ng and Cl assi fi cati on marks among cl i ents wi th UL
certi fi cati ons for both Canada and the Uni ted States l ed to
thi s mark.
The !N!C mnrk Ior IIhIIn comonenIs, !T equImenI,
transformers, equi pment swi tches, control uni ts, cl ampi ng
devi ces and connector pl ugs, capaci tors and RFI suppressi on
components documents the uni form Europe-wi de certi fi ca-
IIon In Ihe !N!C rocedure nccordIn Io !N sInndnrds.
A CSA mar k on i ts own, wi thout i ndi cator s, means that the
pr oduct i s cer ti fi ed pr i mar i l y for the Canadi an mar ket for
the appl i cabl e Canadi an standards. I f a product has features
from more than one area (such as el ectri cal equi pment wi th
fuel -burni ng features), the mark i ndi cates compl i ance wi th
al l appl i cabl e standards.
China Quality Certification Center (CQC). CQC devel ops vol -
untary product certi fi cati on servi ces cal l ed CQC Mark
Certi fi cati on for products not subject to compul sory certi fi ca-
ti on. The objecti ve i s to protect consumers, ensure the safety
of persons and property, safeguard the ri ghts and i nterests
of users, i mprove the product qual i ty and i nternati onal com-
peti ti veness of Chi nese enterpri ses, and faci l i tate the i mport
of forei gn products to Chi na.
2.3.1 EMC testing as a service
The ful l y equi pped Schaffner EMC testi ng l abor ator y wi th
i ts tr ai ned per sonnel i s dedi cated pr i mar i l y to testi ng and
measur i ng our own pr oducts. However, we al so pr ovi de
!MC IesIIn ns n servIce. SchnIIner Is !SO 9001:2000-cerII-
IIed nnd Ihe IesI cenIer Is !SO/!!C 17025-nccredIIed. The
scope of ser vi ces even encompasses mobi l e testi ng vehi cl es.
These mobi l e EMC l abs make i t possi bl e to conduct testi ng
and i nterpret the resul ts ri ght at the customer s si te.
2.3.2 The test
Prototypes are subject to the most stri ngent standar ds. I n the
EMC l abor ator y, for exampl e, pr ototypes ar e checked for
el ectr omagneti c compati bi l i ty. I n the test center, thei r surge
and short-ci rcui t protecti on i s checked, whi l e conti nuous
l oad testi ng i s used to gauge thei r rel i abi l i ty. Envi r onmental
compati bi l i ty begi ns wi th the sel ecti on and testi ng of mate-
ri al s, the use of envi ronmental l y fri endl y manufacturi ng pro-
cessi ng and compl i ance wi th the l atest standards worl dwi de.
3 EMC measurements
3.1 Emission
Emi ssi on i s every el ectromagneti c di sturbance that i s pro-
duced by the equi pment under test (EUT) and gi ven off to
the envi ronment. I f we l ook at a portabl e tel ephone wi th a
base stati on, for exampl e, the tel ephone emi ts the commu-
ni cati on si gnal and the base stati on recei ves i t. Thi s ki nd of
emi ssi on i s i ntended and necessary for the correct operati on
of the equi pment. Every government has the task of control -
l i ng these i ntended emi ssi ons by control l i ng the frequenci es
of operati on and requi ri ng speci al approval s.
However, most el ectri c and el ectroni c equi pment al so pro-
duces a l ot of uni ntended emi ssi on that i s not necessary for
the operati on that i s, emi ssi on as a ki nd of waste product.
To guarantee the proper operati on of other equi pment i n
the vi ci ni ty, thi s uni ntended emi ssi on must be l i mi ted. Thi s
uni ntended emi ssi on can be spread over a vast frequency
rnne, sInrIIn Irom Ihe over neIvork Irequency (50Hz Ior
!uroe) u Io severnI CHz (InherIz = 1 bIIIIon cycIes er
second).
Si gnal s can general l y be transmi tted through ai r or al ong
cabl es, resul ti ng i n radi ated and conducted emi ssi on.
3.1.1 High-frequency (HF) radiated emission
Whi l e there i s no fi xed defi ni ti on as to where hi gh frequency
starts, EMC author i ti es typi cal l y consi der ever ythi ng fr om a
Iev kHz (kIIoherIz = 1000 cycIes er second) uvnrds Io be
HF. I n the EMC fi el d, the term radi o frequency (RF) i s often
used i nstead of HF.
Ai r-transmi tted i nterference, cal l ed radi ated emi ssi on, can
be measured wi th a recei vi ng antenna on a proper test si te.
The fol l owi ng pi cture shows a sampl e setup.
EUT EMI
EUT
EMI
Equipment under test
EMI receiver
GP Ground plane
Height variable 1 - 4m
GP
Direct wave
Ground reflected wave
Radiated emission test on an open-area test site (OATS)
The cl assi c radi ated measurement accordi ng to common
standards i s performed on an open area test si te (OATS). The
mInImum round Inne nren ns Iven In C!SPB 22 shouId be
regarded as i ndi cati ve onl y; the true measure of an OATS i s
IIs cnIIbrnIed normnIIzed sIIe nIIenunIIon (NSA), nnd meeI-
i ng thi s wi l l normal l y requi re a l arger ground pl ane area.
Mai ntai ni ng a l arge area free of obstructi ons (i ncl udi ng
wooden bui l di ngs) i s al so i mportant.
The round Inne Is necessnry Io reuInrIze reIIecIIons
from the ground surface, and the antenna hei ght scan deal s
wi th the nul l s that i nevi tabl y resul t from the presence of the
ground pl ane. The hei ght scan i s not i ntended to measure
emi ssi on from the EUT i n the verti cal di recti on. Onl y the
horIzonInI Inne oI emIssIon ns Iven by Ihe nzImuIh roIn-
ti on of the EUT i s tested.
Any open area test si te i s l i kel y to suffer from ambi ent si gnal s,
that i s, si gnal s that ar e gener ated i n the nei ghbor hood and
r ecei ved on the si te but not emi tted fr om the EUT. These
si gnal s can easi l y exceed both the emi ssi on of the EUT and
the l i mi t val ues at many frequenci es. An emi ssi on pl ot whi ch
contai ns ambi ents i s hard to i nterpret, and more i mportantl y,
ambi ents that mask EUT emi ssi on make i t i mpossi bl e to
measure the EUT at these frequenci es. There i s no fool proof
method whereby ambi ent si gnal s can be subtracted from an
emi ssi on measurement.
Other probl ems of OATS can be unwanted refl ecti ons from
obj ects that ar e not wi thi n the defi ned bor der s but that
nonethel ess can refl ect the EUT si gnal back to the antenna.
I t shoul d al so be noted that objects that do not appear to
be r efl ecti ng nor mal l y can begi n doi ng so under cer tai n
ci r cumstances. A tr ee woul d sur el y not be suspected of
r efl ecti ng el ectr omagneti c waves, but i f i t i s wet after a
r ai n shower, i t defi ni tel y woul d.
I n order to avoi d probl ems wi th the OATS, al ternati ve testi ng
methods are under i nvesti gati on. The fi rst one that was al so
approved by EMC standards was the anechoi c chamber. The
outer hul l i s an RF-ti ght shi el ded chamber that keeps out the
ambi ent si gnal s. Measurement i n such a chamber woul d be
i mpossi bl e, however, si nce the r efl ecti ons i nsi de cannot be
contr ol l ed and the measur ement r esul t coul d not be com-
pared to OATS measurements.
EMI
EMI EMI receiver
GRP
Wooden table
EUT
GRP
Ground reference plane
EUT
Radiated emission test in an anechoic chamber
I n order to prevent refl ecti ons, the wal l s of the chamber are
l i ned wi th absor bi ng mater i al . Moder n chamber s achi eve
thi s thr ough a combi nati on of fer r i te mater i al , usual l y i n
the form of ti l es gl ued di rectl y to the wal l , and cone-shaped
foam absorbers on top of the ti l es. The ti l es work excel l entl y
i n the l ower frequency range, but thei r performance deteri o-
rates wi th i ncreasi ng frequenci es. Foam cones work wel l i n
nny Irequency rnne, buI IheIr sIze Is dIrecIIy reInIed Io Ihe
wavel ength, so at l ow frequenci es, cones must be very l ong
to be effecti ve, meani ng that the shi el ded chamber must
al so be much bi gger. The combi nati on of cones and ti l es has
proven practi cal and economi cal .
3.1.2 High-frequency conducted emission
Conducted emi ssi on i s any emi ssi on transported from equi p-
ment to the envi ronment al ong cabl es. The mai n emphasi s
i n measuri ng l i ne-conducted emi ssi on i s pl aced on the AC
mai ns i nput of the EUT, though other i nterface ports are
becomi ng more and more i mportant, l i ke tel ecom and net-
work ports on i nformati on technol ogy equi pment.
I n order to measure conducted emi ssi on, a l i ne i mpedance
sInbIIIznIIon neIvork (!!SN) Is InserIed InIo Ihe mnIns over
suIy oI Ihe !IT. Never sInndnrds cnII IhIs neIvork nrII-
IIcInI mnIns neIvork (AMN). The !!SN Iends Ihe B! sInnIs
from the EUT to the output for the measurement recei ver,
whi l e at the same ti me bl ocki ng the AC i nput vol tage from
the recei ver. Accordi ng to the standard, the hi ghest emi ssi on
on each of the phases has to be recorded, but i n common
practi ce a peak measurement i s performed on one phase,
and onl y i f the measured emi ssi on i s wi thi n a defi ned mar-
gi n from the l i mi t wi l l the testi ng be performed wi th average
(A\) nnd qunsI-enk (P) deIecIors on nII hnses.
AC
RF
RF
LISN EUT EMI
EUT
EMI
EMI receiver
LISN Line impedance
stabilization network
Measurement principle for line-conducted voltage measurements
The CI SPR quasi -peak and average detectors wei gh the i ndi -
cated val ue accordi ng to i ts pul se repeti ti on frequency (PRF).
Conti nuous i nterference i s unaffected; the i ndi cated l evel of
pul sed i nterference i s reduced by a defi ned degree based on
the ti me constants and bandwi dths defi ned i n CI SPR 16. A
recei ver i s cal i brated usi ng pul ses of a defi ned i mpul se area,
spectral densi ty and repeti ti on rate.
I t i s normal practi ce to perform i ni ti al emi ssi ons testi ng wi th
the peak detector. Provi ded that the recei ver dwel l s on each
frequency for l ong enough to capture the maxi mum emi s-
si on thi s depends on the EUT's emi ssi on cycl e ti me the
peak detector wi l l al ways gi ve the maxi mum output l evel . A
l i st of frequenci es at whi ch hi gh emi ssi ons are detected i s cre-
ated, and these frequenci es are revi si ted i ndi vi dual l y wi th the
quasi -peak (and average, for conducted emi ssi ons) detectors,
whi ch wi l l gi ve the readi ng to be compared agai nst the l i mi t.
The ground reference pl ane (GRP) i s an essenti al part of the
conducted emi ssi on test. A proper measurement i s i mpos-
si bl e wi thout a GRP. Even a Cl ass I I EUT wi thout safety
earth connecti on must be tested over a GRP, si nce i t provi des
a return path for stray capaci tance from the EUT. The GRP
shoul d be:
nI IensI 2m x 2m, nnd nI IensI 0.5m Inrer Ihnn Ihe
boundar y of the EUT;
made of copper, al umi num or steel , though the thi ckness i s
not too i mportant;
bonded to the l ocal suppl y safety earth (thi s i s for safety
onl y and not necessary for the measurement);
bonded by a very short, l ow-i nducti ve strap to the reference
IermInnI oI Ihe AMN/!!SN. A IenIh oI vIre Is noI ndequnIe
Ior reenInbIIIIy nI Ihe hIher IrequencIes. The AMN/!!SN
shoul d preferabl y be bol ted di rectl y to the GRP.
For tabl e-top apparatuses, di fferent standards al l ow the GRP
Io be eIIher verIIcnI or horIzonInI, buI nII requIre Ihe cIosesI
Ince oI Ihe !IT Io be mnInInIned nI n dIsInnce oI 40cm Irom
Ihe CBP nnd nI IensI 80cm Irom nII oIher conducIIve sur-
faces. Thi s i s typi cal l y achi eved wi th a wooden tabl e ei ther
40cm hIh oII n conducIIn IIoor used ns Ihe CBP or 80cm
hIh nnd 40cm nvny Irom n conducIIn vnII used ns Ihe
GRP. Fl oor-standi ng EUTs shoul d be pl aced on a conducti ng
fl oor used as the GRP but not i n el ectri cal contact wi th i t.
The di stance between the boundary of the EUT and the cl os-
esI surInce oI Ihe AMN/!!SN musI be 80cm. The mnIns Iend
Irom Ihe !IT Io Ihe AMN/!!SN shouId reIernbIy be 1m
Ion nnd rnIsed nI IensI 10cm Irom Ihe CBP Ior Ihe vhoIe oI
i ts l ength. Longer mai ns l eads may be bundl ed non-i nduc-
ti vel y, but thi s i ntroduces consi derabl e vari ati ons i nto the
resul ts, and i t i s preferabl e to shorten them to the standard
l ength. Al ter nati vel y, pr ovi de a standar d wooden ji g such
that the bundl i ng can be done i n a repeatabl e manner. The
fol l owi ng pi cture shows the setup as defi ned i n the measure-
ment standard.
80cm
80cm
ISN AE
AMN/
LISN
AMN/
LISN
EUT
AMN/LISN 40cm
from GRP edge
on all sides
Wooden
table
EUT
AMN/
LISN
ISN
AE
GRP
Artificial mains network/
Line impedance stabilisation network
Impedance stabilization network
Auxiliary equipment
GRP
10cm
40cm
Standard compliant setup for conducted emission measurements
Mai ns-powered peri pheral s that are necessary for the opera-
ti ons of the EUT but not themsel ves under test shoul d be
overed Irom n senrnIe nrIIIIcInI mnIns neIvork (AMN) or
!!SN. OIher connecIed Iends shouId be IermInnIed In IheIr
normnI Ionds buI noI exIend cIoser Ihnn 40cm Irom Ihe CBP.
The measurement shoul d be wel l decoupl ed from any exter-
nal di sturbances. These can be coupl ed i nto the setup ei ther
vi a the mai ns suppl y or by di rect coupl i ng to the l eads.
AIIhouh Ihe AMN/!!SN vIII reduce boIh Ihe noIse on Ihe
mai ns suppl y and vari ati ons i n the suppl y i mpedance, i t does
not do thi s perfectl y, and a permanentl y i nstal l ed RF fi l ter
at the mai ns suppl y to the test envi ronment i s advi sabl e.
Ambi ent radi ated si gnal s shoul d al so be attenuated, and i t i s
usual to perform the measurements i nsi de a screened room,
wi th the wal l s and fl oor of the room formi ng the ground
reference pl ane. However, a ful l y screened room i s not
essenti al i f ambi ent si gnal s are at a l ow enough l evel to be
tol erated.
3.1.3 Discontinuous interference (clicks)
DomesIIc nIInnces, over IooIs nnd cerInIn oIher roducIs
need to be measured for di sconti nuous i nterference i n the
Irequency rnne oI 150kHz Io 50MHz. Becnuse Ihe InIerIer-
ence generated by such products i s not peri odi c, the l i mi ts are
rel axed compared to conti nuous l i mi ts.
The r el evant standar d was desi gned to al l ow pr oducts
i nterference l evel s to be suppressed accordi ng to annoyance
l evel s. Hence, emi ssi ons must be measured for thei r ampl i -
tude, durati on and repeti ti on rate, to determi ne whether the
i nterference i s di sconti nuous a cl i ck or conti nuous, as
defi ned i n the standard.
200ms
t
t
t
200ms
200ms 200ms 200ms
Definition of clicks
Once the di sconti nuous i nter fer ence has been quanti fi ed,
corrected l i mi ts can be appl i ed. Such a process i s compl ex,
di ffi cul t and prone to errors i f measurements are made
manual l y. For accurate and repeatabl e resul ts, automated
anal ysi s i s necessary.
3.1.4 Mains harmonics
I n general the publ i c mai ns power suppl y vol tage wave-
for m i s si nusoi dal , whi ch means that i t i ncl udes onl y the
IundnmenInI Irequency (50 or 60Hz) vIIhouI nny hnrmonIc
mul ti pl es of thi s frequency. Purel y resi sti ve ci rcui ts such as
fi l ament l amps or heaters, when power ed fr om the mai ns,
dr aw a cur r ent that i s di r ectl y proporti onal to the appl i ed
vol tage, and do not create any extr a har moni c components.
By contrast, non-l i near ci rcui ts do draw a non-si nusoi dal
current, despi te the appl i ed vol tage bei ng si nusoi dal . Al l
non-l i near currents, however, wi l l cause harmoni cs cur-
rents, i .e., currents wi th frequenci es that are i nteger mul -
ti pl es of the suppl y frequency.
Mains current with harmonics
Tr adi ti onal l y, har moni c pol l uti on was onl y a concer n for
l ar ger i nstal l ati ons, par ti cul ar l y for power gener ati on and
di stri buti on and heavy i ndustry. But the modern prol i fera-
ti on of smal l el ectroni c devi ces, each drawi ng perhaps onl y
a few tens or hundreds of watts of mai ns power, and usual l y
si ngl e-phase (such as personal computers), has brought the
probl em of mai ns harmoni cs to the fore even i n domesti c
and commerci al appl i cati ons. Of al l the above exampl es, i t i s
Ihe eIecIronIc DC over suIIes IhnI nre cnusIn Ihe mosI
concern due to the i ncreasi ng numbers of el ectroni c devi ces
such ns T\ seIs In domesIIc remIses, InIormnIIon IechnoIo-
gy equi pment i n commerci al bui l di ngs and adjustabl e-speed
dri ves i n i ndustry.
The di ffi cul ti es caused by harmoni c pol l uti on can be di vi ded
i nto two categori es: those caused by the harmoni c currents
themsel ves and those caused by vol tage waveform di storti on
resul ti ng from the harmoni c currents fl owi ng i n a fi ni te sup-
pl y source i mpedance.
The pr i nci pal pr obl em wi th the har moni c cur r ents i s that
they can cause over heati ng i n the l ocal suppl y di str i buti on
transformer i f i t i s i nadequatel y rated, or i f i t i s rated on the
assumpti on of l ow harmoni c l evel s. Power factor correcti on
capaci tors can overheat as wel l , due to the much hi gher
harmoni c currents they experi ence because of thei r l ower
i mpedance at hi gher frequenci es, l eadi ng to fai l ure.
Harmoni c currents i n the neutral conductors of three-phase
suppl i es present rel i abi l i ty and safety ri sks, where neutral
conductors have not been sui tabl y di mensi oned. Many mod-
ern i nstal l ati ons use neutral conductors of the same cross-
secti onal area as thei r associ ated phase conductors, and some
(usunIIy oIder) buIIdIns nre knovn Io use hnII-sIze or smnIIer
neutral conductors. Unfortunatel y, emi ssi on of tri pl en har-
monIcs (muIIIIes oI 5: 5, 6, 9, 12, eIc.) ndd consIrucIIveIy In
neutral conductors and can reach 1.7 ti mes the phase current
i n some i nstal l ati ons. Overheati ng of conductors i s aggravated
by the ski n effect, whi ch tends to concentrate hi gher frequen-
cy currents towards the outsi de of the conductor, so that they
experi ence greater resi stance and create more heati ng effect.
A further resul t of harmoni c currents, especi al l y when they
l eak i nto the earth network, i s i ncreased magneti c i nterfer-
ence wi th sensi ti ve systems operati ng i n the audi o band, such
as i nducti on l oop i nstal l ati ons.
The non-si nusoi dal current drawn from the suppl y causes
di storti on of the suppl y vol tage, si nce the i nductance of the
suppl y i ncr eases the sour ce i mpedance as the har moni c
or der r i ses. Thi s wavefor m di stor ti on can cause ser i ous
effects i n di r ect-on-l i ne i nducti on motor s, r angi ng fr om a
mi nor i ncrease i n i nternal temperature through excessi ve
noi se and vi brati on to actual damage. El ectroni c power sup-
pl i es may fai l to regul ate adequatel y; i ncreased earth l eak-
age current through EMI fi l ter capaci tors due to thei r l ower
reactance at the harmoni c frequenci es can al so be expected.
System resonance effects at the harmoni c frequenci es can
cr eate ar eas of the power di str i buti on networ k wher e the
vol tage i s more heavi l y di storted than el sewhere and/or has
si gni fi cant over-or under-vol tage. Al so, some ar eas of the
network can suffer from much hi gher l evel s of current than
el sewhere, at a few harmoni c frequenci es.
Common sInndnrds Ior hnrmonIcs nre Ihe !!C/!N 61000-5-
2 nnd Ihe I.S. sInndnrd !!!! 519. !!C/!N 61000-5-2 bnses
i ts requi rements on an equi pment l evel , i .e., the standard
defi nes l i mi t val ues for harmoni c currents that must be ful -
IIIIed by ench IndIvIdunI Iece oI equImenI. The !!!! 519
l ooks at harmoni cs from an i nstal l ati on poi nt of vi ew. Rather
than l ooki ng at equi pment, thi s standard measures harmon-
i cs at the poi nt of common coupl i ng, i .e., where equi pment
of one i nstal l ati on starts to i nteract wi th equi pment from a
second i nstal l ati on.
3.1.5 Voltage fluctuations and flicker
When l oads are bei ng swi tched on and off constantl y, the
vol tage suppl y wi l l experi ence fl uctuati ons and changes that
cannot be compensated fast enough. Al though not di rectl y
i nfl uenci ng other equi pment, such fl uctuati ons can become
an annoyance i f el ectri c l i ght connected to the same sup-
pl y uni t changes vari es to the fl uctuati ons. The subjecti ve
i mpressi on of such l i ght changes are cal l ed fl i cker and rep-
resent varyi ng bri ghtness or i ntensi ty. Above a certai n l evel ,
fl i cker can be di sturbi ng or even harmful to ones heal th.
To avoi d such probl ems, the vol tage changes resul ti ng from
any equi pment need to be restri cted, or equi pment needs to
be i nstal l ed such that vol tage changes from the equi pment
cannot l ead to fl i cker.
Fl i cker i s a resul t of vol tage fl uctuati ons. I t i s therefore natu-
ral that al l equi pment wi th ti mers and thermostats, whi ch
cause frequent changes of the l oad, wi l l al so cause vol tage
changes and fl uctuati ons. Exampl es of such equi pment are
copy machi nes, l aser pri nters, heaters, ai r condi ti oners and
si mi l ar appl i ances.
3.2 Immunity
A pr oduct manufactur er i s unl i kel y to know or have
control over the actual l ocati on of use of i ts pr oducts, and
pr oducts shoul d be expected to wor k cor rectl y i n any
envi ronment that they are reasonabl y l i kel y to encounter.
WhIIe II Is n requIremenI oI Ihe !MC nnd B&TT! DIrecIIves
that any product pl aced on the market or taken i nto servi ce
shoul d have adequate i mmuni ty, any manufacturer who i s
concerned about the qual i ty of i ts products wi l l take steps to
ensure thi s, i rrespecti ve of the l egi sl ati on, si nce the i ssue i s a
strai ghtforward one of fi tness for purpose.
3.2.1 RF immunity
I n order to test equi pment for i ts i mmuni ty agai nst RF si g-
nal s, a defi ned si gnal needs to be generated and coupl ed
InIo Ihe !IT. Due Io Ihe nnIure oI Ihe sInnIs nnd IheIr
means of transmi ssi on, vari ous transducers are defi ned by
the rel evant standards for vari ous testi ng methods.
The base si gnal for al l RF i mmuni ty tests i s a si ne wave
si gnal , whi ch i s then modul ated i n di fferent ways and
nIIed Io Ihe !IT. The rnne Ior IesIIn snns Irom 0.15
Io 1000MHz, vIIh n rIsIn Irend Ior Ihe uer IImII. A sInnI
generator must therefore be abl e to generate si gnal s over
that frequency range. Si nce the power output of generators
i s usual l y l i mi ted and the outgoi ng si gnal i s not hi gh enough
to cover the requi rements of the testi ng standards, addi ti onal
ampl i fi ers are used. The ampl i fi ers must al so cover the
whol e frequency range, but si nce the power requi rements
chnne vIIh Ihe Irequency, mosI IesIIn sysIems uIIIIze Ivo
ampl i fi ers, a hi gher power versi on for the l ower frequency
range and a l ower power versi on for the upper one.
Signal
generator
Computer
controller
Dual power
meter
EUT
Power
amplifier
Transducer Directional
coupler
Testing principle for RF immunity
The EUT may be suscepti bl e to modul ated but not unmodu-
l ated RF. Si gnal ci rcui ts wi l l detect the RF si gnal and respond
to i ts ampl i tude; an unmodul ated carri er may cause a non-
crIIIcnI DC shIII In AC couIed cIrcuIIs, vherens deIecIed
modul ati on can be wi thi n the si gnal bandwi dth. The EUT
can al so be i mmune to a hi gh l evel of RF but unexpectedl y
suscepti bl e at a l ower l evel . Most standards mandate the
use of ampl i tude modul ated (AM) si gnal s. Usi ng frequency
modul ated (FM) si gnal s does not general l y produce any
addi ti onal suscepti bi l i ti es except i n speci al cases. For AM,
n 1kHz sIne vnve Is normnIIy used, vIIh some roducI-
speci fi c excepti ons. These standards refer the speci fi ed l evel
oI Ihe unmoduInIed sInnI, vhIch Is Ihen moduInIed nI 80
deIh. ThIs Increnses Ihe enk nIIed sInnI by over 5dB.
By contrast, some automoti ve RF i mmuni ty standards refer
the test l evel to the peak val ue after modul ati on. An al terna-
ti ve modul ati on techni que i s pul se modul ati on, i n whi ch the
si gnal i s effecti vel y swi tched on and off. Thi s has been used
Ior emuInIIn CSM sInnIs nI 900MHz, vhere n 200Hz uIse
moduInIIon Is secIIIed. No Incrense In Ihe overnII enk IeveI
i s caused by thi s techni que.
2
1
0
-1
-2
80% modulation gives 1.8 times peak level of unmodulated signal
unmodulated 80% modulated
AM modulation of RF signals
The appl i cati on of an i nterference si gnal to the EUT i s an
i mportant part, but i t covers onl y the fi rst hal f of the test. As
i mportant as the si gnal generati on i s the eval uati on of the
behavi or of the EUT. Onl y i f the EUT functi ons wi thi n normal
operati on parameters duri ng the whol e test can i t be consi d-
ered as havi ng ful fi l l ed the requi rements.
There are a number of ways to observe the behavi or of the
EUT duri ng testi ng, and some product standards are actu-
al l y very detai l ed about the moni tori ng method. For equi p-
ment i nvol vi ng audi o functi ons, measurement methods are
often used to monitor correct performance. Systems involving
data transmi ssi on and di gi tal si gnal processi ng can often be
evnIunIed vIIh neIvork nnnIyzers or sImIInr nnnIysIs IooIs.
Equi pment wi th defi ned, tangi bl e output i s often eval uated
after the test by i nvesti gati ng the output materi al . The most
common method, though, i s si mpl e observati on of the EUT
and i ts functi ons wi th a vi deo camera. Thi s camera needs to
be i mmune to the i nterference i n the chamber and needs to
be constructed i n a way, that the fi el d i s not di storted. Usual l y,
such cameras are bui l t i nto boxes covered wi th ferri te ti l es.
Where product standards do not cl earl y defi ne the i ntended
operati on of the EUT duri ng testi ng, the manufacturer can
r efer to the gener al per for mance cr i ter i on as l ai d out i n
mnny bnsIc sInndnrds ns veII ns Ihe enerIc !N !MC sInn-
dards, whi ch states that:
The equi pment shal l conti nue to operate as i ntended wi th-
ouI oernIor InIervenIIon. No derndnIIon oI erIormnnce or
l oss of functi on i s al l owed bel ow a performance l evel speci -
fi ed by the manufactur er when the equi pment i s used as
i ntended.
The performance l evel may be repl aced by a permi ssi bl e l oss
of per for mance. I f the mi ni mum per for mance l evel or the
permi ssi bl e performance l oss i s not speci fi ed by the manufac-
turer, then ei ther of these may be deri ved from the product
descr i pti on and documentati on, and by what the user may
reasonabl y expect from the equi pment i f used as i ntended.
Care shoul d be taken that performance cri teri a are cl earl y
defi ned before the testi ng i s started. Once the testi ng starts
and the equi pment fai l s, per for mance cr i ter i a shoul d not
be softened to make the EUT pass, because thi s woul d onl y
mean that the cri teri a were not wel l defi ned i n the fi rst
pl ace.
3.2.2 Conducted immunity
At frequenci es up to the poi nt at whi ch the EUT di men-
si ons approach a quarter wavel ength, the major coupl i ng
r oute i nto the EUT i s vi a i nter fer ence i njected i n common
mode on the connected cabl es. Cabl e testi ng i s ther e-
for e an i mpor tant method for checki ng RF suscepti bi l -
IIy, nnd !!C/!N 61000-4-6 secIIIes Ihe IesI meIhods. Any
method of cabl e RF i njecti on testi ng shoul d requi re that the
common-mode i mpedance at the end of the cabl e remote
from the EUT be defi ned. Each type of cabl e shoul d have a
common-mode decoupl i ng network at i ts far end to ensure
thi s i mpedance wi th respect to the ground reference pl ane
(GRP) and to i sol ate any anci l l ar y equi pment fr om the
effects of the RF current on the cabl e. For equi pment to be
used and tested i n a system where the cabl e l engths and
ter mi nati ons at ei ther end ar e contr ol l ed, these ter mi na-
ti ons provi de the appropri ate common-mode i mpedance.
Otherwi se, where the far end termi nati on i s unspeci fi ed, a
nomInnI Imednnce oI 150 ohms vIII reresenI Ihe nverne
of most i nstal l ati on condi ti ons, whi ch can vary between a
few ohms and a few hundred ohms over the test frequency
rnne oI 150kHz u Io 80MHz. !I nncIIInry equImenI (A!) Is
not i sol ated from the si gnal by a decoupl i ng network or fi l -
ter, then i t must be abl e to wi thstand the appl i ed RF wi thout
affecti ng the system performance.
EUT RF
Wooden
platform
GRP
RF
RF test generator
EUT
CDN
Coupling/decoupling network
AC
CDN
GRP
Testing principle for conducted immunity
The most strai ghtforward method of coupl i ng i s by a capaci -
ti ve connecti on to the cabl e under test. The di sturbance
si gnal i s spl i t vi a a coupl i ng network to each of the conduc-
tors i n the cabl e, so that the di sturbance appears i n common
mode on al l conductors together.
I n addi ti on to a coupl i ng network, a decoupl i ng network
i s requi red to prevent the si gnal s appl i ed to the EUT from
affecti ng other devi ces or bei ng fed i nto the mai ns power
suIy. The combInnIIon oI n serIes resIsInnce oI 100 ohms
nnd Ihe nmIIIIer ouIuI Imednnce oI 50 ohms esInbIIshes n
common-mode B! Imednnce nI Ihe !IT orI oI 150 ohms.
The coupl i ng and decoupl i ng networks are normal l y com-
bi ned i nto one box to form a so-cal l ed coupl i ng/decoupl i ng
neIvork (CDN).
A useIuI nIIernnIIve Io Ihe CDN Ior B! InjecIIon Is Ihe !M
cl amp. Thi s devi ce consi sts of a tube of spl i t ferri te ri ngs of
two di fferent grades that can be cl amped over the cabl e to
be tested and i s therefore non-i nvasi ve and appl i cabl e to any
cabl e type.
The si gnal i s fed i n vi a a si ngl e-turn l oop extendi ng the
enti re l ength of the cl amp and termi nati ng at each end i n
an i mpedance. Thi s creates both a vol tage that gi ves capaci -
ti ve coupl i ng and a current that gi ves i nducti ve coupl i ng to
the cabl e. The combi nati on of graded ferri te and capaci ti ve/
i nducti ve coupl i ng gi ves the cl amp si gni fi cant di recti vi ty,
nrIIcuInrIy nbove 10MHz, so IhnI subsInnIInIIy Iess sInnI Is
appl i ed to the AE end of the cabl e, and the common-mode
Imednnce seen by Ihe !IT Is quIIe cIose Io 150 ohms
across a l arge part of the spectrum of the test si gnal .
EUT RF
AC
GRP
RF
RF test generator
EUT
EM
EM clamp
GRP
Wooden platform
EM
Conducted immunity testing with capacitive coupling clamp
As vIIh Ihe CDN, Ihe !M cInm shouId be roerIy bonded
to the gr ound pl ane to gi ve a r epeatabl e i mpedance. But
nIso ns vIIh Ihe CDN, vnrInIIons due Io cnbIe InyouI on Ihe
AE si de of the test setup and due to the AE i tsel f shoul d be
mInImIzed.
3.2.3 Radiated immunity
The sInndnrd IesI Ior rndInIed ImmunIIy Is !!C/!N
61000-4-5. ThIs requIres n rndInIed B! IIeId enernIed by
an antenna i n a shi el ded anechoi c encl osure usi ng a pre-
cnIIbrnIed IIeId, sveI Irom 80MHz Io 1000MHz vIIh n sIe
sIze noI exceedIn 1 oI IundnmenInI nnd n dveII IIme suI-
fi ci ent to al l ow the EUT to respond. The antenna faces each
oI Ihe Iour sIdes oI Ihe !IT In ench oInrIznIIon (nnd Io
nnd boIIom, II Ihese mIhI be nIIecIed), hence Ihere nre 8
(or 12) IesIs In nII. AmendmenI 1:1998 ndds IesIs Irom 800 Io
960MHz nnd 1.4 Io 2CHz Ior roIecIIon nnInsI dIIInI mobIIe
phones.
The !IT Is Inced on Ihe usunI 0.8m hIh vooden InbIe (Ior
tabl e-top devi ces) wi th i ts front face i n the same pl ane as the
uni form fi el d area that was previ ousl y cal i brated. Both the
antenna posi ti on and the uni form area are fi xed wi th respect
to the chamber. The standar d r equi r es that at l east 1m of
connected cabl e l ength be exposed to the fi el d, and recom-
mends the use of ferri te chokes to decoupl e l onger cabl es.
The cabl e l ayout cannot be general l y speci fi ed, but at l east
some of the l ength shoul d be i n the same pl ane as one of the
oInrIznIIons oI Ihe nnIennn.
EUT
RF
RF test generator
EUT RF Anechoic chamber
Testing principle for radiated immunity
The EUT i s r otated on the tabl e so that each of i ts four
si des and the top and bottom, i f i t may be used i n any ori -
entati on face the antenna i n turn and are copl anar wi th
the uni form area. For each ori entati on, two sweeps are per-
formed across the frequency range, one i n each antenna
oInrIznIIon. !I Ihe Irequency Is sveI Irom 80 Io 1000MHz
In 1 sIes vIIh Ihe convenIIonnI mInImum dveII IIme oI 5
seconds er sIe, ench svee shouId Inke nbouI 15 mInuIes,
and the whol e test shoul d take over two hours. Thi s i gnores
the need for the software to control the frequency step, how-
ever, i ncl udi ng settl i ng and l evel i ng at each new frequency.
DeendIn on Ihe soIIvnre nIorIIhm, IhIs cnn Incrense
the dur ati on per step (and ther efor e the total test dur a-
IIon) 1.5- Io 2-IoId.
3.2.4 Transient immunity
I n addi ti on to coveri ng conti nuous radi o frequency phenom-
ena, EMC means ensuri ng product i mmuni ty fr om sever al
sour ces of tr ansi ent phenomena that are present i n the
el ectromagneti c envi ronment. These phenomena can be
nnIurnI, such ns eIecIrosInIIc dIschnre (!SD) nnd IIhInIn
sur ge, or man-made, such as swi tchi ng transi ents and faul t
surges. They i nvol ve short-durati on (nanosecond or mi cro-
second) events that have hi gh enough ampl i tudes to di sr upt
the oper ati on of el ectr oni c ci r cui ts and, i n some cases,
have enough energy to destroy or damage components.
!xceI Ior !SD, Ihe source oI n IrnnsIenI Is noI normnIIy
near to the vi cti m equi pment, and i ts ener gy i s al most
enti rel y coupl ed i nto the ci rcui ts vi a cabl e connecti ons.
Therefore, i mmuni ty testi ng i nvol ves appl yi ng a repeatabl e
pul se of a defi ned waveform and l evel i nto each rel evant
cabl e port i n a speci fi ed and reproduci bl e manner. Apart
from the rarel y used pul sed magneti c fi el d and damped
oscIIInIory vnve IesIs oI !!C 61000-4-9 nnd -10, Ihere nre
no commercInI IesIs IhnI nIy rndInIed IrnnsIenIs. !SD Is
the speci al case that i s the excepti on to thi s rul e: i t i s appl i ed
from a si mul ator that attempts to mi mi c the real -worl d event
and i ncl udes both radi ated and conducted components.
Appl i cati on of a ser i es of tr ansi ents i s accompani ed by
moni tori ng of the functi on of the EUT to determi ne whether
i t has been di srupted and, i f so, whether the di srupti on i s
acceptabl e.
3.2.5 Electrostatic discharges (ESD)
Al l conducti ve objects have sel f-capaci tance wi th respect to
ground and mutual capaci tance wi th respect to other bod-
Ies. ThIs cnncIInnce cnn mnInInIn n DC chnre vIIh resecI
to ground. Wi th perfectl y i nsul ati ng materi al s, thi s charge
woul d remai n on the object i ndefi ni tel y, but i n real i ty, there
i s some surface and vol ume conducti vi ty, and the free el ec-
trons dri ft, so that the charge di fferenti al i s gradual l y neu-
IrnIIzed. ThIs Is cnIIed eIecIrosInIIc dIschnre.
I n a movi ng person, al l these factors come together to gi ve
a conti nuousl y varyi ng vol tage on that person. I n the worst
case hi ghl y i nsul ati ng mater i al s, l ow r el ati ve humi di ty
and vi gorous movement the vol tage may reach as hi gh as
25k\. Chnre oIenIInIs hIher Ihnn IhIs Iend Io be IImIIed
by corona effects. I n more typi cal si tuati ons, vol tages vary
beIveen 2 Io 8k\.
Return current path Body capacitance
maintains charge voltage
Triboelectric charging
through motion
V
H(t)
I(t)
E(t)
Discharge to victim equipment
V(t)
Typical human discharge scenario
When a charged object contacts another object at a di fferent
oIenIInI, Ihe chnre Is equnIIzed beIveen Ihe Ivo objecIs,
and ther e i s both a vol tage v(t) and cur r ent i (t) tr ansi ent
ns IhIs occurs. DIIInI cIrcuIIs In nrIIcuInr mny resond Io
these i nduced pul ses as i f they were i ntenti onal si gnal s, and
thei r operati on i s consequentl y corrupted.
!!C 61000-4-2 nnd IIs !N equIvnIenI Is Ihe rIncInI bnsIc
standard for testi ng el ectrostati c di scharge i mmuni ty. I t
appl i es a defi ned current waveform at a speci fi ed vol tage
l evel from a handhel d generator, whi ch i s essenti al l y a
capaci tor suppl i ed from a hi gh-vol tage suppl y whose charge
vol tage i s di scharged vi a a seri es i mpedance through the
poi nt of contact to ground. Two methods are gi ven: contact
di scharge and ai r di scharge.
I n the contact discharge method, the str ess may be appl i ed
di rectl y to the EUT or to a coupl i ng pl ane adjacent to the EUT.
Before each test pul se, the capaci tor i s charged to the desi red
l evel , but i ts vol tage i s hel d off the generator s probe by a
vacuum rel ay. The probe i s appl i ed to a sui tabl y chosen poi nt
on the EUT or the coupl i ng pl ane. The generator i s then tri g-
gered. Thi s acti on i s repeated the desi red number of ti mes, at
each l ocati on, wi th the appropri ate pol ari ti es and l evel s.
The same generator i s used for the air discharge method, but
wi th a rounded rather than a poi nted probe ti p. The capaci -
tor i s charged to the desi red l evel as before, but the vol tage
i s now conti nuousl y appl i ed to the probe, whi ch i s hel d away
fr om the EUT. For each test pul se, the ti p i s br ought up to
the chosen poi nt on the EUT, gradual l y, unti l i t touches. Just
befor e thi s, the ai r gap between the ti p and the EUT wi l l
break down and a di scharge current wi l l fl ow, l i mi ted as
before by the combi ned seri es i mpedance of the generator,
the ai r gap, the EUT and the return path. Agai n, the acti on i s
repeated the desi red number of ti mes, at each l ocati on, wi th
the appropri ate pol ari ti es and l evel s.
The !SD uIse hns n sub-nnnosecond rIse IIme, so rndIo Ire-
quency l ayout precauti ons are vi tal . The test must re-create
the fast ri se ti me found i n real i ty, si nce thi s i s an i mportant
par ameter i n deci di ng both the path the di schar ge takes
thr ough the EUT and the r esponse of the EUT i tsel f. The
ground reference pl ane (GRP) i s an i ntegral part of the setup
and the generator s return l ead must be wel l bonded to i t,
si nce thi s connecti on forms part of the current return path.
The i ndi rect di scharge part of the test uses two other pl anes,
dIIIerenI Irom Ihe CBP, knovn ns Ihe horIzonInI couIIn Inne
(HCP) nnd Ihe verIIcnI couIIn Inne (\CP). DIschnres Io
these pl anes si mul ate the stress caused by the radi ated fi el d
fr om r eal -l i fe di schar ges to near by objects. Each coupl i ng
pl ane i s connected to the GRP by a r esi stor l ead to ensur e
that any charge bl eeds off wi thi n a few mi croseconds.
3.2.6 Electrical fast transients (bursts)
When a ci rcui t i s swi tched off, the current fl owi ng through
the swi tch i s i nterr upted i nstantaneousl y. Put another way,
at the moment of swi tchi ng ther e i s an i nfi ni te di /dt. As a
r esul t, a hi gh i nstantaneous vol tage, added to the ci r cui t-
oper ati ng vol tage, appear s acr oss the openi ng swi tch con-
tacts. Thi s causes the ti ny but i ncreasi ng ai r gap across the
contacts to break down, and a current fl ows agai n, whi ch
col l apses the vol tage spi ke, so that the bri efl y formed arc
exti ngui shes. But thi s r e-i nter r upts the cur r ent, so another
vol tage spi ke appear s, cr eati ng a fur ther ar c. Thi s pr ocess
r epeats i tsel f unti l the ai r gap i s l ar ge enough to sustai n
the appl i ed vol tage wi thout br eakdown, at whi ch poi nt the
ci r cui t can be sai d to be pr oper l y swi tched off. The vi si bl e
effect i s a br i ef spar k between the contacts, whi ch actual l y
consi sts of a whol e ser i es of mi cr o spar ks the so-cal l ed
shower i ng ar c whose r epeti ti on r ate and ampl i tude
depend on the ci r cui t and swi tch par ameter s.
Poor fi l teri ng or i nadequate screen termi nati on on each
i nterface then l ets these transi ents pass i nto the el ectroni c
ci rcui ts, where they appear as i nterferi ng si gnal s at sensi -
ti ve nodes. As wi th other types of tr ansi ent, di gi tal ci r cui ts
tend to be mor e suscepti bl e, si nce each shor t pul se can
appear as a val i d di gi tal si gnal . Occurri ng i n bursts, there
i s a hi gher probabi l i ty that one or more pul ses wi l l coi nci de
wi th a cri ti cal ti mi ng edge. However, anal og ci rcui ts can al so
be affected, typi cal l y by saturati on of sensi ti ve ampl i fi ers.
Pul se-counti ng ci rcui ts are al so suscepti bl e i f the burst mas-
querades as real i nput.
!!C 61000-4-4 nnd IIs !N equIvnIenI nre Ihe rIncInI bnsIc
standards for testi ng fast transi ent i mmuni ty. Testi ng i nvol ves
appl yi ng a speci fi ed burst waveform vi a a defi ned coupl i ng
networ k to the mai ns connecti on and vi a a defi ned cl amp
devi ce to any si gnal connecti on. Onl y conducted coupl i ng i s
used; there i s no speci fi cati on for radi ated transi ent i mmu-
ni ty. The choi ce of por ts for the appl i cati on of the bur st
depends on the i nstructi ons i n the product standard bei ng
used, buI II Is enernIIy nIIed Io AC nnd DC over orIs
and to si gnal and control ports that may be connected to
cnbIes Ioner Ihnn 5m.
The effects of burst transi ents rel ate mostl y to hi gh-frequen-
cy components of the pul ses. Common EMI fi l ters wi l l thus
have some posi ti ve effects on burst probl ems. On the other
hand, i t shoul d be poi nted out that EMI fi l ters are not spe-
ci fi cal l y desi gned for burst suppressi on. The HF components
of the pul ses reach such hi gh frequenci es that osci l l ati on of
the fi l ter ci rcui t i s al so possi bl e.
3.2.7 Surge
Hi gh-energy transi ents appeari ng at the ports of el ectr oni c
equi pment ar e gener al l y the r esul t ei ther of nearby l i ght-
ni ng stri kes or due to major power system di sturbances such
as faul t cl earance or capaci tor bank swi tchi ng. Li ghtni ng
can produce surges wi th energi es of several joul es by the
fol l owi ng mechani sms:
DIrecI sIrIke Io rImnry or secondnry cIrcuIIs: Ihe InIIer
can be expected to destroy protecti ve devi ces and connected
equi pment; the former wi l l pass through the servi ce trans-
formers ei ther by capaci ti ve or transformer coupl i ng.
I ndi rect cl oud-to-ground or cl oud-to-cl oud stri kes create
fi el ds whi ch i nduce vol tages i n al l conductors.
Ground current flow from nearby cloud-to-ground discharges
coupl es i nto the groundi ng network vi a common i mpedance
paths and causes substanti al potenti al di fferences between
di fferent ground poi nts.
Pri mary surge arrestor operati on or fl ashover i n the i nternal
bui l di ng wi ri ng causes vol tage transi ents.
s
LPZ1
LPZ0
H-field Cloud to cloud
Direct strike to
primary supply
Direct strike to LV supply
esp. rural areas
Ground strike
LPZ2
Fault clearance LPZ
S
Lightning protection zone
Substation
Surge generation
Surges i mpi ngi ng on el ectroni c equi pment may cause hard-
ware damage and compl ete fai l ure or, i n l esser cases, opera-
ti onal upset. Bel ow a certai n l evel dependent on equi pment
desi gn, no effect i s observed. Above thi s l evel , a surge may
cause the operati on of the equi pment to change state, wi th-
out any l ong-term effect on the ci rcui t components. But at
a hi gher l evel , there may be enough energy to cause break-
down i n cri ti cal components. The maxi mum vol tage that i s
l i kel y to occur i s l i mi ted by fl ashover consi der ati ons. I n a
typi cal domesti c mai ns suppl y, for i nstance, no mor e than
nbouI 6k\ cnn be vIIhsIood by Ihe vIrIn comonenIs.
Typi cal l y, protecti on i nvol ves addi ng paral l el surge suppres-
si on devi ces such as cl ampi ng di odes, vari stors or spark gaps.
The pur pose of these devi ces i s to br eak down i n a con-
trol l ed manner at a vol tage l ower than can be sustai ned by
the ci rcui t and di ssi pate the surge energy wi thi n themsel ves.
They musI IhereIore be sIzed Io vIIhsInnd Ihe mnxImum
surge energy to be expected i n a parti cul ar appl i cati on. The
rate of change of appl i ed vol tage and current al so has a bear-
i ng on both the suscepti bi l i ty of a parti cul ar i nterface to
upset and on the abi l i ty of protecti on devi ces to cope wi th
the surge.
Schaffner fi l ters wi l l show l i ttl e suppressi on effects for surge
pul ses unl ess they ar e equi pped wi th addi ti onal sur ge sup-
ressors (Z versIons). NoneIheIess, SchnIIner IIIIers nre IesI-
ed agai nst destructi on from overvol tages and can therefore
be used wi thout ri sk of damage by surge pul ses.
3.2.8 Power magnetic fields
Power magneti c fi el ds are magneti c fi el ds caused by the AC
mai ns power suppl y i n conductors. The fi el ds are conti nu-
ous and rel ated to the current fl owi ng i n the conductor. The
frequency of the fi el d corresponds to the net suppl y frequency,
I.e., 50Hz In !uroenn sysIems.
Magneti c fi el ds are al ways present around conductors carry-
i ng any amount of current. I f the conductor forms a l oop, the
ci rcul ar magneti c fi el d waves add up and form a di recti onal
fi el d. I n both cases, the fi el ds gener ated ar e di r ectl y pr o-
porti onal to the current that i s fl owi ng. I n other words, the
hi gher the current, the stronger the magneti c fi el d.
Power magneti c fi el ds can r each fi el d str engths of mor e
Ihnn 100A/m, deendIn on Ihe envIronmenInI condIIIons.
Logi c di ctates that the hi gher the current, the more severe
the effect of the magneti c fi el ds. I ndustri al appl i cati ons and
hi gh-vol tage di stri buti on systems thus present more stri n-
gent condi ti ons than househol d appl i ances. Hi gh magneti c
fi el ds exi st i n the vi ci ni ty of motors, generators and al l
equi pment wi th hi gh power requi rements.
Magneti c fi el ds affect onl y a very l i mi ted range of el ectri cal
equi pment, i .e., equi pment that rel i es on magneti c fi el ds for
i ts functi on. The most commonl y used equi pment i s a stan-
dard CRT (cathode-ray tube), but the ongoi ng repl acement
oI IhIs IechnoIoy vIIh !CD nnd Insmn dIsInys Is sIendIIy
reduci ng thi s probl em. Al so, the effect of magneti c fi el ds on
dIsInys Is ensy Io reconIze, nnd mIsInIormnIIon oI Ihe user
i s very unl i kel y. However, the di spl ay can become i l l egi bl e,
and i n areas where the i nformati on on the screen i s essen-
ti al for the proper use of the equi pment, such di sturbances
cannot be accepted. One exampl e woul d be the use i n medi -
cal envi ronments, where screens often di spl ay the physi cal
status of a pati ent.
More cri ti cal i s the effect of magneti c fi el ds on sensors and
readers that use magneti c effects to produce measurement
resul ts. I f the meter starts fl i ckeri ng or behavi ng strangel y i n
nny oIher vny, Ihe user vIII ensIIy reconIze nn equImenI
mal functi on. However, the i nfl uence of a magneti c fi el d
mi ght l ead merel y to an i naccurate readi ng that i s not rec-
onIznbIe Io Ihe user. !mmunIIy oI such equImenI nnInsI
magneti c fi el ds i s therefore essenti al .
3.2.9 Supply network
When equi pment i s connected to the power network, i ts opera-
ti on usual l y affects the suppl y vol tage characteri sti cs. We
have al ready expl ai ned the occurrence of har moni cs as a
r esul t of non-l i near cur r ents. Equi pment i s al so affected by
i nterference that al ready exi sts i n the suppl y network. The
fol l owi ng pi cture gi ves an overvi ew of exi sti ng i nterference.
V
o
l
t
a
g
e

i
n
t
e
r
r
u
p
t
i
o
n
S
l
o
w

v
a
r
i
a
t
i
o
n
F
a
s
t

v
a
r
i
a
t
i
o
n
S
h
o
r
t

i
n
t
e
r
r
u
p
t
i
o
n
L
o
n
g

i
n
t
e
r
r
u
p
t
i
o
n
F
l
i
c
k
e
r
S
h
o
r
t

o
v
e
r
v
o
l
t
a
g
e
T
r
a
n
s
i
e
n
t

o
v
e
r
v
o
l
t
a
g
e
V
eff
(%)
+10
<

1
0
%
1
0
m
s

-

1
m
i
n

<

5
%

100
-10
1
<

3
m
i
n
up to 6kV
1
s

-

n
s
1
s

-

n
s
>

3
m
i
n
Supply changes in a typical supply network
The cur r entl y exi sti ng standar ds deal mai nl y wi th vol tage
dIs nnd shorI InIerruIIons. \oIIne dIs nre InIerIerence
i n the mai ns power suppl y, rangi ng from constant repeati ng
vari ati ons to sudden di ps or a compl ete shut-off. Such power
di storti ons can seri ousl y affect other equi pment. Whereas
a short di p can i nfl uence processors i n other equi pment, a
compl ete temporary shut-off can reset equi pment and have
II sInrI u nnIn In nn unsnIe condIIIon. \oIIne dIs nre
short changes of the suppl y vol tage to a certai n l evel for
exnmIe, Ihe voIIne cnn dro Io 50 oI IIs orIInnI vnIue.
The durati on of such a di p can be expected to be between
hal f a peri od of the net frequency to a few seconds, but usu-
al l y the durati on i s on the l ower end of that scal e.
100
80
60
40
20
0
-20
-40
-60
-80
-100
%
Example of voltage dips
ShorI InIerruIIons nre voIIne dIs Io 0. The durnIIon oI
such i nterrupti ons can be several seconds but does not usu-
al l y exceed one mi nute.
%
100
80
60
40
20
0
-20
-40
-60
-80
-100
Example for short interruptions
\oIIne dIs nnd vnrInIIons noI onIy nIIecI IndusIrInI neIvorks
buI nre nIso very common In resIdenIInI nrens. \oIIne dIs
occur very frequentl y but are not al ways a probl em. I n many
cases, the i nter nal ci r cui tr y of equi pment or the power
suppl y i nstal l ati on can compensate for such occurrences.
I nterrupti ons wi l l usual l y l ead to degradati on of the perfor-
mance of the equi pment, but i t has to be ensured that after-
wards, the equi pment i s ei ther safel y shut down or does not
restart i n unsafe condi ti ons.
I n order to perform testi ng agai nst vol tage di ps and i nterrup-
ti ons, the EUT must be connected to a wel l -defi ned power sup-
Iy, Ihus ennbIIn exncI svIIchIn nrnmeIers nnd synchronIzn-
ti on of the di ps wi th the phase angl e of the power suppl y.
The key poi nt for testi ng i s the generator, and the standards
set very hi gh requi rements for such generators. They must
be capabl e of handl i ng constant currents at vol tage l evel s of
100, 70 nnd 40 oI Ihe suIy voIIne.
More di ffi cul t than that are the requi rements for ri se ti me
nnd Inrush currenIs. AI n suIy voIIne oI 250\, Ihe enern-
Ior musI be nbIe Io svIIch (dI) vIIhIn 1 Io 5s vhIIe nI Ihe
snme IIme beIn nbIe Io hnndIe u Io 500A oI Inrush currenI.
These two requi rements make the devel opment of appropri -
ate generators di ffi cul t, and a l ot of exi sti ng testi ng equi p-
ment sti l l does not compl y.
4 Noise suppression
With the explosive increase of the popularity of electronic devic-
es, the demand for regul ati on has created i nnumerabl e stan-
dards and conformity procedures. Accompanying this is the need
not only for testing but for improvements to equipment design as
well. In this chapter, we wish to examine some common design
features affecting EMC and noise suppression components.
4.1 Conceptual EMC
Before l ooki ng at the di fferent methods of noi se suppr es-
si on, i t i s i mpor tant to poi nt out that proper handl i ng of
EMC al ways requi res a concept. I t starts wi th the fi rst desi gn
i dea and ends wi th the product l aunch.
\ery oIIen, !MC Is Ihe InsI sIe In n desIn. When nII Ihe
pr oduct featur es have i mpl emented and the functi onal i ty
i s establ i shed, any EMC probl ems are sol ved. At thi s poi nt,
EMC becomes expensi ve, ti me-consumi ng and di ffi cul t to
handl e. Manufacturers shoul d therefore al ways start thi nk-
i ng about EMC i n the earl y stages of product desi gn.
4.2 Shielding
From the poi nt of vi ew of l egi sl ati on and standards, EMC
takes pl ace onl y outsi de of the equi pment. I nternal EMC i s
consi dered a functi onal i ssue and therefore not par t of the
r egul ati ons. Shi el di ng i s ther efor e a good measur e to
r educe el ectr omagneti c noi se outsi de of the equi pment by
keepi ng the noi se i nsi de. Shi el di ng can be appl i ed to encl o-
sures and cabl es.
4.2.1 Shielded housings
For many ki nds of equi pment, shi el ded housi ngs have
become a defaul t measure for noi se reducti on. Shi el ded
encl osures shoul d be made of metal or other conduc-
ti ve materi al s. The encl osure has to be grounded pl ai nl y,
because ungrounded encl osures wi l l provi de onl y mi ni mum
shi el di ng attenuati on. The pai nt of encl osur es often neu-
IrnIIzes Ihe shIeIdIn eIIecI oI Ihe encIosure. !I Ihe nInI Is
non-conducti ve, the encl osur e has l ong openi ngs at doors
and other openi ngs. The same appl i es to gaskets, whi ch
i n most cases are made of rubber to guarantee a certai n I P
cl ass. Conducti ve pai nts and gaskets are avai l abl e, but more
expensi ve.
Every openi ng i n an encl osure acts l i ke an antenna. A hori -
zonInI oenIn ncIs IIke n verIIcnI nnIennn nnd vIce versn.
Openi ngs can be apertures for venti l ati on purposes but al so
contact poi nts between non-conducti ve parts of the encl o-
sure (pai nt). I f EMC characteri sti cs are cri ti cal , the rel ati on
beIveen sIze oI nerIures nnd vnveIenIh oI Ihe dIsIurbnnce
to be attenuated shoul d be consi dered. I f necessary, speci al
EMC openi ngs, conducti ve pai nts and gaskets can hel p.
4.2.2 Shielded cables
Cabl e shi el di ng i s a very effecti ve measure to i mprove sus-
cepti bi l i ty and reduce emi ssi on. However, i ncorrect i nstal l a-
ti on can reduce the effecti veness or even compl etel y destroy
the effect of shi el di ng. External vol tages and currents do not
di rectl y affect the si gnal l i ne, onl y the shi el d ar ound the
cabl e. The di stur bances that reach the i nsi de conductor are
thus attenuated. The shi el di ng effecti veness can therefore be
descri bed as the rel ati on between the current on the shi el d
and the i nduced vol tage on the i nner conductor.
I
outside
U
inside
Principle of shield effectiveness
The attenuati on of a shi el d depends on the mater i al and
i nstal l ati on. The best val ues are achi eved wi th condui ts, but
thi s i s necessary i n onl y a few cases. Metal fi l ms or brai ded
wi res serve wel l enough for common appl i cati ons. For more
cri ti cal i nstal l ati ons, doubl e-brai ded wi res or two separate
shi el ds can be used.
I f shi el ded cabl es are used, the ends of the shi el d have to
be connected to ground. I f none of the ends i s connected,
the shi el d becomes i neffecti ve. I nduced fi el ds cannot be
di verted; ground currents cannot be reduced. I f shi el ds are
connected on onl y one si de, they become effecti ve agai nst
el ectri c fi el ds. However, once the resonance frequency of the
shi el d i s reached, the shi el d becomes i neffecti ve and even
ampl i fi cati on can occur. I f both ends of the shi el d are con-
nected to ground, the shi el d has the best effect. El ectri cal
nnd mnneIIc IIeIds cnn be reduced. DIIIerences oI oIenIInI
do not affect the si gnal l i ne. However, si nce potenti al di ffer-
ences resul t i n currents on the shi el ds, other l i nes can be
affected.
Proper connection of shielded cable ends
For the sake of compl eteness, i t shoul d be poi nted out that
shi el d connecti ons as shown above can occasi onal l y gener-
ate addi ti onal ground l oops. I f addi ti onal probl ems occur,
compensati on conductors between the two uni ts or addi ti onal
earthi ng al ong the shi el d shoul d be appl i ed.
Proper connecti on of the ground i s al so i mportant for the
performance of the shi el d.
The most common probl em wi th the connecti on of shi el ds
i s the use of pi gtai l s , as shown on the l eft si de of the pi c-
ture. The shi el d i s twi sted to one tai l and then connected to
ground on onl y one poi nt. Thi s i ncreases the coupl i ng resi s-
tance of the shi el d and reduces i ts performance. The best
connecIIon oI n shIeId Is n 560 connecIIon nI boIh ends ns
shown on the ri ght si de.
Proper Proper Improper
Improper and proper shield connections
4.3 Grounding
Ground connecti ons are essenti al for EMC concepts i n many
ways. Connecti on types and concepts have i nfl uence on the
functi on and performance of a groundi ng system. Basi cal l y,
groundi ng shoul d ful fi l l the fol l owi ng requi rements:
Coupl i ng between suscepti bl e paths and paths wi th hi gh
emi ssi on shoul d be r educed.
Coupl i ng fr om exter nal r adi ated fi el ds shoul d be r edu-
ced, al ong wi th emi ssi on fr om the equi pment i tsel f.
DIIIerences In oIenIInI beIveen severnI unIIs nre Io be
avoi ded.
4.3.1 Grounding concepts
As menti oned before, groundi ng i s not the onl y effecti ve
measure. The opti mum resul t can be achi eved together wi th
other desi gn tool s such as shi el di ng and fi l teri ng. For al l
EMC countermeasures, the whol e set of tool s shoul d be used
and the most economi cal sol uti on chosen. For groundi ng, a
number of general rul es appl y:
Each el ectri cal ci rcui t shoul d have an i ndependent ground
connecti on i n order to avoi d di fferent potenti al s.
The method of groundi ng depends on the frequency of the
si gnal .
For l ower frequenci es, the di mensi ons of the ci rcui t are
smal l compared to the wavel ength and resonances are
not l i kel y to occur. Groundi ng on one si de i s suffi ci ent and
shoul d be done on the transmi tter si de, wi th the recei ver
si de fl oati ng. Thi s method i s cal l ed si ngl e-poi nt groundi ng
For hi gher frequenci es, the wavel ength i s smal l agai nst
the di mensi ons and resonances are hard to avoi d. I n order
to have defi ned condi ti ons, cabl es wi th wel l -known cha-
racteri sti c i mpedances are used and grounded on both
ends. I n some cases, cabl es are addi ti onal l y grounded
at several poi nts al ong the si gnal path. Thi s groundi ng
concept i s cal l ed mul ti -poi nt groundi ng.
For ci r cui ts wi th l ow- and hi gh-fr equency si gnal s, tr i axi al
cabl es woul d be the best sol uti on. However, hi gh pr i ce
and wei ght r ul es them out i n many cases. Mi xed concepts
ar e ther efor e used, combi ni ng gr oundi ng wi th twi sted
cabl es and other methods.
Groundi ng i s not onl y necessary for one pi ece of equi pment
but for the whol e system. Al l si ngl e uni ts shoul d be con
nected to the same ground point to avoid potential differences.
I f mor e than one system gr oundi ng poi nt i s used, a low-
resistance connection between those points is imperative.
4.3.2 Earthing
Gr oundi ng and ear thi ng have separ ate functi ons i n equi p-
ment and di ffer ent r ul es appl y to them. Ear thi ng i s sol el y
for safety r easons, so the r esi stance of the ear th connec-
ti on i s i mpor tant. Most safety standar ds r equi r ed the ear th
connecti on to be tested. Gr oundi ng, however, i s mostl y
used for EMC reasons. More i mportant than the resi stance
i s the i mpedance of the ground connecti on, especi al l y at
hi gher frequenci es. Pl ai n connecti ons are therefore more
effecti ve than poi nt connecti ons. Fl at, brai ded cabl es shoul d
al so be preferred over round sol i d wi res.
Groundi ng shoul d never be confused wi th earthi ng. Earthi ng
i s the connecti on of the whol e system to common ground for
safety reasons. Groundi ng can be appl i ed for functi onal rea-
sons or to i mprove EMC characteri sti cs.
4.4 Suppression components
I nter fer ence can be r efl ected towards i ts source by i ncorpo-
rati ng an LC network i n the noi se path. Thi s prevents i nter-
ference energy from l eavi ng a suppressed devi ce and enter-
i ng the power suppl yl i ne. An effi ci ent i nductor-capaci tor
combi nati on to protect agai nst l i ne-conducted i nterference
consi sts of the fol l owi ng:
Seri es i nductances i n the i nterference paths
Cx capaci tor s between phase and neutr al
Cy capaci tors between phases and earth
Line Load
L1
L2
L3
PE
L1
L2
L3
PE
L
Cx
Cx
Cy R2
R1
Typical circuit diagram of an EMI filter
4.4.1 Chokes
Chokes consi st of an el ectr i cal conductor wound around
n mnIerInI vIIh mnneIIc chnrncIerIsIIcs, Ihe core. \nrIous
shnes exIsI Ior Ihe core mnIerInI: rIn cores, D-cores,
E-cores, I -cores, etc. Regardl ess of the shape, the choke
al ways makes use of i ts magneti c characteri sti cs to suppress
RF noi se.
Ring, D-, E- and I-cores
The core materi al pushes the performance of a choke to i ts
maxi mum. I t enhances the magneti c effects i n the choke,
i mproves the suppressi on characteri sti cs and l eads to more
compact components. Core materi al s are al so dependent on
outsi de factor s such as temper atur e or cur r ent, however.
When used outsi de of i ts speci fi cati ons, a choke can satu-
rate, l eavi ng i t unabl e to suppl y i ts ori gi nal i mpedance.
100
120
80
60
40
20
0
Performance [%]
Factor of nominal current in A [dc]
0 1 1.5 2 2.5 0.5 3 3.5 4
Saturation of chokes due to current
Whi l e the r ated cur r ent i s one of the mai n factor s causi ng
saturati on, hi gh asymmetri c noi se currents can be another
reason for thi s effect. Saturati on can be avoi ded by keepi ng
the choke wi thi n i ts speci fi cati ons or by a speci al wi ndi ng
techni que cal l ed cur r ent compensati on. Thi s i s expl ai ned
l ater.
The i mpedance characteri sti c of a choke i n rel ati on to the
frequency makes i t an i nteresti ng component for noi se sup-
pressi on. The i mpedance i ncreases at hi gher frequenci es.
Theoreti cal l y, the i mpedance woul d conti nue to i ncrease
wi th the frequency. A real choke, however, i ncl udes a
certai n wi ndi ng capaci tance. When the resonance poi nt
i s reached, the i mpedance of the choke wi l l reverse and
decrease. Thi s i s shown i n the fol l owi ng pi cture.
0.1 0.01 1 10 100
Z [Ohms]
f [MHz] Ideal Real
Typical impedance characteristic of chokes
Three mai n types of chokes may be used for the purpose of
noi se suppressi on:
Common-mode chokes wi th mul ti pl e wi ndi ngs to avoi d
saturati on (l oss of effecti ve i nductance) of the core materi al
Saturati ng chokes i deal for reduci ng fast current changes
Rod-cored chokes whi ch present a constant i nductance
even at hi gh currents
Common-mode chokes (BN, BD nnd !\/!H serIes) nre used Io
nIIenunIe common-mode or nsymmeIrIc (P/N > !) InIerIer-
ence si gnal s by bei ng connected i n seri es wi th the phase and
neutral l i nes of an AC power l i ne i nput. The magneti c fi el ds
produced by thi s wi ndi ng techni que cancel each other out.
Ful l i nductance i s onl y presented to i nterference si gnal s that
fl ow asymmetri cal l y from phase/neutral to earth.
Flux 1
Flux 2
Principle of current compensation
Symmetri cal components of the noi se are al so attenuated by
the l eakage i nductance of the wi ndi ngs. The i mpedance of
the choke at power l i ne frequenci es i s therefore negl i gi bl e,
resuIIIn In rncIIcnIIy zero voIIne dro. These chokes nre
typi cal l y used i n conjuncti on wi th suppressi on capaci tors as
fol l ows:
I n phase-angl e control ci rcui ts where the desi red degree of
suppressi on cannot be achi eved by saturati ng chokes al one
For suppressi ng hi gh i nterference l evel s from ul trasoni c
generators, fast recti fi ers, swi tched mai ns equi pment etc.
For suppressi ng equi pment wi th no earth connecti on
For i nput fi l ters to protect di gi tal ci rcui try from mai ns-borne
i nterference
Saturating-type chokes (RI types) change i mpedance at the
moment of swi tchi ng and can be used to attenuate di ffer-
enIInI mode or symmeIrIcnI (P > N) InIerIerence ns ener-
ated by phase angl e control devi ces such as thyri stors and
tri acs. I nterference l evel s can be brought wi thi n the l i mi ts of
nati onal and i nternati onal regul ati ons by usi ng these chokes
i n conjuncti on wi th appropri ate suppressi on capaci tors. For
opti mum attenuati on, chokes must be connected as cl ose
as possi bl e to the semi conductor swi tchi ng devi ce. A si mpl e
si ngl e-stage suppressi on ci rcui t i s shown i n the fol l owi ng
i l l ustrati on; thi s can be made i nto a dual -stage fi l ter by the
l oad i tsel f and one addi ti onal capaci tor.
P
RI
C
N
PE
Load
Pulse
transformer
Saturating chokes in series with thyristors
4.4.2 Capacitors
Capaci tor s ar e basi cal l y two metal pl ates separ ated by a
di stance fi l l ed wi th a non-conducti ve medi um l i ke ai r, but
mor e often other stur dy mater i al s ar e used to i mpr ove the
capaci ty. Most sol uti ons i n thi s catal og empl oy a sel f-heal -
i ng pl asti c fi l m di el ectr i c, whi ch offer s si gni fi cant qual i ty
and r el i abi l i ty advantages. Al l capaci tor di el ectr i c mater i al s
contai n pi nhol es and other i mper fecti ons; dur i ng manufac-
tur e, a hi gh vol tage i s appl i ed to the di el ectr i c to bur n away
Ihe meInIIIznIIon nround Ihe InhoIe, crenIIn n hIh-qunI-
i ty capaci tor i n whi ch any weak ar eas ar e total l y i sol ated.
Si mi l ar l y, i f a vol tage sur ge punctur es the di el ectr i c dur-
i ng nor mal oper ati on, an ar c occur s at the poi nt of fai l ur e,
mel ti ng the sur r oundi ng metal and i sol ati ng the ar ea of
the br eakdown. Thi s mai ntai ns the qual i ty of the capaci tor
i nstead of causi ng a fai l ur e due to vol tage br eakdown.
The i mpedance of a capaci tor decr eases at hi gher fr equen-
cIes. Due Io Ihe InducIIve behnvIor oI Ihe connecIIon Iends,
however, capaci tor s r each a poi nt of r esonance after whi ch
thei r i mpedance i ncr eases agai n.
0.1 0.01 1 10 100
Z [Ohms]
f [MHz] Ideal Real
Typical impedance characteristic of RFI capacitors
Resonances can be almost completely avoided with feedthrough
constr ucti ons. I nstead of connecti on l eads attached to the
capaci tor coi l , the l i ne i s di r ected thr ough the center of the
coi l . One si de of the capaci tor i s then connected di r ectl y
to the l i ne; the other end i s connected to the housi ng. The
resul t i s a common-mode capaci tor wi thout si gni fi cant con-
necti on l eads, thus avoi di ng resonance poi nts.
Z [Ohms]
0.1 0.01 1 10 100
f [MHz] Ideal Real
Typical impedance characteristic of a feedthrough capacitor
Capaci tors are connected between phases or between phase
and earth and are therefore subject to safety consi derati ons.
Al l the capaci tor s used i n Schaffner s feedthr ough compo-
nents are of a seri es constructi on, whi ch reduces the vol tage
str ess on each capaci tor el ement. Thi s pr ovi des an excel -
l ent safety margi n for hi gh-vol tage transi ents, and i n the
cnse oI AC IeedIhrouh comonenIs mInImIzes IonIznIIon
effects to ensure l ong and rel i abl e component l i fe.
Dielectric Electrode Free margin
Center margin
Series construction of capacitors
4.4.3 Filters
The mai ns, or power l i ne, fi l ter i s the key el ement i n el i mi -
nati ng mai ns-bor ne i nter fer ence. Thi s fi l ter has to meet
not onl y the requi rements of el ectromagneti c compati bi l i ty
(EMC) but safety aspects as wel l . For some appl i cati ons,
the fi l ter al so has to prevent the radi ati on of cl assi fi ed
i nformati on from the mai ns l i ne (TEMPEST appl i cati ons).
Other appl i cati ons requi re a fi l ter to protect equi pment from
destructi ve vol tages on the power l i ne, l i ke those caused by
IIhInIn or nucIenr exIosIon (N!MP).
Fi l ters are avai l abl e wi th a vari ety of el ectri cal and mechani -
cal speci fi cati ons. PCB fi l ters are desi gned for compactness
and ease of assembl y, and avoi d the need for extra mount-
i ng components and i nstal l ati on operati ons necessary wi th
chassi s styl es, but at the expense of fi ni te avai l abl e space for
fi l ter i ng ci r cui tr y. Consequentl y, they typi cal l y offer just a
si ngl e stage of attenuati on, wi th l i mi tati ons on the maxi mum
power handl i ng capabi l i ty. Thi s typi cal l y makes these fi l ters
i deal for compani es that have pl anned for EMC protecti on
throughout the equi pment desi gn process and are compl et-
i ng equi pment protecti on wi th these l ow-cost components.
When i ntegrati ng these components, care must be taken to
rovIde n Iov-Imednnce connecIIon Io enrIh nnd mInImIze
the potenti al for any noi se radi ati on from the mai ns i nl et
connecti on.
Schaffner PCB filter FN 409
IEC inlet filters are wi del y used for i nterference suppressi on
pur poses i n computer s and thei r moni tor s, busi ness equi p-
ment such as pri nters or copi ers, and i n medi cal devi ces.
The fi l ters combi ne the commonl y used I EC i nl et wi th excel -
IenI IIIIer erIormnnce nI n very smnII sIze nnd nre IhereIore
an excel l ent choi ce for equi pment wi th swi tch-mode power
suppl i es (SMPS). I n addi ti on to the cl assi c fi l ter functi on, I EC
i nl et fi l ters are al so avai l abl e i n combi nati on wi th swi tches,
fuse hol ders and/or vol tage sel ectors.
Schaffner IEC inlet filter FN 9222
Chassis mount filters provi de a hi gher performance sol uti on
i n metal cases for opti mum connecti on to ear th and good
hi gh-frequency performance. Wi th the space avai l abl e for up
to three ci rcui t stages for noi se attenuati on, users can usual l y
fi nd an opti on wi th the performance to provi de an off-the-
shel f sol uti on for even the most di ffi cul t EMC probl em (retro-
fi tti ng an EMC sol uti on to an exi sti ng desi gn, for i nstance).
Schaffner chassis mount filter FN 2410
Power el ectroni c devi ces such as i ndustri al frequency con-
verters, as wel l as machi ne tool s, are typi cal appl i cati on areas
for three-phase power l i ne fi l ters. I n addi ti on to thi s i ndus-
tri al market sector, these types of fi l ter are al so sui tabl e for
mai nframe computer systems, l arge uni nterrupti bl e power
suppl i es, and medi cal equi pment such as X-ray machi nes. Al l
the fi l ters are suppl i ed i n chassi s mounti ng metal cases, faci l i -
tati ng good connecti on to earth and opti mum hi gh-frequency
erIormnnce. \ersIons nre nIso nvnIInbIe vIIh n neuIrnI IIne or
dIIIerenI oernIIn voIInes u Io 690\AC, ennbIIn desIners
to qui ckl y l ocate the most economi cal and techni cal l y sui tabl e
EMC sol uti ons for thei r projects.
Schaffner three-phase filter FN 3270
Feedthrough capacitors and filters offer a parti cul arl y cost-
effecti ve means of combati ng conducted i nterference.
Offer i ng a hi gh i nser ti on l oss acr oss a br oad band of fr e-
quencIes Irom n Iev Iens oI kHz rIhI Ihrouh Io Ihe CHz
regi on these si ngl e-l i ne components are excepti onal l y easy
to fi t and can pr ovi de a mor e economi cal RFI suppr essi on
sol uti on than dedi cated fi l ter s, especi al l y for systems that
have mul ti pl e i nput or mul ti pl e output power l i nes.
Schaffner feedthrough filter FN 7611
4.4.4 Filter attenuation
Fi l ters are general l y descri bed by thei r attenuati on, al so
cal l ed i nserti on l oss. I n order to determi ne the attenuati on,
a defi ned source and l oad are connected and the si gnal from
the source i s measured. The fi l ter i s then i nserted and the
measurement repeated. The attenuati on i s then cal cul ated
from the two resul ts wi th
vhere \2 nnd \1 nre Ihe resuIIs vIIh nnd vIIhouI Ihe IIIIer,
respecti vel y. The measurement i s descri bed i n CI SPR 17.
The Iond nnd source Imednnce musI be 50 ench. BoIh
asymmetri cal (common-mode) and symmetri cal (di fferen-
ti al -mode) attenuati ons need to be measured. The resul ts
are then usual l y shown i n an attenuati on di agram.
Typical attenuation diagram
The attenuati on di agr am of Schaffner pr oducts al ways
shows two addi ti onal l i nes: the symmetri cal attenuati ons
Ior 0.1/100 nnd 100/0.1 l oad and source i mpedances.
The attenuati on di agram of a fi l ter never refl ects the subse-
quent real i ty, just the l aboratory measurement condi ti ons.
Measurements at di fferent i mpedance val ues easi l y show
that the attenuati on shi fts wi th changi ng i mpedances. The
attenuati on characteri sti c al so does not tel l the end user how
wel l the fi l ter i s goi ng to perform under l oad condi ti ons.
Schaffner fi l ters are therefore al ways tested addi ti onal l y at
vari ous l oad condi ti ons i n order to guarantee good attenua-
ti on performance wi thout saturati on i n the fi nal appl i cati on.
dB
0.1 0.01
-20
-10
0
10
20
30
40
50
60
70
80
1 10 100
f [MHz] 50/50 sym 0.1/100 sym
50/50 asym 100/0.1 sym
5 Power quality
Power qual i ty i s an i ssue of i ncr easi ng i mpor tance, and
many el ectr i ci ty suppl y uti l i ti es ar e now mandated to pr o-
vi de a mai ns suppl y wi th control l ed qual i ty parameters such
as harmoni c di storti on and vol tage l i mi ts. To achi eve thi s,
they must i n turn pl ace restri cti ons on the pol l uti on caused
by vari ous types of connected l oad, especi al l y those whi ch
draw di storted current waveforms.
5.1 Definition
I n pr evi ous chapter s about EMC measurements, we have
al ready seen the effects of harmoni cs and vol tage f l uctua-
ti ons on equi pment connected to the power gr i d. These
effects can be suppl emented by fr equency var i ati ons and
si mi l ar i nter fer ence r el ated to the power gr i d vol tage and
fr equency.
The effi ci ency of a power networ k i s gener al l y descr i bed
by the power factor PF. Thi s power factor i s cal cul ated by
the for mul a.
where I
1,rms
= rms vnIue oI Ihe IundnmenInI currenI
I
rms
= rms vnIue oI Ihe IoInI currenI, IncIudIn
harmoni cs and di storti ons
The cl oser the power factor i s to 1, the more effi ci ent the
power gri d i s bei ng used.
When we move down to the equi pment l evel and con-
si der the qual i ty of the power, we often come acr oss fr e-
quency i nver ter s. Fr equency i nver ter s ar e among the
most wi del y used pi eces of equi pment for AC motor con-
IroI. Novndnys, Ihey nre Iound In vIrIunIIy every nren oI
i ndustr y, i n appl i cati ons as di ver se as pumps, ai r condi -
ti oni ng systems, el evator s and cr anes, conveyor s, machi ne
tool s, al ter nati ve ener gy pr oducti on and i n a vast ar r ay of
other i ndustr i al and domesti c automati on.
I n the quest for ul tr a-compact, effi ci ent power conver si on,
i nver ter manufactur er s empl oy hi gh-speed semi conductor
(I GBT) swi tches and pul se wi dth modul ati on (PWM) tech-
ni ques to generate fast ri se ti me vol tage pul ses of the appr o-
pr i ate dur ati on and pol ar i ty. Unfor tunatel y, thi s cr eates
a consi der abl e number of pr obl ems for OEMs and system
i ntegrators, from purel y functi onal di ffi cul ti es to very severe
motor damage. There fol l ows a bri ef summary of the most
si gni fi cant probl ems and phenomena:
I nverter i nput
EMC probl ems
Harmoni cs
Commutati on notches
I nrush & peak currents
Low-frequency i nterference
I nverter output
Excessi ve dv/dt
Peak & over vol tages
Par asi ti c ear th cur r ents
Eddy cur r ent l osses i n the motor
DIsIncemenI currenIs In Ihe coIIs
Bear i ng cur r ents
Addi ti onal i nver ter pul se l oads
Acousti c motor noi se
EMC pr obl ems
!nverIer DC IInk
DC IInk cnncIIor sIress
Har moni cs
\nrIous oIher robIems
Whol e system
Low effi ci ency/l ow power factor
Uncertai n system i mmuni ty
Unacceptabl e i nterference emi ssi ons
Uncertai n servi ce securi ty & rel i abi l i ty
5.1.1 Frequency ranges
AccordIn Io Ihe denIIIons In Ihe sInndnrds, !MC denIs
vIIh n Irequency rnne Irom DC Io 400CHz. Hovever, IImIIs
nre currenIIy onIy dened Ior n very IImIIed nren oI IhnI
whol e frequency range. The fol l owi ng ranges are currentl y
dened:
50/60Hz Io 2.5/5kHz Ior mnIns hnrmonIcs (deendIn on
power frequency)
150kHz Io 50MHz Ior IIne-conducIed emIssIon
50MHz Io 1CHz Ior rndInIed emIssIon
9 Io 150kHz Ior cerInIn equImenI Ior conducIed emIssIon
1CHz Io 18CHz Ior some IndusIrInI equImenI Ior rndInIed
emi ssi on
1CHz Io 40CHz Ior some IeIecom equImenI Ior rndInIed
emi ssi on
ThIs Ienves nn undeIIned nren Irom 2.5/5kHz Io 150kHz.
However, thi s ar ea i s not noi se-fr ee; i t i s si mpl y not r egu-
l ated. Whi l e excessi ve noi se i n thi s frequency range wi l l not
l ead to non-compl i ant equi pment, i t wi l l most certai nl y l ead
to functi onal probl ems.
50/60Hz - 2.5/3kHz
Harmonics
Line reactors
Shunt flters
2.5/3kHz - 150kHz
Non regulated LF
range
Reactors
LF flters
150kHz - 1GHz
Regulated
RF range
EMI flters
EMC measures
Above 1GHz
HF range
Feedthroughs
PQ
EMC
Regulated and non-regulated frequency ranges
The l ower fr equency r ange i s typi cal l y seen as the power
qual i ty (PQ) r ange. However, the pi ctur e above i l l ustr ates
that the PQ and EMC r anges over l ap. As a matter of fact,
EMC i s onl y one part of the overal l power qual i ty. The same
i s true for the sol uti ons. A fi l ter for the conducted emi s-
sIon rnne Irom 150kHz Io 50MHz vIII noI sImIy cover IhIs
defi ned range; i t wi l l al so attenuate at l ower and at hi gher
frequenci es. Manufacturers can therefore profi t from a si n-
gl e provi der of PQ and EMC sol uti ons l i ke Schaffner.
5.2 Reactors in drive systems
5.2.1 Need for protection
MnnuIncIurers oI vnrInbIe seed drIves (\SD) novndnys nre
operati ng i n an extremel y competi ti ve marketpl ace, and the
tendency i s to offer dri ve products wi thout i nput reactors
unl ess the end user speci fi cal l y r equests i t. User s, though,
often ar e not fami l i ar wi th the reasons why a reactor i s ben-
efi ci al both for the rel i abi l i ty of the dri ves el ectroni cs and
for the qual i ty of the power suppl y. The i ntroducti on of an
i nput reactor has the fol l owi ng effects:
Buffers the el ectroni cs from i nput transi ents due to uti l i ty
and l oad swi tchi ng el sewhere i n the suppl y
Prevents hi gh i nrush currents and reduces the transi ent
l oad on the i nput components
!mroves \SD cresI IncIor, reducIn over InuI IIne Iosses
Control s emi ssi ons of l i ne current harmoni cs due to the
recti fi er i nput ci rcui t
Contr ol s the i mpact of commutati on notches on the power
suppl y
ProIecIs nnd Increnses Ihe servIce IIIe oI DC IInk cnncIIors
oI \SDs
Reduces di fferenti al -mode l ow-frequency phenomena up
Io n Iev hundred kHz
5.2.2 Overview of uses
Reactors and fi l ters can be used i n vari ous l ocati ons i n a
power dri ve system: i n l i ne wi th the power i nput (l i ne reac-
Ior), In Ihe DC IInk beIveen Ihe recIIIIer nnd cnncIIor (DC
l i nk choke) and at the dri ve output to the motor (motor reac-
tor). A reactor at each of these posi ti ons has speci fi c effects
that are by no means mutual l y excl usi ve. General l y, i t woul d
be unnecessary to have a reactor i n both the power i nput
nnd Ihe DC IInk, buI Ihe IuncIIons oI Ihe InuI IIne rencIor
are qui te di fferent from a fi l ter at the dri ve output, and i t i s
enti rel y reasonabl e to i ncl ude both of these.
DC link
choke
Mains
filter
Mains
Motor
Line
reactor
Output
reactor
Power
drive
(Harmonic filter, commutation
notch filter, inrush current limit,
energy regeneration)
(dv/dt reactor,
dv/dt filter,
sinusoidal filter)
Possible locations of reactors in drives
5.2.3 Line input
A reactor i n the power suppl y i nput wi l l do two thi ngs: protect
the dri ve el ectroni cs from power di sturbances and protect the
power suppl y from di sturbances created by the dri ve.
Harmonic attenuation. A thr ee-phase i nput r ecti fi er wi th a
r eser voi r capaci tor dr aws cur r ent di sconti nuousl y. When
the i nput vol tage acr oss any pai r of di odes i s gr eater than
Ihe DC IInk voIIne mnInInIned ncross Ihe cnncIIor, Ihen
cur r ent fl ows and char ges the capaci tor. When the i nput
vol tage i s l ess, the di odes bl ock the i nput cur r ent and the
reservoIr cnncIIor suIIes Ihe DC IInk currenI. ThIs
gi ves r i se to a char acter i sti c doubl e pul se i nput cur r ent
dr awn fr om any of the thr ee phases; these accumul ate i n
Ihe DC IInk Io Ive n serIes oI unIoInr uIses oI currenI
nI sIx IImes Ihe Irequency oI Ihe InuI (500Hz In !I nII-
cati ons).
The dIsconIInuous hnse currenI Is rIch In hnrmonIcs oI 50Hz.
The IoInI hnrmonIc dIsIorIIon (THD) Is IyIcnIIy 90 Io 150
vIIh n hnrmonIc conIenI redomInnnIIy mnde u oI 5Ih, 7Ih,
11th and 17th harmoni cs.
The effects of these har moni cs on the power suppl y and
ul ti matel y on other user s ar e mani fol d:
Transformer and neutral conductor overl oad due to exces-
sIve zero-hnse currenIs
Overheati ng of power factor correcti on capaci tors due to
hi gh frequency currents
Conductor l osses due to ski n effect at hi gher fr equenci es
\oIIne dIsIorIIon, nmIIIIed nI remoIe oInIs In Ihe neI-
work due to resonances
Fai l ure of di rect-off-l i ne i nducti on motors tryi ng to run at
harmoni c frequenci es
Acousti c and el ectri cal i nterference at audi o frequenci es
I ncr eased ear th l eakage cur r ents due to str ay and EMI
fi l ter capaci tances
The el ectr i ci ty suppl y i ndustr y i s natur al l y keen to r educe
these effects. El ectri ci ty suppl i ers are requi red i n many coun-
tri es today to offer a suppl y of guaranteed qual i ty, and they
can do thi s onl y i f the users pol l uti on i s control l ed. Li mi ts are
pl aced on harmoni cs emi ssi ons ei ther by the terms of connec-
ti on offered by the uti l i ty or by a requi rement to meet i nterna-
IIonnI sInndnrds, oI vhIch !!C 61000-5-2 Ior equImenI <16A
er hnse nnd !!C 61000-5-12 (drnII) Ior equImenI currenI
beIveen 16 nnd 75A er hnse nre Ihe mosI sInIIIcnnI. !n Ihe
ISA, hnrmonIcs nre In Ihe scoe oI Ihe !!!! 519 sInndnrd.
To meet these requi rements for a standard three-phase
recti fi er-reservoi r i nput ci rcui t, some i nductance i n l i ne i s
needed. Thi s i s the functi on of the l i ne reactor. The reactor s
i nductance sl ows the rate of ri se of each i ndi vi dual l y recti -
fi ed pul se and conti nues suppl yi ng current for a mi l l i second
or Ivo nIIer Ihe InuI voIIne hns droed beIov Ihe DC IInk
vol tage. The si x-pul se waveform i s thus stretched and can
become conti nuous r ather than di sconti nuous i f the i nduc-
tance i s hi gh enough.
At the same ti me, the peak ampl i tude of the cur r ent i s
reduced. Thi s means that the crest factor of the waveform
i s reduced so that the peak-to-rms rati o i s l ower. Thi s has
many benefi ts, i ncl udi ng l ower stress on the reservoi r capaci -
tors and hence greater rel i abi l i ty. The harmoni c attenuati on
i s di rectl y rel ated to the val ue of i nductance i n ci rcui t. Si nce
Schaffner r eactor s ar e speci fi ed as a per centage vol tage
drop, we can rel ate thi s percentage to the harmoni c attenu-
nIIon ns shovn In Ihe InbIe beIov. As cnn be seen, Ihe 4
i nductor gi ves consi der abl y better har moni c attenuati on
Ihnn Ihe 2 InducIor buI nI Ihe cosI oI renIer voIIne dro
and a much l arger component.
I n addi ti on to standard l i ne reactors and harmoni c fi l ters,
SchnIIner cnn nIso oIIer n vnrIeIy oI cusIomIzed soIuIIons Ior
harmoni cs reducti on.
Relation between uk and harmonics reduction
Harmonic Input impedance uk in % vs. remaining harmonics
Number 0.5 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10
5 80 60 46 40 34 32 30 28 26 24 23
7 60 37 22 16 13 12 11 10 9 8.3 7.5
11 18 12 9 7.4 6.3 5.8 5.2 5 4.3 4.2 4
13 10 7.5 5.8 4.9 4.2 3.9 3.6 3.3 3.15 3 2.8
17 7.3 5.2 3.6 3 2.4 2.2 2.1 0.9 0.7 0.5 0.4
19 6 4.2 2.8 2.2 2 0.8 0.7 0.4 0.3 0.25 0.2
THID 102.5 72.2 52.3 44.13 37.31 34.96 32.65 30.35 28.04 25.92 24.68
5.3 Output solutions for motor drives
At present, there are trends observabl e i n the motor dri ve
market that coul d have tremendous effects on the rel i abi l i ty of
enti re dri ve systems and the measures taken to guarantee i t:
MInInIurIznIIon, boIh oI moIor drIves nnd moIors, oIIen
accompani ed by cost savi ngs i n the i nsul ati on strength of
motor wi ndi ngs
Retrofi tti ng of motor dri ves i n exi sti ng systems wi th ol d
motors and unshi el ded cabl es
Trends towards hi gh-rotati onal speed machi nes wi th l ow
mass (such as HF spi ndl es)
I nnovati ve l ow-speed motor technol ogi es wi th a hi gh
number of pol es (such as tool beds wi th tor que motor s i n
machi ne-tool engi neeri ng appl i cati ons)
Motor dr i ves ar e known sour ces of i nter fer ence and ar e
ther efor e usual l y equi pped wi th an i nput fi l ter. However,
fewer peopl e are aware of the probl ems on the output si de
where the converter suppl i es the motor wi th the modul ated
si gnal . Some of the typi cal output chal l enges are descri bed
bel ow.
5.3.1 dv/dt voltage potential jumps in relation to the time
To keep the l osses i n the frequency converter or servo l ow,
the ai m i s to keep the swi tchi ng ti mes of the power semi con-
ductor s as shor t as possi bl e. The r esul t of thi s i s that wi th
the newest gener ati on of I GBTs, r i se ti mes of someti mes
more Ihnn 12k\/s cnn be mensured, vherens deendIn
on Ihe moIor n dv/dI oI <1000\/s Is consIdered ermIs-
sIbIe (\D! 0550: 500 Io 1000\/s).
V
t
dt
dv
t
Definition of dv/dt
!n Ihe cnse oI shorI moIor cnbIes u Io nbouI 20m, Ihese
r i se ti mes owi ng to the smal l l i ne i mpedance act ful l y
on Ihe InsuInIIon oI Ihe moIor vIndIns. DeendIn on Ihe
structure of the motor coi l s, wi res that carry the ful l vol tage
are si tuated i mmedi atel y i n paral l el and next to each other.
Si nce even very short paral l el -l ai d wi res have a capaci ti ve
acti on, the permanent potenti al jumps resul t i n pol e rever-
snI Iosses ncross Ihe vIndIn InsuInIIon. Nov, II Ihe ennmeI
i nsul ati on i s i mpure even to a very mi nor extent, thi s resul ts
i n the so-cal l ed hot-spots, and hence, sooner or l ater, to a
destructi on of the wi ndi ng i nsul ati on. I n any case, thi s dv/dt
stress l oad l eads to premature agi ng and thus to a reducti on
i n the l i fe of the motor.
5.3.2 Voltage overshoots and voltage peaks
\oIIne overshooIs nnd voIIne enks cnn come vIIh hIh
dv/dI vnIues buI nre nIso n robIem on IheIr ovn. Due Io Ihe
structure of the wi ndi ngs, a motor acts l i ke a capaci tor i n the
equi val ent ci rcui t di agram owi ng to the fast vol tage pul ses
of the swi tchi ng frequency and not as an i nductance, as i s
Ihe cnse In normnI 50Hz nIIcnIIons. WIIh every nddIIIonnI
meter of motor cabl e, more wi re i nductance i s added to thi s
str uctur e. Thi s i nductance acts l i ke a choke accor di ng to
the energy storage pri nci pl e. I f chokes are subject to vol tage
pul ses, vol tage peaks occur every ti me swi tchi ng on or off
takes pl ace. The hi gher the energy content (i nductance) of
the choke, the hi gher these vol tage peaks become. I n other
words, the l onger the motor cabl e, the hi gher the maxi mum
vol tage ampl i tudes. These ampl i tudes can, i n tur n, r each
val ues that cause a str ess si tuati on i n the wi ndi ng i nsul a-
ti on of the connected motor. Owi ng to the cabl e i mpedance,
the dv/dt stress i n the case of l onger motor cabl es i s
reduced to l ess probl emati cal val ues. On the basi s of the l i ne
Iheory, hovever, enk vnIues oI 1600\ or more (deendIn
on Ihe DC IInk voIIne) cnn occur due Io cnbIe reIIecIIons,
vhIch cnn hnve very sIee dv/dI vnIues. AccordIn Io \D!
0550, enk vnIues oI <1000\ nre recommended. DesIIe Ihe
reduced dv/dt owi ng to the cabl e i mpedance, there i s no si g-
ni fi cant stress rel i ef for the motor, si nce now the i ncreased
vol tage ampl i tudes represent the domi nant stress factor.
Inverter Motor cable Motor
t
10m cable
100m cable
V
Inv.
V
Inv.
V
Mot.
V
Mot.
Simplified equivalent circuit of shielded cables
NoIe IhnI Ihe IcIure nbove shovs onIy Ihe equIvnIenI cIrcuII
of one phase.
5.3.3 Additional losses in the motor
Apart from the probl em wi th the wi ndi ng i nsul ati on, the
steep swi tchi ng edges create another phenomenon: harmon-
i cs of the output si gnal . By appl yi ng Fouri er anal ysi s, i t can
be mathemati cal l y proven that the harmoni c spectrum of
the motor currents becomes wi der wi th the steepness of the
pul ses that i s, the harmoni c content i ncreases. The current
ri ppl e (PWM and harmoni cs) resul ts i n addi ti onal magneti c
l osses i n the motor. The l i fe of the motor i s sensi ti vel y short-
ened owi ng to the permanentl y i ncreased operati ng tem-
perature.
5.3.4 Cable shields and parasitic earth currents
From the standpoi nt of EMI suppressi on, shi el ded motor
cabl es are requi red to avoi d back-coupl i ng of radi ated i nter-
ference to the mai ns cabl e i n the frequency range from
nbouI 1 Io 50MHz. ThIs mensure oI Ihe !MC cnn, hovever,
onl y be consi der ed to be effi ci ent i f the ends of the cabl e
shi el d of the motor cabl e ar e put i n contact wi th the gr ound
of the motor and the frequency converter i f possi bl e, at HF
l ow i mpedance and over as l arge an area as possi bl e. Thi s
ensures that the i nterference currents can mostl y fl ow back
to the source by the shortest route.
Frequency converters normal l y work i n grounded networks
and do not have any potenti al separ ati on. The geometr i c
expansi on of both the frequency converter motor and thi s
shi el ded motor cabl e therefore form parasi ti c capaci tances
of the el ectri cal l y conducti ng components wi th respect to the
round oIenIInI. !I Ihe nvnIInbIe DC voIIne Is choed In
the frequency converter, then duri ng the potenti al jumps of
the vol tage, consi derabl e pul se currents fl ow across the par-
asi ti c capaci tances to the earth. The l evel of the i nterference
currents on the cabl e shi el d depends on the dv/dt as wel l as
Ihe vnIue oI Ihe nrnsIIIc cnncIInnces (! = C * dv/dI). WIIh n
moIor cnbIe IenIh oI nbouI 100m, enk vnIues oI Ihe uIse
currenIs oI 20 nmeres nnd more nre noI unusunI, renrd-
l ess of the power rati ng cl ass of the dri ve.
The harmoni c spectrum of these currents can reach a range
oI severnI MHz. The shIeId oI Ihe moIor cnbIe, ovIn Io Ihe
exi sti ng brai di ng, offers a very l arge surface area and a suf-
fi ci ent cross-secti on to carry these currents. As a resul t, the
i mpedance of the shi el d across a broad frequency range i s of
a very l ow-i mpedance nature. Losses due to the ski n effect
are l i mi ted to a mi ni mum because of the l arge surface area.
I nadequate ground connecti ons of the cabl e shi el d (the so-
cal l ed pi gtai l s ), on the other hand, are hi ghl y resi sti ve for
the frequency range under consi derati on and often nul l i fy
the desi red shi el di ng effect.
I f there are paral l el -l ai d control cabl es or el ectroni c compo-
nents i n the vi ci ni ty of the motor cabl es, pul sed HF currents
fl ow across thei r geometri c expansi on and the resul tant par-
asi ti c capaci tances, whi ch i n turn coul d have an i mpermi s-
si bl e i nfl uence on nei ghbori ng equi pment through capaci -
ti ve coupl i ng.
I f nei ghbori ng components are l ocated i n the i mmedi ate
vi ci ni ty of the motor cabl e, the conductor l oops and the hi gh
di /dt val ues of the shi el d currents al so resul t i n a magneti c
coupl i ng that can al so l ead to i mpermi ssi bl e i nfl uenci ng.
Inverter Mains Shielded motor cable Motor
Parasitic capacitances in a drive system
The currents fl owi ng across the shi el d must be suppl i ed by
the frequency converter as wel l . They are not dependent
on the rati ng of the dri ve but onl y on the geometri c expan-
si on of the structure. Wi th smal l power rati ngs, the resul t of
thi s, especi al l y i n case of l ong motor cabl es, can be that a
frequency converter of the next hi gher rati ng has to be used
that i s abl e to suppl y both the currents requi red by the l oad
and the parasi ti c currents vi a the earthi ng.
The operati on of several motors connected i n paral l el on
one frequency converter i s probl emati c. The paral l el con-
necti on of several shi el ded cabl es resul ts i n a rel ati vel y hi gh
total capaci tance and thus correspondi ngl y hi gh shi el d cur-
rents. The paral l el connecti on of several dri ves, however,
i s accompani ed by even more probl ems. Parasi ti c currents
across the motor and the enti re system can consi derabl y
affect the rel i abi l i ty of the whol e system.
5.3.5 Bearing damage
A general di sti ncti on has to be made between two di fferent
physi cal occurrences:
The shaft vol tage (or rotor vol tage) i s an i nducti ve vol tage
that i s i nduced i n the motor shaft owi ng to the di fferences
i n the fl ux densi ti es of the stator and rotor. Above al l , i t i s
i nfl uenced by the l ength of the motor. As l ong as the l ubri -
cant fi l m i n the beari ng i s i ntact, the vol tage bui l ds up unti l ,
fi nal l y, a compensati ng current fl ows towards the earth. I n
thi s case, the path of l east resi stance i s through the motor
beari ngs. Thi s beari ng current (I
1
), over a l ong peri od of
ti me, usual l y resul ts i n dryi ng of the beari ngs and thus fai l -
ure of the motor. I t i s possi bl e to counter thi s phenomenon
to a certai n degree through the use of cerami c beari ngs.
The beari ng vol tage i s an asymmetri c (common-mode)
vol tage that occur s because of capaci ti ve coupl i ng be-
tween the motor housi ng, the stator and the rotor (C
1
, C
2
,
C
5
) and resul ts i n dv/dt and el ectrostati c di scharge currents
(I
dv/dt
and I
!DM
) across the bearing (C
Bearing
, U
Bearing
). To be
more accurate, thi s beari ng vol tage resul ts i n two di fferent
currents: i n the fi rst mi nutes of operati on, as l ong as the
IubrIcnnI In Ihe benrIn Is coId, currenIs In Ihe rnne oI 5 Io
200mA (!
dv/dt
) fl ow through C
Beari ng
because of the dv/dt.
These r ather negl i gi bl e cur r ents gener al l y do not r esul t i n
any bear i ng damage. After a l i ttl e whi l e, when the l ubri -
cnnI IIIm hns henIed u, enk currenIs oI 5 Io 10A nnd more
can be measured (I
!DM
). These fl ashovers l eave behi nd
smal l pi ts on the surface of the beari ng. The runni ng of the
beari ng becomes i ncreasi ngl y rough because of the dam-
aged surface and the l i fe i s thus consi derabl y shor tened.
TyIcnIIy, Ihe benrIn voIIne Is beIveen 10 nnd 50\. BuI
si nce i t i s di rectl y dependent on the mai ns suppl y vol tage,
beari ng damage i ncreases overproporti onal l y at hi gher sup-
pl y vol tages.
I n the case of unshi el ded motor cabl es, the cabl e capaci -
tance (C
Cabl e
) and hence the cur r ent (I
Cabl e
) i s r el ati vel y
smal l . The parasi ti c capaci tances on the i nsi de of the motor
domi nate. I deal l y, the parasi ti c currents fl ow through the
motor housi ng to the ground (I
C1
). However, i f the ground-
i ng of the motor i s i nadequate, an addi ti onal i mpedance
r esul ts (I mp.), whi ch l i mi ts the cur r ent (I
C1
). As a r esul t
of the addi ti onal i mpedance, the potenti al s at C
2
, C
5
and
C
Bear i ng
i ncr ease shar pl y. The val ues of the beari ng currents
al so i ncrease massi vel y and fl ow ful l y through the beari ngs
to the earth (I
Beari ng
); i n that case, the l i fe expectancy of the
bal l beari ngs, and hence of the enti re motor, i s reduced to a
few hours.
5.3.6 Acoustic noise levels
Compar ed to the pr evi ousl y descr i bed pr obl em cases, the
whi stl i ng noi ses of the motor caused by the swi tchi ng
frequency woul d appear to be negl i gi bl e. However, i n appl i -
cati ons rel ated to heati ng, venti l ati on and ai r-condi ti oni ng
IechnoIoy (H\AC), In vhIch Ihe noIse Is dIsIrIbuIed more
i ntensel y i n the enti re bui l di ng through ai r ducts or heati ng
pi pes, thi s poi nt has to be taken i nto account.
5.3.7 Solutions for output problems
For reasons of cost, ti me and space, an attempt i s gener-
al l y fi rst made to manage wi thout addi ti onal components.
However, the subsequent costs that can resul t from motor
or system fai l ures are often enti rel y out of proporti on to the
far l ower i ni ti al costs of preventi ve i nterference suppressi on
measures.
I f the deci si on i s made i n favor of components to i ncrease
the r el i abi l i ty and oper ati onal safety, the fol l owi ng types
have establ i shed themsel ves i n the market:
dv/dt chokes and fi l ters (l ow i nductance, hardl y any reduc-
ti on i n the control dynami c)
Motor chokes (i ncreased i nductance, better si gnal smooth-
i ng, but not uni versal l y appl i cabl e to control l ed dri ves)
SInusoIdnI ouIuI IIIIers (hIh ! nnd C Ior oIImIzIn Ihe
output si gnal , but al so not uni versal l y appl i cabl e)
Traditional symmetric sinusoidal output filters FN 5020, FN
5040, FN 5045. Tradi ti onal symmetri c si nusoi dal output fi l -
ters are LC-l ow passes fi l ters that convert the PWM si gnal of
the frequency converter between the phases i nto a smooth
si nusoi dal curve. The resi dual ri ppl e of the si gnal can be
adjusted by usi ng the val ues of the L and C. An opti mum
cosI-beneIII rnIIo Is oIIen renched nI n rIIe voIIne oI 5
Io 5.
Motor drive
Line
PE
Motor FN 5020 (sym)
U
V
W
PE
U
V
W
PE
Drive with symmetrical sinusoidal filter
Symmetri c si nusoi dal output fi l ters connected di rectl y to the
converter output have, above al l , the fol l owi ng advantages:
Compl ete pr otecti on of the motor fr om dv/dt and over-
vol tages
Reducti on of the addi ti onal magneti c l osses and eddy current
l osses i n the motor
Reducti on of the addi ti onal l osses of the frequency converter
owi ng to l ower pul se currents to earth
Reducti on of the acousti c noi se of the motor
Reducti on of the i nterference potenti al comi ng from
shi el ded motor cabl es
I ncrease i n the rel i abi l i ty and operati onal safety of the
overal l system
For a l arge number of appl i cati ons, thi s can be consi dered
the i deal sol uti on. Most probl ems are sol ved effi ci entl y
and i n a cost-effecti ve manner wi th the symmetri c si nusoi -
dal si gnal .
I n some cases, addi ti onal measur es ar e necessar y.
Symmetri c si nusoi dal fi l ters, despi te al l thei r advantages, are
not abl e to i mpr ove cer tai n pr obl em cases, si nce despi te
the fi l ter, ther e i s sti l l a pul sed si gnal to ear th. These pr ob-
l ems ar e:
Beari ng damage
Parasi ti c earth currents
NecessIIy oI shIeIded moIor cnbIes
Li mi ted maxi mum possi bl e motor cabl e l ength
Sinus Plus symmetrical and asymmetrical sinusoidal output
filter FN 530, FN 5020 with additional module FN 5030.
Si nus Pl us i s a hi ghl y devel oped modul ar si nusoi dal fi l ter
concept from Schaffner that i s uni que i n the market today.
Consi sti ng of a tradi ti onal symmetri c and an addi ti onal
nsymmeIrIc sInusoIdnI IIIIer moduIe, II cnn be cusIomIzed
exactl y to any requi rement. Through i nnovati ve ci rcui ts
nnd nn nddIIIonnI connecIIon Io Ihe DC IInk, Ihe nddIIIonnI
modul e i s capabl e of sendi ng the asymmetri c i nterferences
di rectl y to the very pl ace they ori gi nated.
Motor drive
Line
Motor Sinus filter (sym) FN 5030 (asym)
PE
DC
link
+
PE
+
PE
U
V
W
PE
U
V
W
PE
U
V
W
PE
U
V
W
PE
Drive with symmetrical and asymmetrical filter modules
Thi s pr ocedur e i s i n keepi ng wi th the basi c pr i nci pl e of
i nter fer ence suppr essi on techni ques: take the necessar y
measures at the source of the noi se, not at the drai n. Si nus
Pl us shoul d al ways be consi dered to be a modul ar system
In vhIch Ihe symmeIrIcnI IIIIer nrI (!N 5020) cnn be con-
necIed nuIonomousIy buI Ihe nsymmeIrIc (!N 5050) mny
onl y be connected together wi th the symmetr i c modul e.
!N 550 combInes boIh soIuIIons In one box. OernIed In
combi nati on, thi s sol uti on r esul ts i n the fol l owi ng addi -
ti onal advantages:
Compl ete el i mi nati on of beari ng damage
The possi bi l i ty of usi ng unshi el ded motor cabl es wi thout
any reducti ons i n i mmuni ty
Practi cal l y no more l i mi tati ons wi th regard to the maxi -
mum cabl e l ength
Al most compl ete el i mi nati on of the pul se currents to earth
No InIerIerence InIIuence oI neIhborIn cnbIes nnd equI-
ment
El i mi nati on of the addi ti onal l osses i n the frequency
converter
Reducti on i n the suppressi on efforts on the i nput si de.
Si nce frequency converters are operated i n ground-referred
networ ks, ever y measur e taken on the output si de al so
i nfl uences the behavi or on the i nput si de (and vi ce versa).
Si nce hardl y any pul sed i nterference currents fl ow to the
earth when Si nus Pl us i s used, the asymmetri c part of the
EMC mai ns i nput fi l ter can be reduced, resul ti ng i n total
cost savi ngs.
1 Filter ratings
1.1 Electrical specifications
Where i ndi cated, the component val ues i n the datasheets are
nomi nal val ues. The actual val ues can vary from the i ndi cated
ones based on the el ectri cal tol erances gi ven by the manufac-
turers. The test condi ti ons for the components are l i sted bel ow.
Tolerances and test conditions for passive components
Parameter - Tolerance + Tolerance Test
Inductance 30% 50% 1kHz
Capacitance 20% 20% 1kHz
Resistance 10% 10% DC
1.1.1 Current
Current rati ngs of EMI fi l ters are determi ned by the i ndi -
vi dual fi l ter components. Si nce current fl ow l eads to a
temper atur e r i se i n passi ve components, the ambi ent tem-
per atur e of the envi r onment wher e the fi l ter i s to be used
has a di rect i mpact on the rated current.
The nomi nal currents stated for our components refer to an
ambi ent temperature of 0
N
= 40C or 0
N
= 50C ns IndIcnIed
on the component and i n thi s catal og. The maxi mum operat-
i ng current at any other ambi ent temperature 0 can be cal -
cul ated by means of the fol l owi ng formul a:
where I
N
rated current at 0
N
0
act
actual ambi ent temperature
0
N
temperature at whi ch the rated current
Is dened
0
max
rated maxi mum temperature of
the component
I f a fi l ter wi th I
N
= 7A nI 0
N
= 50C nnd n rnIed mnxImum
temperature of 0
max
= 100C Is Io be used nI nn nmbIenI Iem-
perature of 0
act
= 65C, Ihe rnIed currenI oI IhIs IIIIer musI
be reduced to I
N,65C
= 5.9A.
The actual current may al so exceed the nomi nal current for
a certai n peri od of ti me. The exact speci fi cati ons are gi ven i n
the datasheet for each product.
1.1.2 Voltage
When l ooki ng at vol tage rati ngs, care needs to be taken not
to confuse the vol tage rati ng of the fi l ter wi th the nomi nal
vol tage of the power gri d.
The most common nomi nal vol tages are defi ned i n I EC
60058. A !uroenn over rId, Ior exnmIe, hns n deIIned
nomInnI voIIne oI 250\ 10. The mnxImum voIIne nI Ihe
IermInnIs cnn IhereIore be 250\ + 10 = 255\.
The rated vol tage of the fi l ter defi nes the maxi mum conti nu-
ous operati ng vol tage, i .e., the maxi mum vol tage at whi ch
the fi l ter shoul d be used conti nuousl y. Short overvol tages are
ermIIIed In nccordnnce vIIh !!C 60959, buI Io nvoId dnm-
age to the fi l ter capaci tors, the conti nuous vol tage shoul d not
exceed the rated vol tage for an extended peri od of ti me.
V
V
R
Rated filter voltage V
N
Nominal grid voltage
253V
250V
230V
207V
V
N
+10%
V
R
V
N
V
N
-10%
Relation between nominal and rated voltage
The nomInnI voIIne +10 cnn exceed Ihe rnIed voIIne oI
the fi l ter, as shown i n the graph above. I t i s i mportant to note
that the nomi nal vol tage of power gri ds i s supposed to be at
Ihe deIIned vnIue nnd vIIhIn Ihe boundnrIes oI 10 buI noI
conti nuousl y at one of the l i mi ti ng val ues. I t i s therefore safe
to say that a power network i n Europe wi l l not run conti nu-
ousIy nI 255\.
The vol tage rati ng i s usual l y gi ven for a suppl y frequency of
50/60Hz. !I Ihe IIIIer Is oernIed nI hIher IrequencIes (e..,
400Hz), Ihe voIIne musI be dernIed. ThIs Is nIso descrIbed
i n the fol l owi ng chapter.
The r ated vol tage of thr ee-phase fi l ter s i ndi cated on l abel s,
i n datasheets or catal ogues someti mes l ead to confusi on
vhen onIy one voIIne vnIue Is sInIed, I.e. 480\AC. ThIs
val ue al ways has to be under stood as phase-to-phase vol t-
age. The r especti ve phase-to-neutr al vol tage i s 1/
5 IImes
II Annotations to filter specifications
IhIs vnIue, I.e. 480\AC/
5 = 277\AC.
The r ated vol tage of newer pr oducts i ndi cated for both,
phase-to-phase vol tage and phase-to-neutral vol tage respec-
IIveIy, sInIIn I.e. 480/277\AC.
1.1.3 Frequency
DeendIn on Ihe Iye oI IIIIer, Ihree dIIIerenI IrequencIes
can be defi ned.
Supply frequency. The fr equency of the AC mai ns suppl y
neIvork, IyIcnIIy 50 or 60Hz. The oernIIn Irequency oI
the fi l ter i s determi ned by the behavi or of the capaci tors.
DeendIn on Ihe voIIne-Irequency chnrncIerIsIIc oI Ihe
capaci tor, i t mi ght be possi bl e to operate a fi l ter at a hi gher
frequency but wi th a reduced i nput vol tage.
Switching frequency. The frequency used to swi tch the I GBTs
i n the output stage of a frequency converter or SMPS. Thi s
fr equency has a di r ect r el ati on to the power l oss i n the
converter and i n the output components. General l y speak-
i ng, l ower frequenci es resul t i n l ower l osses. For an output
fi l ter, i t i s al so necessary to consi der the rel ati on between
the swi tchi ng frequency and the resonance frequency of the
fi l ter. Our fi l ters are al ways desi gned i n such a way that the
resonnnce Irequency Is nI IensI 2.5 IImes Iover Ihnn Ihe Iov-
est swi tchi ng frequency.
Motor frequency. The si mul ated suppl y frequency of the fre-
quency converter. Thi s frequency determi nes the rotati onal
seed oI Ihe moIor. MosI nIIcnIIons oernIe nI 50/60Hz
motor fi el ds, but appl i cati ons wi th hi gher rotati onal speeds
nIso exIsI (hIh-seed sIndIe drIves u Io 2000Hz).
1.1.4 DC resistance
The DC resIsInnce oI Ihe IIIIer Is Ihe resIsInnce mensured nI
Ihe reIevnnI over neIvork Irequency, I.e., 50Hz Ior !uroenn
nIIcnIIons nnd nI n deIIned IemernIure, such ns 25C.
1.1.5 Discharge resistors
DIschnre resIsIors nre connecIed ncross Ihe IIIIer cnncI-
tors to avoi d el ectri cal charges at the termi nal s of the fi l ter
after the fi l ter has been di sconnected. Fai l ure to do so can
be l ethal , and di scharge resi stors are therefore a safety stan-
dards requi rement. General l y, hi gh-val ue resi stors are used
to sl owl y di scharge the capaci tor after di sconnecti on.
I f a fi l ter i s to be used i n I T power networks (see Power
di stri buti on networks chapter), di scharge resi stors are not
recommended. I n I T networks the i nsul ati on of the power
system i s usual l y moni tored i n order to detect i ni ti al faul t
condIIIons. DIschnre resIsIors cnn InIerIere vIIh Ihe monI-
tori ng equi pment and i ndi cate faul t condi ti ons where none
exi st.
1.1.6 MTBF
The MTBF (mean ti me between fai l ures) i s the reci procal
val ue of the fai l ure rate. The fai l ure rate i ndi cates the stati sti -
cal percentage of uni ts fai l i ng over a certai n amount of ti me.
The MTBF wi l l thus change over ti me, because the rel i abi l i ty
of a product decreases as components age. The MTBF i n our
cnInIos Is cnIcuInIed nccordIn Io M!!-HB-217!.
The MTBF shoul d not be confused wi th the l i feti me of a
pr oduct. I t i s i nstead an i ndi cati on for the r el i abi l i ty that
i s, for the probabi l i ty of fai l ure i n the fi el d. As an i l l ustrati ve
exampl e, we coul d l ook at the ai r bag i n a car. The MTBF
has to be very hi gh, because the ai rbag shoul d depl oy when
needed, even II Ihe cnr Is more Ihnn 20 yenrs oId. The IIIe-
ti me of the ai rbag, however, i s short: the depl oyment takes
seconds and then the l i feti me i s over.
1.2 Mechanical specifications
1.2.1 Mechanical tolerances
The mechani cal tol erances i n our drawi ngs are gi ven i n
nccordnnce vIIh !N 22768-2 (!SO 2768-2). AII mensures In n
mechnnIcnI drnvIn shouId hnve dened IoIernnces. !nsIend
oI denIn ench IndIvIdunI IoIernnce, II Is suIcIenI Io Ive
a reference to the tol erance cl asses of the above-menti oned
sInndnrd. The enernI IoIernnces nre dened In cnIeorIes
'ne, 'medIum, 'conrse nnd 'very conrse. The InbIe be-
l ow shows the actual tol erance measures accordi ng to these
categori es.
Mechanical tolerances
Rated measure in mm
0.5 > 3 > 6 > 30 > 120 > 400 > 1000 > 2000
3 6 30 120 400 1000 2000 4000
Category Tolerance measure in mm
f (fine) 0.05 0.05 0.1 0.15 0.2 0.3 0.5
m (medium) 0.1 0.1 0.2 0.3 0.5 0.8 1.2 2
c (coarse) 0.2 0.3 0.5 0.8 1.2 2 3 4
v (very coarse) 0.5 1 1.5 2.5 4 6 8
Terminals and connection types
1.2.2 Filter terminals and cable cross-sections
Schaffner fi l ters can be equi pped wi th a number of di fferent
standard connectors. Bel ow i s an overvi ew of al l standard
connecti on types avai l abl e. Upon request, fi l ters can al so
be bui l t wi th other popul ar connecti on types. Pl ease contact
your nearest Schaffner offi ce for more detai l s.
Type -01 Type -02 Type -03
Solder lug with a hole capable of
accommodating several small wires
Pin suitable for direct assembly onto
through-hole printed circuit boards
Clamp terminal with M4 screw
Recommended torque: 1 - 1.3Nm
Industry-standard size faston terminal
6.3 x 0.8mm
Industry-standard size faston, which may
also be used as a solder lug 6.3 x 0.8mm
Insulated wire, stripped ready for soldering.
Wire gauge varies according to filter
Type -08, -09, -10 Type -13 Type -23
08: M4 screw (1.3Nm)
09: M5 screw (2.2Nm)
10: UNC 8-32 screw (1.3Nm)
Faston, 2.8 x 0.5mm Clamp terminal with M5 screw
Recommended torque: 1.8 - 2.2Nm
M6 screw lead-through
Recommended torque: 3.5 - 4Nm
M10 screw lead-through
Recommended torque: 15 - 17Nm
Safety terminal block for solid wire 6mm,
flex wire 4mm or AWG 10


Safety terminal block for solid and flex wire
50mm or AWG 1/0

Type -36 Type -37 Type -16, -38
Safety terminal block for 95mm or
AWG 4/0 cables
Recommended torque: 20Nm
Safety terminal block for 150mm or
AWG 6/0 cables
Recommended torque: 30Nm
16: Solder/faston, 2.8 x 0.5mm
38: Faston, 2.8 x 0.8mm
HDFK 10 STB 10 HDFK 25 STB 25 HDFK 50 STB 50
33
P/N
Bel ow i s a reference l i st showi ng the rel ati on between the
AWG number of connectors and the correspondi ng copper
cross secti on of the wi re.
AWG and metric cable specifications

AWG number Cu mm
22 0.33
20 0.54
18 0.83
16 1.34
14 2.15
12 3.44
11 4.17
10 5.26
9 6.63
8 8.37
7 10.5
6 13.3
1.2.3 Torque specifications
The Iorque secIcnIIons In Ihe InbIe nbove nre Iven Io
guarantee proper connecti ons and avoi d destructi on of the
termi nal s. They shoul d be compl i ed wi th at al l ti mes.
1.3 Environmental requirements
1.3.1 RoHS
WIIh Ihe ndoIIon oI !I DIrecIIve 2002/95/!C, Ihe use
oI cerInIn hnznrdous chemIcnI subsInnces Is rohIbIIed.
!IIecIIve JuIy 1, 2006, no nev eIecIrIc or eIecIronIc equI-
ment may contai n any of the fol l owi ng banned substances:
a) Lead (Pb)
b) HexnvnIenI chromIum (Cr(\!))
c) Mercury (Hg)
d) PBB (oIybromInnIed bIhenyIs) nnd PBD!
(pol ybromi nated di phenyl ethers)
e) Cadmi um (Cd)
As compl ete el i mi nati on of the banned substances i s i mpossi -
bIe, nn !I CommIssIon DecIsIon oI AuusI 18, 2005 (2005/618/
EC) tol erates certai n maxi mum concentrati ons. These tol er-
ances, defi ned by wei ght i n homogenous materi al s, are:
0.1 veIhI Ior n, b, c, d
0.01 veIhI Ior e
95mm or AWG 4/0
STB 6

Strip terminal block for solid wire 16mm,
16mm or AWG 4
M4 screw terminal for ring/fork lug
self-lifting
M5 screw terminal for ring/fork lug
self-lifting
Type -99*
High current terminal for flex wire 150mm
or AWG 6/0
* Specification for FN 3100-300-99 only. Other -99 specifications (FN 2200, FN 3270, FN 3359, FN 3410, FN 3412) can be found on the individual product data sheets.
The fol l owi ng excepti ons ar e appl i cabl e as l i sted i n the
Annex oI DIrecIIve 2002/95/!C:
Lead as an al l oyi ng el ement
In sIeeI conInInIn u Io 0.55 Iend by veIhI
In nIumInum conInInIn u Io 0.4 Iend by veIhI
In coer nIIoy conInInIn u Io 4 Iend by veIhI
Lead i n gl ass of el ectroni c components
As a gl obal enter pr i se, the Schaffner Gr oup desi gns and
manufactures products i n accordance wi th thi s l egi sl ati on.
We see the need for i mpl ementati on and compl i ance as a
key el ement of our busi ness acti vi ty and, whenever possi bl e,
we stri ve to achi eve concentrati on l evel s bel ow the maxi -
mum tol erances.
Schaffner uses the fol l owi ng l abel s to i denti fy RoHS-compl i -
ant or l ead-free products i n documents and on i ts websi te:
Labels for RoHS and lead-free compliance
1.3.2 Vibration and bump testing
Our fi l ters are typi cal l y speci fi ed to mai ntai n thei r char-
acter i sti cs when pr oper l y mounted after bei ng subjected to
n vIbrnIIon IesI consIsIIn oI n sInusoIdnI svee Irom 10Hz Io
55Hz nnd bnck Io 10Hz Ior n durnIIon oI 120 mInuIes. The IesI
Is nIIed In Ihe mnIn nxes nnd n devInIIon oI 0.75mm or 10
Is used. \IbrnIIon IesIIn Is erIormed In nccordnnce vIIh Ihe
sInndnrd !!C 60068-2-6.
The fi l ter s wi l l al so mai ntai n thei r char acter i sti cs after
beIn subjecIed Io Ihe IoIIovIn bum IesI: 1000 bums
oI 10, nIIed Ior 16ms In Ihree nxes nrorInIe Io Ihe
mounti ng i nstr ucti ons. The r el evant testi ng standar d i s
Ihe !!C 60068-2-29.
1.3.3 Climatic classification
Al l components have to work i n defi ned cl i mati c condi ti ons.
!!C 60068-1 deIInes cIImnIIc cnIeorIes nnd Ihe reIevnnI
testi ng methods. Typi cal l y, the cl i mati c categor y i s i ndi cated
by thr ee number s separ ated by sl ashes as shown bel ow.
25/100/21
25 Test A: col d (l ower category temperature)
-25C (In nccordnnce vIIh !!C 60068-2-1)
100 Test B: dry heat (upper category temperature)
100C (In nccordnnce vIIh 60068-2-2)
21 Test C: damp heat (durati on of test)
21 dnys (In nccordnnce vIIh !!C 60068-2-78)
For envi ronments where the standard speci fi cati ons are not
suffi ci ent (e.g., mi l i tar y) Schaffner can al so offer custom-
made sol uti ons wi th extended envi ronmental speci fi cati ons.
2 Safety requirements
Most fi l ters are connected i n the mai ns suppl y l i ne to the
power suppl y system, maki ng them the object of safety-
rel ated concerns. A number of i tems have to be consi dered
duri ng the desi gn of a fi l ter.
2.1 Type testing
Type testi ng i s performed wi th an i ni ti al sampl e i n order to
veri fy the safety-rel evant speci fi cati ons for the desi gn. Al l
type testi ng i s performed i n accordance wi th the rel evant
safety standards. For some tests, the di scharge resi stors have
been removed for type testi ng. Thi s i s i n accordance wi th
the rel evant testi ng speci fi cati on.
When the fi l ter i s bui l t i nto equi pment and type testi ng i s
performed for the fi nal equi pment, the fol l owi ng poi nts
shoul d be consi dered:
Some tests mi ght overstress the di scharge resi stors and
l ead to thei r destructi on.
I n some cases, the equi pment requi res the measurement
oI Ihe InsuInIIon resIsInnce (e.., !N 60204). ThIs mensure-
ment cannot be performed wi th di scharge resi stors.
I n speci al cases, sampl es wi thout di scharge resi stors can be
provi ded. Pl ease contact your nearest Schaffner representa-
ti ve for detai l s.
2.2 Hipot testing
I n fi l ter s we use components that ar e connected between
the phases of the suppl y networ k or between one phase
and ear th. I t i s ther efor e i mpor tant to determi ne how wel l
fi l ters resi st hi gh vol tages. A hi gh-vol tage test, often cal l ed
hi pot test, i s performed for thi s reason by appl yi ng a vol tage
between encl osure and phase or between two connector s
for a defi ned ti me. The cur r ent fl owi ng between the same
poi nts i s measured. Current fl ow means that the i nsul ati on i s
broken; the equi pment fai l s the test.
Testing principle of high-voltage testing
DurIn nrovnI rocedures, Ihe IesI Is usunIIy erIormed
over a l onger peri od (typi cal l y one mi nute) wi th a defi ned
vol tage. Many safety standar ds r equi r e the testi ng to be
erIormed on 100 oI nII unIIs, buI Io snve IIme, n IesI vIIh
hi gher vol tage but reduced ti me i s accepted. I t shoul d be
noted that repeated hi gh-vol tage testi ng can l ead to a dam-
age of the i nsul ati on.
The IesIIn voIInes used Ior 100 IesIIn nre IndIcnIed In
the i ndi vi dual datasheets. Pl ease note that hi pot tests ar e
hi gh-str ess tests for the capaci tor s i nsi de the fi l ter. Each
addi ti onal test stresses the capaci tors agai n and l eads to a
reducti on of l i feti me. Schaffner recommends keepi ng the
number of hi pot tests to a mi ni mum and never testi ng the
fi l ters at hi gher than the i ndi cated vol tages.
2.3 Leakage currents
DurIn normnI oernIIon oI eIecIrIcnI equImenI, some
current fl ows al ong the protecti ve earth conductor towards
earth. Such currents, cal l ed l eakage currents, pose a poten-
ti al safety ri sk to the user and are therefore l i mi ted by most
current product safety standards. Exampl es for these stan-
dnrds nre !N 60950-1 Ior InIormnIIon IechnoIoy equI-
menI or I! 1285 Ior nssIve !M! IIIIers. The sInndnrds
i ncl ude l i mi ts for the maxi mum al l owed l eakage current.
I n most i nstal l ati ons today we fi nd resi dual current breakers
or l eakage-cur r ent br eaker s to pr otect agai nst hi gh l eak-
age currents. Typi cal tri ppi ng val ues for these breakers are
50mA vhere ersonnI roIecIIon Is Ihe mnIn onI nnd 500mA
for protecti on agai nst fi re.
For equi pment that can by defi ni ti on not meet these l i mi ts,
addi ti onal provi si ons are requi red-for exampl e, attachi ng
speci al warni ng l abel s.
Warning!
High touch current.
Connect to earth first.
Warning!
High leakage current.
Connect to earth first.
Warning labels for increased leakage currents
For passi ve EMI fi l ter s i t i s common to cal cul ate the l eak-
age cur r ents based on the capaci tor val ues agai nst ear th
and other parasi ti c components. The fol l owi ng fi gure shows
a typi cal capaci tor confi gurati on. I n the case of a bal anced
capaci tor network, the l eakage currents wi l l be negl i gi bl e. On
the other hand, the l eakage currents wi l l reach the maxi mum
val ue at the hi ghest i mbal ance between the phases. Causes
for the i mbal ance are the tol erances of the capaci tor val ues
as wel l as the vol tage i mbal ance i n the suppl y network.
L1
U
QL
M
L
L2
L3
M
Q
Supply
network
(source)
U
L1
U
L2
U
L3
Cx1 Cx2 Cx3
Cy
Typical capacitor configuration in three-phase filters
Most capaci tors i n passi ve fi l ters are rated by the manufac-
Iurers vIIh n IoIernnce oI 20. The hIhesI voIIne dro nI
Cy occurs when two of the X-capaci tors show the l owest tol -
erance val ues and one shows the hi ghest. I n addi ti on, Cy i s
assumed at i ts hi ghest tol erance val ue. To put a good pi cture
to the theory, a sampl e cal cul ati on can be performed wi th a
480\ Ihree-hnse IIIIer. The cnncIIor vnIues nre Iven nI Cx
= 4.4! nnd Cy = 1.8!; Ihe IoIernnces Ior nII cnncIIors nre
20 nccordIn Io Ihe mnnuIncIurer. NoI consIderIn Ihe
suppl y vol tage i mbal ance, the l eakage current i s cal cul ated
ns nroxImnIeIy 25mA.
Practi cal experi ence shows that the tol erances of capaci tors
are never spread that wi del y. An assumed tol erance range
Irom -20 Io 0 seems more renIIsIIc. IsIn IhIs nssum-
ti on i n the cal cul ati on above resul ts i n a l eakage current of
onIy nbouI 10mA. !I shouId be oInIed ouI, Ihouh, IhnI Ihere
i s no agreement between fi l ter manufacturers regardi ng the
cal cul ati on method for l eakage currents i n fi l ters. I t i s there-
fore perfectl y possi bl e to have di fferi ng l eakage currents i n
two fi l ters, even though the ci rcui t di agrams and component
val ues are i denti cal .
Up to thi s poi nt, the vol tage i mbal ance of the suppl y network
was not fi gured i nto the cal cul ati on. I n practi cal appl i cati on,
suppl y networks do have a certai n i mbal ance. To i ncl ude thi s
In Ihe cnIcuInIIon, ve use Ihe suIy neIvork sInndnrd !N
50160, vhIch deIInes Ihe condIIIons In ubIIc over suIy
networks. Accordi ng to thi s standard, the vol tage i mbal ance
Ior reIonnI neIvorks cnn be u Io 5. IsIn IhIs In Ihe re-
vIous cnIcuInIIon, Ihe Ienkne currenI nov ndds u Io 26mA
Ior n cnncIIor IoIernnce oI 20 nnd 15mA Ior +0/-20.
Compared to three-phase networks, the cal cul ati on of l eakage
currents i n si ngl e-phase networks i s si gni fi cantl y easi er. Wi th
a gi ven suppl y vol tage and frequency, the l eakage current
depends sol el y on the total capaci tance. The fol l owi ng fi gure
shows the typi cal capaci tor ci rcui t for si ngl e-phase fi l ters.
L
N
PE
Cx
Cy Cy
Typical capacitor configuration for single-phase filters
!or n IIIIer vIIh Cx = 100n! nnd Cy = 2.2n! nnd n Iven IoI-
ernnce oI 20, Ihe Ienkne currenIs come Io 190A. The
worst-case scenari o i s gi ven i f the neutral conductor i s i nter-
rupted. The total capaci tance then consi sts of two paral l el
capaci tors: CyL on the one hand and the seri es connecti on
oI Cx nnd CyN on Ihe oIher. The IoIIovIn IIure shovs Ihe
equi val ent ci rcui t.
L
PE
Cx
Cy Cy
Total capacitance with interruption of neutral
For faul t condi ti ons, the maxi mum l eakage current can be
ns hIh ns 577A.
I t was al r eady menti oned that the l eakage cur r ent i s l ow-
est when the suppl y network and the capaci tor network are
bal anced. Every i mbal ance i ncreases the l eakage current.
Wi th thi s i n mi nd, i t i s al so obvi ous that the suppl y network
topol ogy must have a si gni fi cant i nfl uence on the amount
of l eakage current from equi pment. The network topol ogi es
are expl ai ned i n the Power di stri buti on networks chap-
ter. Another potenti al source of i mbal ance probl ems i s the
moment when equi pment i s swi tched on.
2.4 Flammability classification
The Amer i can appr oval agency UL requi res fl ammabi l i ty
tests for al l pl asti c materi al s used i n devi ces and appl i ances
to ensure that the materi al cannot burn i n case of mal func-
ti on of the equi pment. The exact requi rements are defi ned
In Ihe sInndnrd I! 94.
DurIn Ihe IesIs, n secImen oI Ihe InsIIc mnIerInI Is exosed
twi ce to an open fl ame. The exact speci fi cati ons are gi ven i n
Ihe nbove-menIIoned sInndnrd. DurIn Ihe IesI Ihe IoIIovIn
i tems are observed:
Afterfl ame ti me after fi rst fl ame appl i cati on, t1
AIIerIInme IIme nIIer second IInme nIIcnIIon, I2
AIIerIov IIme nIIer second IInme nIIcnIIon, I5
Whether or not speci mens burn up to the hol di ng cl amp
Whether or not speci mens dri p fl ami ng parti cl es that i gni te
the cotton i ndi cator
Based on the resul ts, the materi al i s then cl assi fi ed as shown
i n the tabl e bel ow.
2.5 Fuses
Al l fi l ters wi th fuse hol ders are del i vered wi thout fuses due
to the var i ety of fuses i n di ffer ent l ocal mar kets. Bel ow
youl l fi nd a br i ef r ecommendati on r egar di ng fuses.
The maxi mum r ated cur r ent i n the speci fi cati on i s not
al ways the fuse val ue r equi r ed by our customer s. User s
shoul d al so consi der the cur r ent r ati ng i n r el ati on to the
ambi ent temperature. A fuse needs to be sel ected by the user
dependi ng on ambi ent temperature, tri ppi ng rati ng, acti ng
behavi or (fast, medi um, sl ow) and other el ectri cal speci fi ca-
ti ons. Fuse hol ders are desi gned to hol d cartri dge fuses wi th
5 x 20mm Ior !uroe nnd 6.5 x 52mm Ior Ihe ISA. PIense
r efer to the pr oduct datasheet to see the ki nd of fuse sup-
ported by a parti cul ar model .
Custom fi l ters can be equi pped and del i vered wi th fuses. I f
you wi sh to buy I EC fi l ter modul es wi th pre-mounted fuses,
pl ease contact your l ocal Schaffner sal es offi ce.
Test criteria for UL flammability classes
Criteria conditions V-0 V-1 V-2
Afterflame time for each individual specimen t
1
or t
2
10s 30s 30s
Total afterame time for any condition set (t
1
plus t
2
for the ve specimens) 50s 250s 250s
Afterflame plus afterglow time for each individual specimen after the
second flame application (t
2
+ t
3
)
30s 60s 60s
Afterflame or afterglow of any specimen up to the holding clamp No No No
Cotton indicator ignited by flaming particles or drops No No Yes
3 Power distribution networks
3.1 Designation of networks
Thr oughout the wor l d we fi nd a vari ety of di fferent power
di stri buti on networks. The most common ones are defi ned
In !!C 60564-1. The consIeIInIIon oI Ihe over neIvork oIIen
has an i mpact on the fi l ter performance, and some fi l ters are
even desi gned for speci fi c networ ks to ensur e maxi mum
per for mance at the hi ghest r el i abi l i ty l evel . The di str i bu-
ti on networ ks ar e desi gnated usi ng the fol l owi ng codes:
AB (-C -D)
A Groundi ng condi ti on of the suppl y
I : i nsul ated
T: grounded
B Connecti on of the i nstal l ati on
N: connecIed Io P!
T: grounded di rectl y
C ConnecIIon oI N nnd P!
C: connected
S: separated
D !ndIcnIIon IhnI nrI oI Ihe sysIem hns senrnIe N nnd
PE l i nes
Example: TN-C-S: Crounded suIy neIvork vhere Ihe InsInI-
InIIon Is connecIed Io P!. P! nnd N nre combIned Io n P!N
conductor, but i n parts of the network there are al so separate
P! nnd N IInes.
3.2 TN network
!n TN neIvorks one oInI oI Ihe dIsIrIbuIIon sysIem Is dI-
rectl y connected to ground. Each i nstal l ati on i n the systems
i s connected to thi s common groundi ng poi nt vi a the PE con-
ducIor. There nre Ihree dIIIerenI vnrInIIons oI TN neIvorks
3.2.1 TN-S system
The S i ndi cates that there must be a separate PE conductor
IhrouhouI Ihe vhoIe sysIem. The ures beIov shov Ihe
ossIbIe conurnIIons.
L1
L2
L3
N
PE
L1
L2
L3
N
PE
TN-S distribution networks
3.2.2 TN-C and TN-C-S systems
!n TN-C sysIems Ihe roIecIIve enrIh connecIor nnd neuIrnI
IIne nre combIned InIo one conducIor. !or n ure TN-C sys-
tem thi s i s done thr oughout the system. A system where PE
nnd N nre senrnIed In some nrIs onIy Is cnIIed TN-C-S.
L1
L2
L3
PEN
L1
L2
L3
PEN
PE
N
TN-C (left) and TN-C-S (right) distribution networks
3.3 TT network
I n a TT system the ground poi nts for the system and the i n-
stal l ati ons are el ectri cal l y separated. Both parts are grounded
di rectl y and i ndependentl y.
L1
L2
L3
L1
L2
L3
N
TT distribution networks
3.4 IT network
I n an I T system ther e ar e two possi bi l i ti es: ei ther al l acti ve
parts are separated from ground, or one poi nt of the system i s
rounded vIn n dened hIh Imednnce (B
CND
).
R
GND
R
GND
L1
L2
L3
L1
L2
L3
N
IT distribution networks
The setup comes wi th a number of speci al i ssues to be con-
si dered when usi ng fi l ters. For power networks one al ways
consi ders the fi rst-faul t condi ti on, where one phase i s short-
ci rcui ted to ground. The advantage of an I T system l i es i n
the fact that i n such a faul t condi ti on the ri sk of hi gh touch
currents i s negl i gi bl e. I nsi de of the fi l ter, however, the vol t-
age across the capaci tors wi l l i ncrease si gni fi cantl y. I f the
fi l ter i s not speci fi cal l y desi gned for I T networks, there i s
a good ri sk of destructi on of the capaci tors i n the case of a
network fi rst faul t.
An !T neIvork vIIh n sInIe InuII Iurns InIo n TN sysIem,
but wi th i ncreased phase vol tages. I t conti nues to functi on,
but for safety reasons the fi rst faul t shoul d be repai red as
qui ckl y as possi bl e. I n I T networks, therefore, the i nsul ati on
of the phases agai nst earth i s constantl y moni tored. I f addi -
ti onal resi stors are connected between l i ne and earth i nsi de
connected equi pment, the moni tori ng system i s i nfl uenced
and mi ght detect non-exi sti ng faul ts. As a resul t, di scharge
resi stors are not permi tted i n fi l ters i n systems for I T di stri -
buti on networks.
Schaffner offers a vari ety of fi l ters especi al l y desi gned for
!T neIvorks, such ns !N 258H\!T nnd !N 5559H\. !or more
detai l s, pl ease consul t the datasheets for the products.
3.5 Network with one grounded phase
Some reIons, such ns Jnnn, uIIIIze n over dIsIrIbuIIon
networ k wher e one phase i s di rectl y earthed.
C
L1
C
0
C
L1
C
L3
C
L2
Z
L2
Z
0
L
L1
L
L2
L
L3
C
L2
C
L3
EMI filter
U
L2
C
0
I
R
I
T
I
0
L
L1
L
L3
L
Power network with grounded phase and filter (left) and equivalent circuit (right)
Wi th thi s arrangement the i mpedance towards earth i s com-
pl etel y changed, r esul ti ng i n di ffer ent vol tage dr ops and
l eakage currents. The outcome of thi s i s that the standard
rati ng for l eakage currents cannot automati cal l y be appl i ed for
networks wi th a grounded phase.
For such appl i cati ons, Schaffner al so offer s a dedi cated
range of products i n thi s catal og. Pl ease consul t the data-
sheets for mor e i nfor mati on. Fur ther pr oducts for the
Japanese market are avai l abl e. Pl ease contact your l ocal
Schaffner vendor for more detai l s.
4 Installation instructions
Whi l e EMI fi l ters are a proven measure to ensure compl i -
ance of products wi th EMC requi rements, they can onl y be
eIIecIIve II roerIy InsInIIed. NoI onIy Is Ihe IIIIer InsInIIn-
ti on i tsel f of utmost i mportance, however. The pl anni ng and
i mpl ementati on of other EMC measures and desi gn rul es
al so contri butes to good performance i n terms of noi se emi s-
si on.
Where avai l abl e, manufacturers shoul d al ways refer to the
i nstal l ati on i nstr ucti ons when i nstal l i ng fi l ter s. Fur ther
i nfor mati on about i nstal l ati on i s al so avai l abl e at
www.schaffner.com.
4.1 Installation of filters
The i ntenti on of usi ng fi l ter s i s to pr event unwanted si gnal s
fr om enter i ng a cer tai n el ectri cal area. I n order to do so, the
fi l ter shoul d be i nstal l ed as cl ose as possi bl e to that area. The
connecti on between the fi l ter and source ci rcui t shoul d be
kept as short as possi bl e.
Improper (left) and correct (right) placement of filters
I nstal l ati ons as shown i n the l eft fi gure above shoul d be
avoi ded whenever possi bl e. Even though the connecti on
between the fi l ter and protected ci rcui t i s the shortest pos-
si bl e due to the fi l ter desi gn, the cabl es from the fi l ter to
the pri nted board take the l ongest possi bl e way i nsi de the
encl osure. They can therefore pi ck up al l si gnal s al ong the
board and radi ate them l i ke an antenna, thus worki ng as
an unwanted i nterference source. I f the connecti on i s kept
short, the i nterference from the board i s el i mi nated at the
source whi l e at the same ti me keepi ng the di stance between
AC suppl y and fi l ter short. The fi l ter wi l l show i ts maxi mum
effect under these ci rcumstances.
Even mor e i mpor tant than the fi l ter posi ti on i s i ts con-
necti on to gr ound. Pr oper gr oundi ng i s essenti al for the
operati on of a fi l ter. Wi thout ground connecti on, the fi l ter
i s fl oati ng and l oses i ts common-mode attenuati on provi ded
by the Y-capaci tors. One of the most common probl ems wi th
groundi ng i s the i nstal l ati on of fi l ters by di rectl y attachi ng
them to encl osures wi th pai nted or otherwi se treated sur-
faces, i n that way i nterrupti ng the ground connecti on and
l eavi ng the fi l ter al most usel ess. To avoi d thi s probl em, the
part of the surface where the fi l ter wi l l be i nstal l ed shoul d
be abraded.
Painted housing Removed paint
Wrong Correct
Filter
Filter
Proper ground connection of filters
Abrasi on of encl osures, however, i s not al ways an opti on.
DeendIn on Ihe nmbIenI condIIIons, surInce IrenImenI
mi ght be a requi rement to avoi d corrosi on, and conducti ve
coati ngs mi ght not be avai l abl e.
When the ground connecti on i s done, care shoul d be taken
to have as bi g a connecti on area as possi bl e. I t i s a common
mi sconcepti on that the conventi onal PE wi re wi l l be suf-
fi ci ent for RF groundi ng purposes. I nstead, fl at wi res shoul d
be preferred over round ones and brai ded wi res over sol i d
ones. The fl at wi re shoul d be connected pl ai nl y on both the
fi l ter and the ground connecti on si de i n order to ensure
proper fi l teri ng.
4.2 Cable connection and routing
!I Is snId IhnI In nn !MC conceI Ihe IIer conIrIbuIes
nbouI 50 oI Ihe IoInI erIormnnce. The remnInIn 50
i s achi eved through proper EMC desi gn. Two i ssues are of
speci al i mportance i n thi s context: the connecti on of shi el ded
cabl es and the cabl e routi ng i nsi de of equi pment.
4.2.1 Shield connections
Shi el d connecti ons have al ready been di scussed i n a pr evi -
ous chapter. Once agai n, i t i s i mportant to connect the shi el d
ends of shi el ded cabl es on both si des of the cabl e wi th the
besI ossIbIe menns. The IdenI cnse vouId be 560 connec-
ti ons on both si des.
4.2.2 Cable routing
Whenever cabl es ar e l eft l onger than necessary or routed
cl ose to each other, addi ti onal antennas and coupl i ng areas
are created. The resul t i s often a short-ci rcui t of the noi se
suppressi on components, and the attempt to reduce noi se fai l s
not because of the suppressi on component but because of the
cabl i ng.
To i mprove the si tuati on, cabl es shoul d be shortened to the
necessnry IenIh nnd rouIed In dened vnys. Where cnbIe
crossIns cnnnoI be nvoIded, n 90 crossIn shouId be used
for maxi mum decoupl i ng. To avoi d an EMI short ci rcui t of
Ihe IIer, secInI cnre shouId be Inken never Io cross InuI nnd
ouIuI cnbIes oI n IIer.
4.3 EMC planning
EMC shoul d al ways go hand i n hand wi th the general desi gn
of the product. From the very begi nni ng, desi gners shoul d
consi der whi ch noi se sources and suscepti bl e ci r cui ts they
have i n thei r equi pment. Thi s makes i t possi bl e to physi -
cal l y separ ate them and avoi d probl ems ri ght from the start
rnIher Ihnn hnvIn Io hI Ihem InIer.
NexI, Ihe cnbIIn shouId be consIdered, keeIn In mInd Ihe
recommendati on from the previ ous chapter. I t i s much easi er
Io Inn Ihe cnbIe InyouI rsI rnIher Ihnn hnvIn Io modIIy II
nI n InIer sIne. !InnIIy, Ihe IIerIn comonenIs shouId be
pl anned i n as wel l . Fi l ters are not added at the end to get ri d
of a probl em, they are an i ntegral part of the overal l EMC
desi gn of a product.
A IIer shouId be IocnIed ns cIose Io Ihe noIse source ns os-
sIbIe. When usIn drIve IIers, Ihe IIer shouId be Inced
cl ose to the dr i ve, or i n some mechani cal desi gns even un-
der Ihe drIve. MnIns IIers nre Inced ns cIose Io Ihe over
i nl et as i s feasi bl e.
When usIn IIers or rencIors, one shouId nIvnys consIder
Ihe henI dIssInIIon Irom Ihe IIerIn comonenI. To nvoId
overhenIIn, Ienve suIcIenI snce nround Ihe comonenI
and ensure ai r ci rcul ati on.
Schaffner can support manufacturers wi th thei r EMC l ayout
from the earl y stages of new product i deas or desi gns. Con-
tact your near est Schaffner r epr esentati ve for mor e i nfor-
mati on.
III Typical applications
1 Choke applications
1.1 Current-compensated chokes (RN, RD and EV/EH series)
These chokes are used to attenuate common-mode or asym-
meIrIc (P/N > !) InIerIerence sInnIs by beIn connecIed
i n seri es wi th the phase and neutral l i nes of an AC power
l i ne i nput. The magneti c fi el ds produced by thi s wi ndi ng
techni que cancel each other out. Ful l i nductance i s onl y pre-
sented to i nterference si gnal s that fl ow asymmetri cal l y from
phase/neutral to earth.
Symmetri cal components of the noi se are al so attenuated
by the l eakage i nductance of the wi ndi ngs. The i mpedance
of the choke at power l i ne frequenci es i s therefore neg-
l i gi bl e, resuIIIn In rncIIcnIIy zero voIIne dro. CurrenI-
compensated chokes are used wi th mul ti pl e wi ndi ngs to avoi d
saturati on (l oss of effecti ve i nductance). An effi ci ent i nduc-
tor-capaci tor combi nati on to protect agai nst l i ne-conducted
i nterference consi sts of:
Seri es i nductances i n the i nterference paths
Cx capaci tors between phase and neutral
Cy capaci tors between phases and earth
P
N
PE
RN
Power supply
Cx Cx
Cy Cy
Basic power line filter to remove common and differential-mode noise, based on a
current-compensated choke
I n phase-angl e control ci rcui ts where the desi red degree of
suppressi on cannot be achi eved by saturati ng chokes al one
For suppressi ng hi gh i nterference l evel s from ul trasoni c
generators, fast recti fi ers, swi tched mai ns equi pment etc.
For suppressi ng equi pment wi th no earth connecti on
For i nput fi l ters to protect di gi tal ci rcui try from mai ns-
borne i nterference
1.2 Saturating chokes (RI types)
These chokes change i mpedance at the moment of swi tch-
i ng and can be used to attenuate di fferenti al -mode or sym-
meIrIcnI (P > N) InIerIerence ns enernIed by hnse nnIe
control devi ces such as thyri stors and tri acs. I nterference
l evel s can be brought wi thi n the l i mi ts of nati onal and
i nternati onal regul ati ons by usi ng these chokes i n conjunc-
ti on wi th appropri ate suppressi on capaci tors. For opti mum
attenuati on, chokes must be connected as cl ose as possi bl e
to the semi conductor swi tchi ng devi ce. A si mpl e si ngl e-stage
suppressi on ci rcui t i s shown i n the fol l owi ng i l l ustrati on; thi s
can be made i nto a dual -stage fi l ter by the l oad i tsel f and one
addi ti onal capaci tor.
P
RI
C
N
PE
Load
Pulse
transformer
Saturating chokes in series with thyristors
2 Power supply applications.
The number of swi tch-mode power suppl i es (SMPSs) i n
el ectri cal and el ectroni c equi pment i s steadi l y i ncreasi ng.
They are used not onl y i n tradi ti onal appl i cati ons, such as
computers, but al so i n a growi ng number of consumer prod-
ucts. At the same ti me the swi tchi ng speed of the power sup-
IIes Is becomIn InsIer, In order Io mInImIze Ihe voIume oI
magneti c devi ces for the PFC and transformer and to reduce
Ihe overnII sIze oI Ihe over suIy.
Whi l e the operati onal advantages of SMPSs are unquesti on-
abl e, the negati ve i mpacts are becomi ng i ncreasi ngl y obvi -
ous. On the one hand there i s an i ncrease i n the harmoni c
di storti on of the power networks, whi ch has al ready resul ted
In nev versIons oI Ihe reIevnnI sInndnrd !!C 61000-5-2.
Si ngl e-phase harmoni c di storti on can be el i mi nated by usi ng
front-end power factor correcti on technol ogi es or harmoni c
chokes. On the other hand the noi se emi ssi on due to the
hi gh swi tchi ng frequency i s becomi ng harder to control .
Schaffner EMC si ngl e-phase fi l ters or I EC i nl et fi l ters are
desIned Io mInImIze !MC emIssIons Irom svIIch-mode
power suppl i es.
PS
AC
EMIF
PS
EMI filter
Switch-mode power supply
PFC PFC control
PFC
EMIF
Single-phase power line filter with SMPS to remove common and differential-mode noise
Li near power suppl i es do not generate EMC noi se i n the
same way as swi tch-mode power suppl i es. The majori ty of
EMC noi se i n a system wi th a l i near power suppl y i s a resul t
of the l oad behavi or and, nowadays, the dri vi ng di gi tal l ogi c.
SInIe-hnse !MC IIers or !!C InIeI IIers heI Io reduce
the EMC emi ssi ons to an acceptabl e l evel . Addi ti onal l y the
system i mmuni ty wi l l be i ncreased to protect agai nst EMC
noi se from the gri d.
LC
PS
AC
EMIF
PS
EMI lter
Linear power supply
LC Linear control
EMIF
Typical linear power supply application with EMC line filter
2.1 Single-phase filters
These are the key el ement i n el i mi nati ng system-generated
and mai ns-borne i nterference. One of the bi ggest advantages
oI usIn n sInIe-hnse IIer Is Ihe rnId nvnIInbIIIIy oI Ihe
associ ated safety approval s.
SInIe-hnse IIers nre used In n vIde rnne oI nIIcnIIons,
such as control panel s, systems, equi pment and apparatus,
together wi th power suppl i es or other el ectri cal functi ons.
AC FC
FC
EMIF
Fixed power cord
EMI filter
EQ Equipment, e.g. switch-mode power supply
EQ EMIF
Schaffner single-phase filter FN 2030
2.2 IEC inlet filters
I EC i nl et fi l ters wi th a standard I EC connector are a practi -
cal sol uti on when you need to meet the requi rements of
di fferent country-speci fi c mai ns pl ugs. The EMC fi l ter func-
ti on protects your system and suppresses EMI noi se whi l e
the I EC connector al l ows you to equi p your system wi th a
standard connector to fi t country-speci fi c mai ns cords. The
compact di mensi ons and suppl ementary opti ons, such as a
mai ns swi tch, fuse hol der or vol tage sel ector, offer numer-
ous advantages to the user. I EC i nl et fi l ters are used i n a
broad vari ety of appl i cati ons, typi cal l y i n conjuncti on wi th
a power suppl y. I EC i nl et fi l ters wi th an i ntegrated vol tage
sel ector al l ow country-speci fi c vol tages to be sel ected i n l i n-
ear power suppl y desi gns.
AC MPC
IECI
MPC
IECI
Mains power cord with regional plug
IEC inlet plug/connector
EMIF
PS
EMI lter
Power supply
PS
EMIF
AC
I EC i nl ets can be used i n test and measurement equi pment,
medi cal equi pment, consumer goods, power suppl i es and i n
vari ous other el ectri cal and el ectroni c appl i cati ons.
Schaffner IEC inlet filter FN 280 with fuses and switch
3 Medical applications
Medi cal appl i cati ons someti mes requi re speci al EMI fi l ters.
DeendIn on Ihe envIronmenI nnd Ihe use Io vhIch Ihe
medi cal equi pment i s put, the EMC fi l ter may vary si gni fi -
cantl y from a standard product. Medi cal el ectri cal equi p-
ment or i n-vi tro di agnosti c medi cal devi ces have di fferent
requi rements for l eakage current, ai r and creepage cl ear-
ances and test vol tage, amongst other thi ngs. For medi cal
devIces vIIh hIher snIeIy IeveIs, In nccordnnce vIIh !!C/!N
60601-1, SchnIIner oIIers medIcnI rnde versIons (B Iye) oI
many of i ts fi l ters, wi th a l ower l eakage current, i ncreased
ai r and creepage cl earance, di scharge resi stor and hi gher
test vol tage. These fi l ters are avai l abl e as si ngl e-phase or
I EC i nl et fi l ters, as wel l as for speci al three-phase appl i ca-
ti ons.
4 Test and measurement equipment
Test and measurement equi pment i nvol ves a wi de vari ety of
appl i cati ons. These range from the fi l ter requi rements for a
power suppl y through to systems whi ch i ncl ude power sup-
IIes, moIors, drIves, vnIves eIc. DeendIn on Ihe requIre-
ments, you can sel ect the most appropri ate fi l ter from a
broad range of si ngl e-phase and three-phase fi l ter products.
5 Motor drive applications
A power dri ve system acts as a converter of el ectri cal energy
i nto mechani cal ener gy. The i nver ter wi thi n the system i s
commonl y used because of i ts si mpl i ci ty. However, i nverters
are wel l known EMI sources i n many i ndustri al appl i cati ons
as wel l as an i ncreasi ng number of consumer products.
The power fr equency of the suppl y networ k i s nor mal l y
50Hz or 60Hz. The InverIer cnn ncIunIIy vnry Ihe seed oI
Ihe ouIuI Irequency Irom 0Hz Io severnI 100Hz or >1kHz,
dependi ng on the appl i cati on.
AC MC
EMIF
EMIF
MD
EMI filter
Motor drive
MC
M
Motor cable
Motor
M MD
Example of a power drive system
The suIy voIIne Is recIIed In Ihe converIer secIIon. ThIs
secti on consi sts of a set of di odes, usual l y si x for a thr ee-
hnse brIde nnd Iour Ior n sInIe-hnse brIde. The DC IInk
consIsIs oI n DC cnncIIor, vhIch sIores Ihe recIIed enery
and rel eases thi s energy i nto the power swi tchi ng stage.
Thi s stage i s usual l y a bank of si x transi stors. I n the exampl e
bel ow, the power transi stors consi st of I nsul ated Gate Bi pol ar
Transi stors (I GBT). The fast-power semi conductors chop
Ihe DC voIIne InIo n squnre vnve voIIne nI Ihe cnrrIer
frequency. Control ci rcui ts regul ate the square wave pause/
pul se rati o and generate a three-phase vol tage wi th adjust-
abl e power frequency to vary the motor speed. Thi s control
mechani sm i s cal l ed Pul se Wi dth Modul ati on (PWM).
DC link
MO AC
RB
IGBTs
Rectifier bridge
Insulated gate bipolar transistors
MO Motor output
IGBTs RB
Rectifier bridge in a frequency converter
ThIs hIh Irequency svIIchIn vIII cnuse !M!. NoIse Irom
the output motor cabl e as wel l as from control and suppl y
cabl es coupl es i nto adjacent cabl es and systems. Parasi ti c
capaci tance to the ground pl ane enabl es the noi se to exi t
the i nstal l ati on and get onto the mai ns di stri buti on network
as common-mode noi se. The l onger the cabl e, the greater
the capaci tance to ground and the bi gger the common-mode
noIse currenIs IhnI vIII ov.
Schaffner s vast exper i ence i n the ar ea of motor dr i ves
enabl es us to pr ovi de you wi th EMC and power qual i ty
sol uti ons for both the i nput and output si des of i nverters.
6 Energy regeneration
Today, modern frequency i nverter s for motor speed contr ol
ar e an i ntegr al par t of both i ndustri al and resi denti al appl i -
cati ons. I n regul ar operati on, the motor acts as the consumer
of the provi ded el ectri cal energy. Someti mes, the same motor
i s al so worki ng as a generator; thi s phenomenon occurs
duri ng the braki ng process of the motor and i s known as the
regenerati on of el ectri cal power. Tradi ti onal i nverters are
not abl e to use thi s regenerated energy. Therefore, more and
more dri ve manufacturers equi p thei r i nverters wi th regen-
ernIIon unIIs In order Io uIIIIze IhIs 'Iree enery Ior IurIher
use.
Energy regenerati on i nverter systems offer numerous advan-
tages over tradi ti onal dri ves, such as:
DeIIvery oI enernIed enery bnck Io Ihe mnIns over
l i nes for further use
No robIems vIIh unvnnIed henI dIssInIIon Irom brnke
resi stors
No vnsIe oI recIous enery
No buIky exIernnI brnke resIsIor requIred
Hi gher dynami c characteri sti cs of the system
Unfortunatel y, thi s i nnovati ve technol ogy al so gi ves rai se to
a consi derabl e number of probl ems. Fi rst of al l , i n a motor
dri ve system wi th an energy regenerati on uni t, al l the prob-
l ems known fr om tr adi ti onal motor dr i ve appl i cati ons al so
occur (EMI , harmoni cs, dv/dt, overvol tages, magneti c l osses
i n the motor, motor beari ng damage, etc.).
As there is a second converter deployed, electromagnetic
compatibility (EMC) also becomes even more critical; today,
dedicated draft standards for ER systems already apply.
Furthermore, the energy i s bei ng returned to the mai ns by
means of a second converter, whi ch operates i n the di recti on
of the mai ns power l i nes. The ER converter i s conducti ng
the regenerated power vi a a pul se wi dth-modul ated si gnal
towar d the net. Thi s mode of oper ati on i s extr emel y cr i ti -
cnI, ns Ihe 50Hz sIne vnve oI Ihe mnIns over IInes nnd n
uIsed reenernIIve voIIne nI nroxImnIeIy 1 Io 4kHz cnn-
not tol erate each other very wel l . The commutati on from the
regenerati ve converter even causes short ci rcui ts between
the phases towards the publ i c power gri d.
I n other wor ds, wi thout a pr oper sol uti on l i ke those sug-
gested by Schaffner, the oper ati on of ER systems i s not
guaranteed at al l . I n order to ensure the functi on and avoi d
si gni fi cant i nterference effects towards the publ i c network,
the returni ng si gnal needs to be smoothed and adjusted to
the power l i ne requi rements by means of addi ti onal l i ne-
condi ti oni ng measures. Compl i ance, rel i abi l i ty and proper
functi on are pri me objecti ves.
Tradi ti onal and ER dri ve phi l osophi es are very di fferent. The
i nstal l ati on and sol uti on of the afor ementi oned pr obl ems
have to be just as di ffer ent. The fol l owi ng bl ock schemati c
di agram shows the most common i nterference suppressi on
measure depl oyed i n tradi ti onal dri ve uni ts today.
RFI filter
Line
Motor Traditional drive Output filter
L1
L2
L3
PE
L1
L2
L3
PE PE
U
V
W
PE
U
V
W
PE
RFI filter solution for traditional drives
A regenerati ve dri ve system requi res addi ti onal measures:
!IrsI oI nII, n IrndIIIonnI B!! IIer mny noI be suIcIenI Io meeI
the dedi cated standards and l egi sl ati on. I ts al so necessary to
consIder IhnI Ihe IIer musI rovIde IuII InIerIerence nIIenun-
ti on performance i n both di recti ons, no matter whi ch operati on
Is ncIIve. ThIs crenIes much Iouher requIremenIs Ior Ihe IIer.
Fur ther mor e, ER dr i ves r equi r e a speci al l i ne i mpedance
that cannot qui te be compar ed to a tr adi ti onal l i ne r eac-
tor. Wi thout thi s l i ne i mpedance, the ER converter wi l l start
produci ng short ci rcui ts between the phases as soon as
the system changes i nto r egener ati on mode. These shor t
ci r cui ts are caused by the I GBT swi tches (commutati on) of the
regenerati ve dri ve uni t.
Special
RFI filter
ER line
reactor
Line
Energy
regeneration drive
Output filter Motor
L1
L2
L3
PE
L1
L2
L3
PE
L1
L2
L3
PE
L1
L2
L3
PE PE
U
V
W
PE
U
V
W
PE
Installation of additional measures for ER drives
The conurnIIon shovn In Ihe ure nbove deIoys Inre
smoothi ng capaci tors di rectl y on the mai ns power l i nes. I f one
of the fol l owi ng phenomena occurs, the operati on of an addi -
IIonnI IIne rencIor Is suesIed Ior Ihe IIne sIde oI Ihe B!! IIer.
Ampl i fi cati on of harmoni cs
Sel f-exci tati on of machi nes or equi pment
Overvol tages caused by swi tchi ng
Unsatisfactory function of audio frequency ripple control relays
The IoIIovIn nrnmeIers hnve n key Inuence on Ihe desIn
of the ER sol uti on:
Ki nd of modul ati on and the modul ati on factor of the dri ve
Regenerati on swi tchi ng frequency
I mpedances of the dri ve
Cabl e l ength
SecInI drIve ecuIInrIIIes (cIrcuIIs Io Incrense Ihe DC IInk
vol tage, etc.)
WIIh so mnny uncerInIn Inuences, II does noI mnke much
sense Io rovIde n sInndnrdIzed rnne oI IIer soIuIIons. The
recommendnIIon InsIend Is Io nd Ihe besI soIuIIon Ior n
parti cul ar ER appl i cati on by l ooki ng di rectl y at the rel evant
dri ve and the equi pment that i ncorporates i t. Wi th many
years of experi ence i n the motor dri ve sector, Schaffner i s the
IdenI nrIner Ior Ihe deveIomenI nnd roducIIon oI I-nnd-
IoreI, !B-cnnbIe IIer nnd IIne Imednnce soIuIIons.
7 Renewable energies
Renewabl e energy sources l i ke sol ar power stati ons or wi nd
parks are becomi ng i ncreasi ngl y popul ar. Whi l e the means
oI over enernIIon dIIIers sInIcnnIIy nmon Ihe nnIurnI
sour ces, the conver si on pr ocess i s ver y si mi l ar. We wi l l
ther efor e expl ai n the r el ati on between the appl i cati on and
the sol uti ons by usi ng sol ar power generati on as an exampl e.
Functional model for photovoltaic applications. Through pho-
tovol tai c technol ogy, the suns radi ati on can be di rectl y con-
verted i nto el ectri cal energy. The sol ar cel l s of a photovol tai c
pl ant general l y consi st of two l ayers a posi ti vel y conduct-
i ng and a negati vel y conducti ng l ayer. As soon as l i ght fal l s
on the cel l , a vol tage i s gener ated. A connected i nver ter
converIs Ihe DC voIIne IhnI hns been so enernIed InIo AC
vol tage and feeds i t to the publ i c network.
2
4
Converter for grid supply
Metering
1
3
DC filter
AC filter
Grid-tied solar plant
Solar panel
Public network
4
1
3
2
General principle of photovoltaic energy generation
Functional principle of solar inverters. As descri bed above, a
soInr InverIer Is used Ior converIIn Ihe DC voIIne InIo AC
vol tage. Thi s i nvol ves the pr esent-day modul es wi th com-
IeIe dIIInI conIroI nnd hIh eIcIency. !or beIIer under-
standi ng, the sol ar i nverter can be compared, i n the broadest
sense, wi th a regenerati ng frequency converter for motor
control (ER motor dri ve).
Basi cal l y, a di sti ncti on i s made between two ki nds of sol ar
i nverters: i nverters wi thout transformers and sol ar i nverters
wi th i ntegrated i sol ati on transformers. Al though the l atter
desi gn has cl ear advantages wi th regard to the functi oni ng
and rel i abi l i ty of the sol ar modul e, i t i s not consi dered at
present because of the addi ti onal l osses, the greater wei ght
nnd Ihe sIze.
I n the case of the sol ar i nverter wi thout a transformer, the
DC voIIne Is suorIed by cnncIIors nnd Ihen converIed
InIo n 50Hz Ihree-hnse voIIne by menns oI n seII-com-
mutated conver ter br i dge (such as I GBTs), whi ch i s then
suppl i ed to the mai ns power network. What i s i nvol ved here i s
not a pure si nusoi dal form but a pul sed si gnal (such as PWM)
wi th a hi gh har moni c content and i nter fer ence potenti al .
L
SI I
L
G L
Grid
U
CF
U
G
C
Input
C
F
U
Panel
I
Panel Inverter
Principle circuit diagram: single-phase solar inverter (without transformer)
with grid connection
Occurrence of interferences when using solar inverters. As i s
al ready known from motor dri ve technol ogy, every ki nd of
i nverter gi ves enough cause for the use of i nterference sup-
pressi on components. Thi s i s no di fferent i n the case of the
sol ar i nverter.
The InsI svIIchIn rocesses IhnI occur vhen Ihe DC voIIne
i s chopped generate a broadband i nterference spectrum.
The unIIered connecIIon oI Ihe soInr InverIer Io Ihe ubIIc
suppl y network woul d thus be a contraventi on of the EMC
DIrecIIve.
However, conducted and radi ated i nterferences occur not
onl y i n the di recti on of the network but al so i n the di recti on
of the sol ar modul e and can adversel y affect i t i n functi on
nnd eIcIency. Wherens Ihe conducIed InIerIerences nre
mostl y decoupl ed i n the case of the sol ar i nver ter wi th a
transformer, there i s a cl ear need for addi ti onal i nterference
suressIon comonenIs on Ihe DC sIde In Ihe soInr InverIer
wi thout a transformer.
Because of the steep swi tchi ng edges, the non-si nusoi dal ,
pul sed AC vol tage si gnal at the i nverter output al so has a
consi derabl e harmoni c content that i s general l y wel l above
Ihe ermIssIbIe IImIIIn vnIues oI InIernnIIonnI sInndnrdIzn-
IIon (!N 61000-5-2; !!!! 519).
SI
RNM
SM
SI
Solar module
Solar inverter
RNM Regulation/network monitoring
Mains 3
SM
Typical block circuit diagram of a grid-tied solar plant with interferences occurring
AnrI Irom Ihe sInndnrdIznIIon, Ihe oernIIon oI n Inre
number of such pl ants woul d pol l ute and di stort the publ i c
power network i n such a way that rel i abl e operati on of gri d-
ti ed l oads woul d become i mpossi bl e.
There i s, therefore, a cl ear need for acti on. The responsi bi l -
i ty for suppr essi ng al l the i mper mi ssi bl e i nter fer ences l i es
wi th manufacturers, who must decl are thei r pl ants safe,
rel i abl e and compl i ant to thei r customers and government.
To sol ve the probl ems shown i n the previ ous chapters, di ffer-
enI roducIs nre requIred IhnI I Ihe nIIcnIIon exncIIy nnd
need to work together synergi sti cal l y. The bl ock schemati c
dInrnm beIov vIII rovIde n rsI overvIev.
4 5
Mains 3
3 2
1
1
2
Solar module
DC EMC filter
3
4
Solar inverter
Sinus filter
5
6
AC EMC filter
Regulation/network monitoring
6
Typical block circuit diagram of a grid-tied solar plant with
interference suppression components
DC EMC filter. The DC !MC IIer decouIes Ihe soInr moduIe
and mai nl y takes care of the suppressi on of hi gh-frequency,
conducted i nterferences from the i nverter. These can have
n nenIIve eIIecI on Ihe IuncIIon, reIInbIIIIy nnd eIcIency
of the sol ar cel l s and must ther efor e be kept away fr om the
modul e. I n some appl i cati ons, an over vol tage pr otecti on
Is InsInIIed In nddIIIon Io Ihe !MC IIer; II cnn, In rIncIIe,
nIso be InIernIed InIo Ihe IIer. The DC IIer dIsIInuIshes
i tsel f pri mari l y by a hi gh admi ssi bl e nomi nal operati ng vol t-
ne u Io 1000\DC.
SM SI
+
PE
SM
SI
Solar module
Solar inverter
Schematic of a typical DC EMC filter for solar applications
Sinusoidal filter (or LCL filter). A three-phase pul sed AC vol t-
age can be measured at the output of the i nverter bri dge. As
al ready menti oned i n the previ ous chapters, a pul sed si gnal
cannot just be connected to any publ i c l ow-vol tage network
ns II Is. The !C sInusoIdnI IIer or Ihe !C! IIer comes InIo
use her e. I ts mai n task i s to smoothen the pul sed output
si gnal i n order to suppl y power to the network that i s as l ow
In hnrmonIcs ns ossIbIe. The !C or !C! IIer cnn be under-
stood as a network decoupl i ng i n the broadest meani ng of
the term, wi th the hel p of whi ch the i nverter and hence the
enti re sol ar pl ant becomes network-compati bl e.
DeendIn on Ihe cusIomer`s vIshes, SchnIIner cnn suIy
Ihe comIeIe !C/!C! IIer or jusI Ihe ouIuI rencIor.
U U
V
W W
V
PE
Schematic of a typical sinusoidal filter for solar applications
AC EMC filter. The hi gh-frequency, conducted i nterferences
cnn nIso be mensured nI Ihe mnIns InuI nnd, Io IuIII Ihe
!MC DIrecIIve, musI be reduced beIov Ihe IImIIIn vnIues.
Here, Ior exnmIe, nn !N 5559 sInndnrd IIer cnn be used,
whi ch has pr oven i tsel f i n r ecent year s i n numer ous
appl i cati ons.
FN 3359-1000-99 with protective covers
8 NEMP applications
A nucl ear el ectromagneti c pul se (N!MP) Is n hIh InIensIIy,
shorI durnIIon, eIecIromnneIIc eId roduced ns n resuII oI n
nucl ear expl osi on outsi de the atmosphere (exo-atmospheri c).
The most cri ti cal threat for techni cal l y hi ghl y devel oped na-
ti ons i s an exo-atmospheri c burst (at an al ti tude of more than
40km) roducIn n N!MP vhIch cnuses such hIh voIInes
and currents i n antennas, power transmi ssi on networks etc.
that i t may l eave an enti re conti nent wi thout power, tel e-
phone or radi o communi cati ons. El ectroni c equi pment can
be roIecIed nnInsI n N!MP II II Is Inced In n secInI room
or housIn vhIch screens II Irom Ihe eIecIromnneIIc eIds
and i f al l the feed l i nes to these areas are protected wi th vol t-
age l i mi ti ng devi ces, such as vari stors, gas di scharge tubes
nnd suressor dIodes. The SchnIIner !N 700Z IIer serIes Is
desIned Ior N!MP roIecIIon. OIher suIInbIe IIers nre nvnII-
abl e on request.
9 TEMPEST applications
Tel ecommuni cati on or data processi ng equi pment can trans-
mi t si gnal s or di stri bute them al ong power l i nes, provi di ng
n mechnnIsm Ior unnuIhorIzed eoIe Io nccess cInssIed
i nformati on. The study and bl ocki ng of such sensi ti ve si gnal s
Is knovn ns T!MP!ST. MnIns IIers vIIh hIh nIIenunIIon
over a l arge frequency range are necessary. The best pos-
sIbIe IIer soIuIIon cnn onIy be IdenIIed by secIIyIn Ihe
requIremenIs recIseIy. The !N 700Z IIer serIes hns been
used In mnny T!MP!ST nIIcnIIons. OIher suIInbIe IIers
are avai l abl e on request.
10 Communication equipment
Communi cati on equi pment requi res cl ean battery power.
Speci al tel ecommuni cati on base stati ons transmi tti ng hi gh
frequency si gnal s must be protected usi ng feedthrough ca-
ncIIors or IIers. HIh Irequency noIse cnn be nbsorbed by
the battery cabl e and may harm the system. Feedthrough ca-
ncIIors or IIers shIeId Ihe sysIem nnd shorI hIh Irequency
noi se to ground.
SH COM
DC
EMIF
AC
COM
EMIF
Communication equipment
EMI lter
SH
FT
Shielded housing/cabinet
Feedthrough capacitor or lter
FT
FT
11 Shielded rooms
These rooms are often i nterference-suppressed usi ng
IeedIhrouh cnncIIors or IIers. TyIcnI nIIcnIIons nre
rooms wi th sensi ti ve equi pment or wi th upgraded EMI
requi rements for medi cal equi pment, such as computer
tomography or magneti c resonance tomography.

SR EQ
SR
EQ
Shielded room
Equipment
AC
FT Feedthrough capacitor or filter
FT
!eedIhrouh cnncIIors nnd IIers nIso Imrove Ihe securIIy
of communi cati ons and prevent i nformati on i n hi gher
frequency si gnal s from l eavi ng the room vi a the mai ns or
power l i ne.
Schaffner offers a wi de sel ecti on of di fferent feedthrough
cnncIIors nnd IeedIhrouh IIers Ior AC nnd DC
appl i cati ons.
IV Abbreviations
AE Auxiliary equipment
AMN Artificial mains network
AV Average
CDN Coupling/decoupling network
CE Communaut Europenne
CISPR Comit International Spcial des Perturbations Radiolectriques
EMC Electromagnetic compatibility
ER Energy regeneration
ESD Electrostatic discharges
EUT Equipment under test
FCC Federal Communications Commission
GHz Gigahertz = 1 billion cycles per second
GRP Ground reference plane
HCP Horizontal coupling plane
HF High frequency
HVAC Heating, ventilation, air conditioning
Hz Hertz = cycles per second
ISN Impedance stabilization network
kHz Kilohertz = 1000 cycles per second
LF Low frequency
LISN Line impedance stabilization network
MHz Megahertz = 1 million cycles per second
MTBF Mean time between failures
NEMP Nuclear electromagnetic pulse
NSA Normalized site attenuation
PQ Power quality
PRF Pulse repetition frequency
PWM Pulse width modulation
QP Quasi-peak
R&TTE Radio and telecommunication terminal equipment
RF Radio frequency
SMPS Switch-mode power supply
TEMPEST Transient electromagnetic pulse emanation standard
THID Total harmonic current distortion
THVD Total harmonic voltage distortion
TDD Total demand distortion
VCCI Voluntary Control Council for Interference by Information Technology
Equipment and Electronic Office Machines
VCP Vertical coupling plane
VSD Variable speed drive
V Index
A Applications 156
B Bump 146
Bursts 126
C Cable cross-sections 144
Capacitors 132
CCC 114
CE marking 113
Chassis mount filters 134
Chokes 131
Climatic classification 146
Common-mode 112
Common-mode chokes 132
Conducted emission 120
Conducted immunity 124
Coupling 112
CQC 114
Current 142
D DC resistance 143
Differential-mode 112
Discharge resistors 143
dv/dt 138
E Earthing 131
EMC framework 115
EMC measurements 119
EMC standards 115
EMC testing 119
ESD 125
F FCC 114
Feedthrough capacitors and filters 134
Filter attenuation 134
Filter ratings 142
Filters 133
Flammability 148
Flicker 123
Frequency 143
Frequency ranges 111, 135
Fuses 148
G Generic standards 116
Grounding 130
H Harmonic 122, 136
Hipot testing 146
I Immunity 123
Installation 150
IT network 149
L Leakage currents 147
Limit lines 118
M Magnetic fields 128
Mechanical tolerances 143
Motor frequency 143
MTBF 143
N NEMP 157
Noise suppression 129
O Output filters 138
P Power quality 135
Product standards 116
R Radiated emission 119
Radiated immunity 125
Radiation 112
Reactors 136
Renewable energies 155
RoHS 145
S Safety approvals 118
Shielded rooms 158
Shielding 129
Supply frequency 143
Supply network 128
Suppression components 131
Surge 127
Switching frequency 143
T TEMPEST 158
Terminals 144
TN-C and TN-C-S systems 149
TN network 149
TN-S system 149
Transient immunity 125
TT network 149
Type testing 146
V VCCI 115
Vibration 146
Voltage 142
Voltage fluctuations 123
Voltage overshoots 138
Voltage peaks 138
Product index
FN 258 21
FN 350 7
FN 351 24
FN 354 51
FN 355 54
FN 356 56
FN 510 67
FN 530 70
FN 2200 15
FN 2410 10
FN 2412 10
FN 2415 13
FN 3025 27
FN 3026 27
FN 3100 30
FN 3120 33
FN 3256 59
FN 3258 36
FN 3268 39
FN 3270 42
FN 3280 62
FN 3359 45
FN 3410 97
FN 3410HV 101
FN 3411 97
FN 3411HV 101
FN 3412 97
FN 3413 97
FN 3420 105
FN 3430 105
FN 5020 73
FN 5030 76
FN 5040 79
FN 5045 79
RWK 212 91
RWK 305 86
Typical applications Transportation
Rail vehicles
Locomotives
Electric car propulsion
Diesel-electric ship
propulsion
EDP & offce
PCs
Printers
PC periphery
Fax machines
Copy machines
Monitors
Plotters
Mainframe computers
Drives & controls
AC & DC motor drives
SCR drives
Servo drives
Regenerative drives
Rectifers (AC-DC)
Converters (AC-AC,
DC-DC)
Inverters (DC-AC)
Battery chargers
Process automation
Robotics
Conveyors
Assembly lines
Control units
Mining industry
Chemical industry
Oil production
Metal processing
Elevators & cranes
Elevators for people
and goods
Escalators
Cranes
Lifts
Hoists
Dumbwaiters
Convenience
Amplifers, audio,
video, TV, screens
Receivers, decoders
Laundry machines
Tumblers
Cooking equipment
Induction heaters
Exercise machines
Vending and gaming-
machine
Medical
X-ray equipment
CAT scanners
Deflibrators
Analyzers
Measurement devices
MRI, MSI, EEG, ECG
Test equipment
Hospitals
Military
Security systems
Surveillance equipm.
Communication
equipment
Aircraft, ships, tanks,
submarines
Radar systems
Navigation systems
Building automation
HVAC
Security systems
Control units
Pumps
Self-ballasted lighting
equipment
Autom. window shades
Water treatment
Offce buildings
Power & energy
SMPS, UPS
DC/DC converters
Gen-sets
Wind turbines
Fuel cells
Gas turbines
UPS
PV systems
Telecom & datacom
Base stations for GSM,
UMTS, GPRS
Power line
communications
Network technology
Servers
Telephone installations
Broadcast installations
Data centers
Machinery
Machine tools
Printing machines
Packaging machines
Extruders
Wood working mach.
Milling/drilling mach.
Laser cutting machines
Welding machines
Grinding machines
Single-phase flters and
DC flters
Custom designs for
FN 350 (page 7)
FN 2410/12 (page 10)
FN 2200 (page 15)
FN 350 (page 7)
FN 2410/12 (page 10)
FN 2415 (page 13)
FN 241X (page 10 ff) FN 350 (page 7) FN 2200 (page 15) FN 350 (page 7)
FN 2410/12 (page 10)
FN 2415 (page 13)
Three-phase flters FN 3025/26 (page 27)
FN 3258 (page 36)
FN 3268 (page 39)
FN 258 (page 21)
FN 3025/26 (page 27)
FN 3100 (page 30)
FN 3258 (page 36)
FN 3268 (page 39)
FN 3270 (page 42)
FN 3359 (page 45)
FN 258 (page 21)
FN 3025/26 (page 27)
FN 31xx (Page 30/33)
FN 3258 (page 36)
FN 3268 (page 39)
FN 3270 (page 42)
FN 3359 (page 45)
FN 258 (page 21)
FN 3100 (page 30)
FN 3258 (page 36)
FN 3268 (page 39)
FN 3025/26 (page 27)
FN 3258 (page 36)
FN 3268 (page 39)
FN 258P (page 21)
FN 258L (page 21)
FN 3025/26 (page 27)
FN 258 (page 21)
FN 3258 (page 36)
FN 3268 (page 39)
FN 3359 (page 45)
FN 258 (page 21)
FN 351 (page 24)
FN 3025/26 (page 27)
FN 3258 (page 36)
FN 3268 (page 39)
FN 258 (page 21)
FN 3025/26 (page 27)
FN 3100 (page 30)
FN 3120 (page 33)
FN 3258 (page 36)
FN 3268 (page 39)
FN 3359 (page 45)
Customized three-phase
telecom flters
FN 258 (page 21)
FN 3100 (page 30)
FN 3120 (page 33)
FN 3258 (page 36)
FN 3268 (page 39)
FN 3270 (page 42)
FN 3359 (page 45)
Three-phase and
neutral line flters
FN 354 (page 51)
FN 355 (page 54)
FN 3256 (page 59)
FN 356 (page 56)
FN 3256 (page 59)
FN 3280 (page 62)
FN 356 (page 56)
FN 3256 (page 59)
FN 3280 (page 62)
FN 354 (page 51)
FN 355 (page 54)
FN 354 (page 51)
FN 355 (page 54)
FN 354 (page 51) FN 3256 (page 59) FN 356 (page 56)
FN 3256 (page 59)
FN 3280 (page 62)
FN 354 (page 51) FN 356 (page 56)
FN 3256 (page 59)
FN 3280 (page 62)
Output flters and
load reactors
propulsion
FN 510 (page 67)
FN 50XX (page
73/76/79)
FN 530 (page 70)
RWK 305 (page 86)
FN 510 (page 67)
FN 50XX (page
73/76/79)
RWK 305 (page 86)
FN 510 (page 67)
FN 50XX (page
73/76/79)
RWK 305 (page 86)
FN 510 (page 67)
FN 530 (page 70)
FN 50XX (page
73/76/79)
RWK 305 (page 86)
FN 510 (page 67)
FN 50XX (page
73/76/79)
RWK 305 (page 86)
Customized reactor
(renewable) energy
FN 510 (page 67)
FN 50XX (page
73/76/79)
RWK 305 (page 86)
Line reactors and
harmonic flters
propulsion
FN 3430 (page 105) FN 3410/11 (page 97)
FN 3412/13 (page 97)
FN 3420 (page 105)
RWK 212 (page 91)
FN 3410/11 (page 97)
FN 3412/13 (page 97)
FN 3420 (page 105)
RWK 212 (page 91)
FN 3410/11 (page 97)
FN 3412/13 (page 97)
FN 3420 (page 105)
RWK 212 (page 91)
FN 3430 (page 105) FN 3410/11 (page 97)
FN 3412/13 (page 97)
FN 3420 (page 105)
FN 3430 (page 105)
FN 3420 (page 105)
Customized reactor
(renewable) energy
FN 3420 (page 105)
FN 3430 (page 105)
FN 3410/11 (page 97)
FN 3412/13 (page 97)
FN 3420 (page 105)
RWK 212 (page 91)
Feedthrough components Customized feed-
through solutions for
automotive applications
FN 756X
FN 766X
FN 751X
FN 761X
FN 751X
FN 756X
FN 761X
FN 766X
FN 751X
FN 756X
FN 761X
FN 766X
FN 751X
FN 756X
FN 761X
FN 766X
FN 751X
FN 756X
FN 761X
FN 766X
FN 751X
FN 761X
PCB flters Customized PCB flters
for automotive
applications
FN 402
FN 405
FN 406
FN 410
FN 409
IEC inlet flters and
Power entry modules
FN 280
FN 390
FN 922X
FN 9233(E)
FN 9244(E)
FN 9260
FN 9263
FN 280
FN 3X0
FN 9222(E)
FN 9233(E)
FN 9246
FN 9260
FN 9263
FN 280B
FN 2450
FN 9222(E)B
FN 9233(E)B
FN 9244(E)B
FN 9246B
FN 9260B
Customized flter
solutions with military
connectors
FN 9246 FN 280
FN 3X0
FN 922X
FN 9233(E)
FN 9244(E)
FN 9260
FN 9263
FN 9246
Single-phase flters Custom designs for
FN 343
FN 20X0
FN 2360
FN 2070
FN 2080
FN 2090
FN 2070
FN 2080
FN 2090
FN 685
FN 2070
FN 2080
FN 332
FN 20X0
FN 2360
FN 332
FN 20X0B
FN 2360
FN 2450
FN 700Z
FN 352Z
FN 700Z
FN 2060
FN 2070
FN 2090
FN 2030
FN 2060
FN 2070
FN 2090
FN 700Z
Customized single-phase
telecom flters
FN 2070
FN 2080
EMC/EMI chokes EV/EH Series
RD Series
RN Series
RD Series
RN Series
RD Series RD Series EV/EH Series
RD Series
RN Series
EV/EH Series
RD Series
RN Series
RD Series
RN Series
EV/EH Series
RD Series
RI Series
RN Series
EV/EH Series
RD Series
RN Series
EV/EH Series
RN Series
RD Series
Pulse transformers IT Series IT Series IT Series IT Series IT Series IT Series IT Series
Ordering information
FN 3270x-yyyy-zz
Connection style
Rated current [A]
H = 520VAC filters
HV = 690VAC filters
HVIT = 690VAC filters for industrial IT distribution networks
P = reduced leakage current
L = very low leakage current
Filter family
FN 351H (520VAC); rated current 50A; with safety terminal block connections
FN 258L (very low leakage current); rated current 55A; with wire output connections
FN 3359; rated current 1600A; with busbar connections
03 = clamp terminal with M4 screw
05 = AMP faston 6.3 x 0.8mm
06 = AMP faston/solder lug combination 6.3 x 0.8mm
07 = wire connections (various sizes)
24 = screw terminal M6
28 = screw terminal M10
29 = safety terminal block 4mm
71 = jump terminal block with M4 screw

72 = jump terminal block with M5 screw
99 = copper busbars or non-standard connections
KL = terminal block
KS = ring lug
S = copper busbars
Examples FN 351H-50-33
FN 258L-55-07
FN 3359-1600-99
EMC and Power Quality 165
Headquarters and
global innovation and
development center
Schaffner Group
Nordstrasse 11
4542 Luterbach
Switzerland
T +41 32 681 66 26
F +41 32 681 66 30
info@schaffner.ch
www.schaffner.com
Sales and application centers
China
Schaffner EMC Ltd. Shanghai
Building 11, Lane 1365
East Kangqiao Road
Shanghai 201319
T +86 21 6813 9855
F +86 21 6813 9811
cschina@schaffner.com
www.schaffner.com
Germany
Schaffner Deutschland GmbH
Schoemperlenstrasse 12B
76185 Karlsruhe
T +49 721 56910
F +49 721 569110
germanysales@schaffner.com
Finland
Schaffner Oy
Tynninkuja 7
08700 Lohja
T +358 19 35 72 71
F +358 19 32 66 10
finlandsales@schaffner.com
France
Schaffner EMC S.A.S.
112, Quai de Bezons
95103 Argenteuil
T +33 1 34 34 30 60
F +33 1 39 47 02 28
francesales@schaffner.com
Italy
Schaffner EMC S.r.l.
Via Galileo Galilei, 47
20092 Cinisello Balsamo (MI)
T +39 02 66 04 30 45/47
F +39 02 61 23 943
italysales@schaffner.com
Japan
Schaffner EMC K.K.
Mitsui-Seimei Sangenjaya Bldg. 7F
1-32-12, Kamiuma, Setagaya-ku
Tokyo 154-0011
T +81 3 5712 3650
F +81 3 5712 3651
japansales@schaffner.com
www.schaffner.jp
Sweden
Schaffner EMC AB
Turebergstorg 1, 6
19147 Sollentuna
T +46 8 5792 1121 / 22
F +46 8 92 96 90
swedensales@schaffner.com
Switzerland
Schaffner EMV AG
Nordstrasse 11
4542 Luterbach
T +41 32 681 66 26
F +41 32 681 66 41
sales@schaffner.ch
Singapore
Schaffner EMC Pte Ltd.
Blk 3015A Ubi Road 1
05-09 Kampong Ubi Industrial
Estate
T +65 6377 3283
F +65 6377 3281
singaporesales@schaffner.com
Spain
Schaffner EMC Espaa
Calle Calndula 93,
Miniparc III, Edificio E
El Soto de la Moraleja,
Alcobendas
28109 Madrid
T +34 618 176 133
spainsales@schaffner.com
Taiwan
Schaffner EMV Ltd.
6th Floor, No 413
Rui Guang Road
Neihu District
Taipei City 114
T +886 2 87525050
F+886 2 87518086
taiwansales@schaffner.com
Thailand
Schaffner EMC Co. Ltd.
Northern Region Industrial Estate
67 Moo 4 Tambon Ban Klang
Amphur Muang P.O. Box 14
Lamphun 51000
T +66 53 58 11 04
F +66 53 58 10 19
thailandsales@schaffner.com
UK
Schaffner Ltd.
5 Ashville Way
Molly Millars Lane
Wokingham
Berkshire RG41 2PL
T +44 118 9770070
F +44 118 9792969
uksales@schaffner.com
www.schaffner.uk.com
USA
Schaffner EMC Inc.
52 Mayfeld Avenue
Edison, New Jersey 08837
T +1 732 225 9533
F +1 732 225 4789
usasales@schaffner.com
www.schaffner.com/us
To fnd your local partner within
Schaffners global network, please go to
www.schaffner.com
611625
July 2011
2011 Schaffner Group
Specifcations are subject to change
without notice. The latest version of the
data sheets can be obtained from the
website. All trademarks recognized.
Schaffner is an ISO-registered company.
Its products are designed and manufac-
tured under the strict quality and environ-
mental requirements of the ISO 9001 and
ISO 14001 standards.
This document has been carefully checked.
However, Schaffner does not assume any
liability for errors or inaccuracies.

EMC Power Quality Web14

Cargado por

Información del documento

Derechos de autor

Formatos disponibles

Compartir este documento

Compartir o incrustar documentos

Opciones para compartir

¿Le pareció útil este documento?

¿Este contenido es inapropiado?

Copyright:

Formatos disponibles

EMC Power Quality Web14

Cargado por

Copyright:

Formatos disponibles

2011/12

EMC and Power Quality

Schaffner Schaffner Schaffner

33 = safety terminal block 10mm

34 = safety terminal block 25mm

35 = safety terminal block 50mm

36 = safety terminal block 95mm

37 = safety terminal block 150mm

40 = safety terminal block 95mm

44 = safety terminal block 6mm

53 = safety terminal block 16mm

71 = jump terminal block with M4 screw

También podría gustarte